Home

HP Sprinkler 8620C User's Manual

Contents

1. lt ur Figure 8 24 A12 HP IB Interface Assembly Component Locations Option 011 A MOTHER A T Me TE 7 ACCEDI 27722 25410 TPEOGR AMAM MT 005065 OOO 1 Swed 94 9 SA Evi ADORESS COMPARATOR Tne pam ae 1 LPROGRAM MING P2 P J2 s 2 E i gt 8 3 gt SN V Te 1 M 2 g L 79 Ut 9 V oH oT i Io 1522 um ue A 2 AUM n K S 4 7 p gt ar s aa 4 52 5 XAT 616 37 25 p 2t e V FFE SS 2 A ATION i 1 QU rer i rsy 2 i 4 a 2 a F AmR nIT a EL SL STROGE MODE i ie a ar ae pe qas D DATA 5 K fk x TERO rt x 4 5 2 529 1 0 72 _ p TA p oper ici ___2 29 ves le gt QI 2 9 CLR i L z EMOTE LOCAL MARKER DECODER 7 M mas 1 DECODER 4 GAR P Jib y CLOCK gym ae ye i
2. PRINT TAB21 TRIGGER wx kkkkkkkkkkkk INT PRINT TAB21 TIME F x kkx kk k ko kx x x x x 10 1 SEC LINI PRINT 21 VERNIER x PRINT VAB21 DELTA F MULTIPLIER x x XI 11 1 PRINT TAB21 MARKERS RRKKEKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK PRINT 21 MULTIPLIER xx x x kk kkkx XI LING PRINT TABl5 INSTALL 98620 SERVICE BOARD PART NUMBER 08620 60037 PRINT LIN 2 PRINT TO CONTINUE WITH PROGRAM PRESS SPACE EXECUTE LIN3 INPUT BS PRINT SWITCH 8620C AND DVM ON AND ALLOW FOR A 30 MINUTE WARM UP PRINT LIN 3 INPUT BS PRINT CONWECY VOLTMETER MINUS LEAD 36 PIN32 AND PLUS PRINT LEAD 96 PIN 34 LIN2 INPUT BS PRIN 21 20 VOLT CHECK PRIN LIN 2 B M 20 0 006 GOSUB 1560 PRINT TABl5 420 VOLT SUPPLY CORRECT x x x x Model 8620C Performance Tests 460 6 20 930 940 959 FILE 2 2 of 7 1 PRINT LIN 2 FRIwT CONNECT VOLTMETER MINUS LEAD J6 PIN32 AND PLUS PRINT LEAD TO J6 PIN 29 LIN2 85 PRINT TAB21 40 CHECK LIN2 2 M 40 0 02 GOSUB 1560 PRIN TABlb5b x 40 VOLT SUPPLY CORRECT x x xx x 2 PRIN LIN 2 PRINT CONNECT MINUS LEAD TO J6 PIN32 AND PLUS PRINT LEAD J6 PIN 3l LIN2 INPUT BS PRIN TAB21 10 VOLT CHECK LIN2 B 3 10 E20
3. Riki 958 7236 RESISTOR 1 05 F 1 0 100 C3 1 8 T0 1001 G AiR 0 9 7262 RESISTOR 12 16 1 05 F TCz0 100 3 1 8 70 1212 41 5 0757 0461 RESISTOR 68 1 1 125w F 7 0 100 1 70 0812 FACTORY SELECTED PART RESISTOR 42 2 1 05 F TC sO 100 C3 1 8e T0 4222 G Aika 6595 7275 4185 0598 7267 RESISTOR 19 6K 1X 05w F 0 100 23 1 gt 1 9 2 gt 4186 0698 7277 RESISTOR 51 1K 1 054 F 0 100 03 1 8 0 5 1 12 6 A187 0595 7260 RESISTUR 10K 1 05 F 0 gt 100 3 1 8 70 1002 65 A1RB 0698 7272 RESISTOR 31 6K 1 05 F 100 3 1 8 10 3102 0 Ag 89 069657260 RESISTOR 10K 1 05 7 20 4100 3 1 8 170 10026 41710 2100 2517 RESISTORSTRMR SOK 10 SIDE ADJ 1 50 503 81 11 2100 2517 RESISTOR TRMR SOK 10 SIDE sADJ 1 150 505 41812 2100 2520 RESISTOReTRMR SO 20 SIDE ADJ LeTRN 750 500 51813 069827247 RESISTOR 2 87 1 05 1 20 100 C3hel 8 TU 2871 G 19 0696 7247 RESISTOR 2 87K 1 054 F 1 0 100 287 6 A115 0695 72483 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 056 F 0 100 3 1 8 170 1961 6 A1k16 0598 7263 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 05 F 0 100 C3 1 B Tu 1332 G 41 17 069827277 RESISTOR 51 1 1 05n F
4. 62 231 1 3 L206 3 1 8 1 8252 6 C32 1 8 T0 2151 G C3 1 8 T0 1001 G RESISTOMeTRMR 10 C SIDEsAOJ RESISTOR 51 1 1X 05 F TCz0 10U RESISTOR 82 5 1 F TCzQ 100 RESISTOR 2 15K 1 051 F TC20 300 RESISTOR 1K 1 05 f 100 2100 2516 0698 7277 0698 7282 0698 7244 069897236 0698 7207 RESISTOR 61 9 1 05 F 20 100 Cael 9 0698 7243 RESISTOR 1 96 12 05 F 1 0 160 3 1 8 170 19051 6 9598 7229 RESISTOR 511 1 05 F 0 100 C3el B eTu 511R G 0698 7243 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 05 F TCsOe 106 C3 1 R8R T0 1961 G 0698 7243 RESISTOR 1 96 1 05 F TCzQes100 341 8 10 1961 6 0698 7284 RESISTOR 100K IX 05 TCa0e 100 C3 1 8210 21003 G 0698 7260 RESISTOR 10K 1X 05 7 20 100 Cel 002 0695 4260 RESISTOR 1 125 066 100 CMFeS5e1 Tel 9698 7272 RESISTOR 31 6 1 05 0 1060 1 6 10 31 2 0698 7264 RESISTOR 14 7 1 05a F TC 0 100 C321 5 T0 14072 G 0698 7236 RESISTOR 1X 05 F 0 100 C3 B Tu 1001 G 0698 7257 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 05 F TCz0 100 3 1 8 10 7501 6 0698 7253 RESISTOK 5 11K 1 05 0 00 C3 1 6 Tu S111 G 0698 7232 RESISTOR 681 1 054 F 1 20 100 C3 1 6
5. SZ 10939158 1902 3139 D10DE 2N amp 8 8 257 SX 00 7 4 0534 1902 3139 DIODE ZNR 8 25 Sx 20 7 POZ 10 053 52 109399156 1902 3224 DIODE ZNR 17 8 5X 00 7 POE 067 1902 3224 1992 0071 0100 2 8 9 5 00 14 PDz 5w TCsS 0011 1902 0071 1902 0184 DIGOEeZNR 16 2V 5 00 7 TCze 066X SZ 1094392242 52 109398386 1992 5182 0100 2 8 S1 1V 5 0047 2 0813 DiODE ZNR 12 1 5 00 7 POz w 064 1902 3345 1902 3182 AS MISCELLANEOUS 1251 0600 3 332070 5 CONTACTeCONN U w POST TYPE MALE DPSLDR 56 CONT SKT 04 1251 0600 1251 2313 1902 3082 DICDE 2NR buy SX 00 7 4 TCE 023 35610 4040 0754 EXTRACTORePC BD BLU POLYC 062 8De THKNS 4040 0754 004020754 BD BLU POLYC 062 80 1 5 4040 0754 146090073 PIN IDRIVE 0 250 LG 080 1480 0073 PINIDRIVE 0 250 LG 080 3006 1 104 3006P 1 103 RESISTOR TRMR 100K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOReTRMR 10K 10 SIDE ADJ 17 TRN 2100 3094 210023103 0960 0447 ICtOIGITAL ANALOG CONVERTER 0960 0447 1820 0668 ICeDIGITAL SN7407N TTL 1 1 SN7407N 1620 0068 IC 01GITAL SN7407N TTL MEX 1 NONWINV 5 7407 1620 0668 ICeDIGITAL 8 974078 TTL MEX 1 NON NV SN7407N
6. 2 1 IV PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 1 2 14 Mating Connectors 2 4 4 1 Introduction 4 1 2 16 Operating Environment 2 4 4 3 Equipment 4 1 2 20 OIM 2 4 4 5 Test 5 4 1 2 22 Bench Operation 2 4 4 7 Full Sweep Test 4 1 2 24 Rack Mounting Option 908 2 4 4 8 Marker Sweep Test 4 1 2 26 Frequency Scale Installation 2 4 4 9 CW Operation Test 4 2 2 98 Model 8620C HP IB Interface Option 011 4 10 CW Vernier 4 2 Installation 2 5 4 11 AF Sweep 4 3 9 299 Interface Connectors and Cables 2 5 4 12 Sweep Time Adjust and Stop Sweep Test 2 31 Cable Length Restrictions 2 5 HP Model 86290A Only 4 6 2 33 Interface Assembly 2 1 4 13 Amplitude Modulation Test 4 1 2 35 Address Switch 2 8 4 14 Blanking Outputs 4 8 2 37 HP IB Mode 8410B Network Analyzer 4 15 Triggered Sweep Test 4 11 Installation 5 322 x RR ERES 2 8 4 16 Frequency Markers 4 12 2 39 Installation for Additional Interface 4 17 Digital to Analog Converter Test
7. 5 UNREGULATED gt RETURN CONTROL AMPLIFIER DRIVER 20V REGULATED 20V I UNREGULATED RETURN _ POSITIVE REFERENCE VOLTAGE Gue e w n SERIAL PREFIX Service SCR Q6 amp Q7 32 S 2222 2 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN OUTLINED i e Mec q ASSEMBLIES ARE ABBREVIATED FULL DESIGNATION IN BOTTOM VIEW CLUDES ASSEMBLY NUMBER eg OF ASSEMBLY A 15 AIR DESIGNATIONS OF OTHER 5 ANODE CATHODE COMPLETE AS SHOWN CASE e GATE CATHODE GATE A11 MOTHER BOARD XA4 SEE NOTE U 41 5V REGULATED OUTPUT WITH RF SECTION 326 mA H WITHOUT RF SECTION 321 mA b 5V SENSE R23 x R26 215K 162 18V OVER VOLTAGE CONTROL AMPLIFIER PROTECTION E __ OVERLOAD OVER VOLTAGE LIMITER 775 Z PROTECTION e 20V SENSE 20 REGULATED OUTPUT 79 WITH RF SECTION 320 19 WITHOUT RF SECTION 145 mA 5 1 EACH PIN OF CONNECTOR 4 5 TWO PINS ON THE T T BOARD ONE ON EACH SIDE OF THE BOARD THEREFORE gt PON ERE THE PIN ON 4 THAT IS CONNECTED TO THE BOARD CIRCUIT MAY BE ON EITHER SIDE OF THE BOARD x 5 1 3V 2 CONDITIONS FOR WAVEFORMS AND VOLTAGES
8. 1 7 3 36 Frequency Voltage Programming 3 8 142 Model 8410B 8411A Network Analyzer 1 7 344 Markets ua k ua Y ae See 3 9 1 44 Power Meters and Crystal Detectors 1 7 3 47 Format Statements 3 9 1 46 __ 1 10 3 51 HP 8620C Configuration Code 3 9 1 47 Recommended Test Equipment 1 10 3 53 Remote Local Operation 3 9 1 49 8620C Option 001 Description 1 10 3 58 Addressing 3 11 1 51 General Information 1 10 3 61 Listen Address Codes 3 11 1 54 Three Wire Handshake Description 1 10 3 65 Umaddressing 3 11 3 67 Response Timing Consideration 3 11 INSTALLATION 2 1 3 69 Bus Operating Considerations 3 12 2 1 Jntroduetion 2 1 3 72 Operators Maintenance 3 12 2 8 Initial Inspection 2 1 SA FUSS aidea 3 12 2 5 Preparation For Use 2 1 39 76 Air Filter 2 0222 20 sade tae es 3 12 2 6 Power Requirements 2 1 3 78 Replacement 3 12 2 8 Line Voltage 2 1 3 80 Frequency Scale Installation 3 12 2 10 Power Cable 2 1 2 19 Interconnections
9. 6 VRI 4 pe 68e 0072 854 C 07 FLUG IN RE SW ve 22 SWITCH POSN RE SWITCH POSITION INDICATOR 6 09 3 20 AF 1470 RE SWITCH 2 ID en 47 MN DIC ATOR t E SERIAL PREFIX 17 6 28620 0 7 r ae i gt AND DATA BUFFER BAND BAND Z 5 gt BAND SELECT 82 p 6 n 2 8 3 EE Ea V V H 0 8 Sof 5 2 gt o V 85 820 0124 gt u2 25 52 820 RIO 1000 RH RS 0404 V CR V e DRI e y i 42 2K lt 42 2 59 R20 N lt 10K ee dd ge Q 95 Qe boy 7 854 2 1558 ese 0075 00 3 00 3 RF SWITCH ORIVERS gt 5 853 0034 853 O54 823 003 QE 2552 0094 xV QS 8 5 5 COM 227 15 59 OO7 CRI OS ee MUX SAND DECODER 8 6 BANO Z TURN Ld SELECT 22 15 ENABLE 9 gt gt 8 BAND 2 TURN OA 23 gt gt 500 BAND gt TURN ON 5V amp A3 z 50 BAND 9 TURN ON Oc 7 i 11 Op V uz 820 2 6 820 0 7 T 1854 Oso V FAN a DRIVERS O 5 CRO R20 eK e 42 2 es Ov 1254 0045 lt s
10. 301 4311015 2 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS W2 CABLE ASSEMBLY 391 Nid 142 3015 Nid 242 4 BLANKI GATE INTEGRATOR SUMMING GATE CIRCUIT INPUT JUNCTI ON CLAMPER Al D lt 18 32 lt NN CW MANUAL 1 01 33 lt SECOND RANGE L POR Al FAST 5 lt RETRACE ASSEMBLY Al RI OF DESIGNATIONS OF OTHER COMPONENTS ARE m All MOTHER BOARD _ a od j I I 4 3 I t i t 7 6 ASSEMBLIES ARE ABBREVIATED FULL DESIGNATION IN CLUDES ASSEMBLY NUMBER e g REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN OUTLINED 15 AJIRI COMPLETE AS SHOWN 8 37 8 38 Figure 8 34 A9 Switch and A10 Front Interconnect Assembly Schematic 2 of 2 5 1 Model 8620C zT 2 0 65 11 __ ON fcc cera wm monn Li mar m LM 7 1 ET n KIA Aeg say rae ges LIED as a MES 67 M ay Ln A av vw Un rm mal E 3 EX TC Tau m ew me we ate ee me 4 e p M ua m p L Ld n ems E Lim f oh
11. w UN YA RIZ 50 CR 3 4 1854 0404 R15 1960 12 R16 RAMP GENERATOR 13 3K SERIAL PREFIX 17160 C MARKER GENERATOR 4 4i V 5y 5y R31 R20 l4 90 26 1K 10K 8 7 6 7 007v 10 984 i ES 1820 0411 RETRACE R38 2150 UPPER RAMP LIMITER R29 10K INTEGRATOR 10V LOWER RAMP LIMITER 5 20V 24 2 8 815 U5 1960 1 25 1826 0092 EAM STOP SWEEP WAVEFORM SHOWS STOP SWEEP PULSE FROM WIDEBAND PLUG IN SUCH AS 86290A 2 DE 5V EXT SWEEP POSITION ut L _ 162 ms 1820 0411 2 0V o c E 1 amp 2 ms 162 ms we 36 R38 2150 UPPER RAMP LIMITER 45 2V 2 j ov j w RF BLANKING POSITIVE BLANKING AND MARKER DRIVER LIMITER 20V MARKER R52 5110 00v 02 PEN LIFT DRIVER NOTE WAVEFORM SHOWS STOP SWEEP PULSE FROM WIDEBAND PLUG IN SUCH AS 86290A 7 2 C TO SHE LUE MEL Service All wop AIO FRONT INTERCONNECT ASSEMBLY _ A9 SWITCH ASSEMBLY 10 1 ew E m FR FRONT PANEL j Bom POSITION 23 E i n A9 e PULSE 1512 sel 2
12. OFF DISPLAY BLANKING OFF Rear Panel f DISPLAY BLANKING 3 Press LINE pushbutton switch to turn on instrument LINE and FULL SWEEP push buttons should light 4 Press MARKER SWEEP pushbutton 0 pushbutton should light 5 Set controls on RF plug in to obtain an RF signal output Oscilloscope trace should show detected RF signal output below zero volt reference There should be no discontinuity in swept trace across band Bright marker spot should be at middle of trace 6 Sweep width is changed by START MARKER STOP MARKER controls marker position is changed by CW MARKER control o 7 Set MARKERS switch o to AMPL to obtain amplitude markers on trace 8 Band may be swept manually by setting MODE switch to MANUAL and adjusting MANUAL control through its range No markers are available in Manual mode 9 Select SINGLE sweep as follows Set MODE switch o to AUTO Press TRIGGER switch to SINGLE position and release Repeat this to obtain each single sweep External EXT trigger mode is available by setting TRIGGER switch to EXT and applying external trigger pulse to rear panel EXT TRIGGER input 6 Sweep be triggered from ac line by setting TRIGGER switch to LINE Figure 3 6 Marker Sweep Mode 2 of 2 3 24 Model 8620C Operation CW MODE FRONT wit p OGL ATOR Fein ot cao dns i o DF
13. To Cw V EMIER MULTIPLIER _ 950 CWYCAL C esa CW 20 200 583 T 720 8 yt Lo PA Ad 1 FRSA EZO 4646 O 2 2 l KZ i Qp E 25 2 i i bs i lt 2 N 1 VES sg sooo E 3 i I 5 226 5705 NAR KZE 22 2 AML A 254 5009 a CT 826 O0261 246 2 gt TUNING VOLTAGE 1 eT START MARKER REF 0 933 000 e i 2 wi 70 FEOuT SENS MEAN PANEL AF QUT RUNE OFFSET 959 Figure 8 15 A2 Frequency Control Assembly Schematic 8 19 SERVICE SHEET 5 A3 LOGIC ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION General The A3 Logic Assembly contains the Mode select decoder which supplies the necessary drive to energize the front panel Mode select indicator lamps and switch the appropriate relays on the A2 Assem bly to select the proper Tuning Voltage The Marker Trigger Generator is also part of the A3 assembly The Marker reference voltages from the A2 Assembly are applied to com parators and compared to the Tuning Voltage to generate the trigger which is fed to the Sweep Ramp Generator on the A1 assembly In AF mode of operation it is possible to sweep out of Band of the RF Plug In To prevent this possible erroneous da
14. activates circuits for use with the HP Model 86290A multi octave sequential sweep band 4 Any BAND drum position will select an 86200 series plug in AF Multiplier Slide Switch 954 Selects multi plier for AF scale When set to X1 position AF scale setting is read directly and when set to X 1 or X10 positions AF scale setting is multiplied by either 0 1 or 10 AF Control R3 Pushbutton Switch S5 Pressing pushbutton lights both AF DS2 and CW DS3 push buttons indicating that center frequency is se lected by CW MARKER control and full deviation about CW frequency is selected by AF control AF scale is short scale above AF control Start and Stop Markers are available on AF sweep MARKERS Slide Switch A9S5 Selects marker modes AMPL OFF INTEN In AMPL position Figure 3 1 Front Panel Controls Connectors and Indicators 1012 Model 8620C frequency marker is modulated on RF sweep sig nal in OFF position no marker is present In INTEN position a frequency marker is obtained by intensity modulating Z axis of oscilloscope or other display instrument on which sweep trace is shown Intensity modulation signal is available at rear panel Z AXIS MKR PEN LIFT output J8 cw MARKER Contro R4 and CW Pushbutton Switch 56 Pressing pushbutton switch selects mode and CW lamp 053 lights White CW MARK ER lettering over control is color coded to white pointer on scale and indicates CW frequency With FULL SWEEP or
15. mr ex MEGATIVE 2 AIR CUM TAMQOER eu iw 9 LINE Veh Min 0 090980 2998 MAR A E Figure 3 7 CW Operating Mode 1 of 2 3 25 Operation Model 8620C CW MODE 1 Connect sweep oscillator and set 8620C controls as shown in Figure 3 4 Press LINE pushbutton switch to turn on instrument LINE and FULL SWEEP pushbuttons should light gt Depress BAND switch o until correct band is displayed at window G2 4 Press CW pushbutton Pushbutton should light and trace on oscilloscope should be a dot Change frequency with CW MARKER control and dot should move across oscillo scope CRT 5 Rotate CW MARKER control o to set CW pointer o at selected frequency on scale 6 If it is desired to modulate CW signal set rear panel 1kHz SQ WV OFF slide switch to either OFF or 1kHz SQ WV position In OFF position a modulation signal may be applied from external source through rear panel EXT AM connector In IkHz SQ WV posi tion a 1kHz internal oscillator modulates RF output signal 7 To expand CW frequency dial press CW VERNIER pushbutton switch Q CW VERNIER control allows CW frequency to be changed by small amounts Set X 1 X multiplier slide switch 9 located below CW VERNIER control for bandspread desired Figure 3 7 CW Operating Mode 2 of 2 3 26 Model 8620C Operation AF SWEEP MODE FRONT 20 Sweet ager b
16. lt P 4 v 4 9 9 D 9 p o 8 e gt gt gt 9 9 e n o 9 9 e 9 o w h 9 lt a 9 8 9 5 a o a b a o c w 9 a G e A G e s 9 9 gt lt eo e 4 0 Model 8620C Contents ILLUSTRATIONS Cont d Figure 8 38 Top View Major Assembly and Component Locations 222255525504 1 1 Specifications 1 2 Recommended Test Equipment 1 3 Glossary of HP IB Terms Relating to 862006 dco a ba unde d 2 1 Model 8620C Mating Connectors 3 1 Program Modes 3 2 Band Programming All Modes 3 3 Frequency Voltage Programming Modes 1 2 4 3 4 Summary of Program
17. Ses HEWLETT PACKARD REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ASSEMBLIES ARE ABBRE ViA CLUDES ASSEMBLY NUMBE 15 ATRI DESIGNATIONS COMPLETE AS SHOWN A7 R22 R29 5v UNREGULATED 422 215 Ol _ _ s s i W FAN VOLTAGE R SUPPLIES RN ON J7 A SERIES REGULATOR J7 R18 42 0180019 39 LY ae R23 x R26 215 l6 2K CONTROL DRIVER OVERLOAD OVER VOLTAGE AMPLIFIER N 7 7 PROTECTION NOTES 1 EACH PIN OF CONNECTOR 4 C 4 BOARD ONE ON EACH SIDE 9 THE PIN ON A4 THAT IS CONNEC MAY BE ON EITHER SIDE OF THE 2 CONDITIONS FOR WAVEFORMS A FIGURE 8 7 3 MAXIMUM RIPPLE AT TP S 3 4 16 2 20 16 2 SHOULD BE REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS OPERATI F POSITIVE REFERENCE AMPLIFIER Was VOLTAGE POSITIVE SES CRL QI RO 01 07 R1 R35 Ul U2 VR9 Figure amp ERY TS TS i PF x Sector 27999 2 2vEKLOAD DVER VA TIKE Saron 2 m dI ar i Li MITER din m LL LE RES CONTROL Go A 4 RE 780 2010 Co s ee 20 2 I N 700 Co
18. Resistance is in ohms inductance is in millihenries capacitance is in microfarads unless otherwise noted Part of Asterisk denotes a factory selected value Value shown is typical Panel control Screwdriver adjustment Encloses front panel designation Encloses rear panel designation Circuit assembly borderline Other assembly borderline Heavy line with arrows indicates path and direction of main signal Heavy dashed line with arrows indicates path and direction of main feedback Wiper moves toward CW with clockwise rotation of control as viewed from shaft or knob Encloses wire color code Code used MIL STD 681 is the same as the resistor color code First number identifies the base color second number the wider stripe and the third number identifies the narrower stripe e g denotes white base yellow wide stripe violet narrow stripe Number Service Sheet number for off page connection Letter off page connection Light emitting diode LED Breakdown diode PIN diode Field effect transistor FET with N type base Figure 8 7 Schematic Diagram Notes 1 of 3 8 9 Service Model 8620C SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM NOTES Cont d Field effect transistor FET with P type base Operational amplifier integrated circuit Test point location Number denotes test point number Assembly ground Chassis ground Earth ground Common connection on same page Signal ground Indicates WARNING HAZARDOUS V
19. 32 t Li R RE mee 7 XA T XE ens 28 Ui Uz4 esce ia 2i DISIT ACT FRED CONTEOL i 022 25 WA TUNING TOF View 40IGIT BCD VOLTAGE 45 7 4 1 216 17 22 CONVERTER wy e 4 2 42 4 RAN wide Te Nu AT Orc IZ f RT ncwEER wit VOLTAGE 22 VA AT ACT amp REMOTE uer 89 752 Js 1852 02 EK I E 921 15270 1627 TOME ct NAE pn 05 1822 DO ES Wie ak gt Ce 0 1620 lt OF SWEEF 1820 4 ZO a7 I7 cw MODE Jio ISTO 27 f 2447 wif 822 52 gt 2 lt ME QW UIT UE I Z2 iu QT more LAT lt OTE A sine An 29 ERATION r 4 oy r gt 2 B lt RECS A12 Figure 8 25 A12 HP IB Interface Assembly Schematic Option 011 8 29 SERVICE SHEET 10 Cont d This causes Q14 and Q13 to be biased off and Q16 and Q15 to be biased on The resultin 10V and 20V outputs of Q13 and 915 respectively latch the RF coaxial switch in position 1 The reverse conditions apply when selecting position 2 of the switch Fan Control Circuit The cooling fan in the 8620C is a variable speed brushless DC motor which operates using Hall Effect Generators A Hall Effect Generator operates in the following manner A Hall Effect Generator is a semic
20. 8 70 2371 8 70 909 4 Cas1 8 T0 1002 F MFF 1 2 10 RESISTOR 82 5X 2n TCm0O0e B00 RESISTOR 2 57 1X 125 F 0 00 RESISTOR 9 09K 1 1257 F TCzO 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125w F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 78K 1X 5 0 00 See introduction to this section for ordering information Model 8620C Replaceable Parts Table 6 2 Replaceable Parts Mfr Reference Description Code Designation Mfr Part Number 2 10 0696234006 RESISTOR 1 33K 1X 5 F 1 80 100 0098 0085 RESISTOR 2 01 1X 1254 F 7 09 100 1 8 70 2611 0698 7842 RESISTOR 20 1 1 6 79 2612 8 2100 3109 RE SISTOR TRMR 10 SIDE ADJ 17 TRN 3006 202 069826614 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125 F 0 25 NESS 075720397 RESISTOR 68 1 1X 125 F 0 100 8 oF 2100 3122 1 5 100 10 C 15 TRN 3008 1 101 0757 0422 RESISTOK 909 1 125 TCsOe 100 1 8 909 0 0598 3346 RESISTOR 4 228 1X S F 1 0 100 1 2 10 0757 0160 RESISTOR 31 6 1 1257 F 7 0 10 5 1 9 0757 0180 RESISTOR 31 6 1 125 F 0 100 Cu Tad 0757 0394 RESISTOR 51 1 1X 125n F TCEO 10U Cue 1 BeTOs S1R I F 0757 0394 RESISTOR 51 1
21. E h n a TE 2 5 C P 5 AL v M M Zu b 5 4 4 2 IS 0 ne W ves s ax m ian idaki or irs a 1227 k a JUMPER Figure 8 10 A1 Sweep Generator Assembly Component Locations 1 of 2 Service SERVICE SHEET 2 AND 3 Cont d Marker Generator The MARKER GENERATOR consists of two re triggerable monostable multivibrators U10A and U10B U10A is wired to trigger on a low to high transition from the marker trigger generator on assembly and U10B on a high to low transition The Q outputs are ORed and inverted by U9B and applied to U7B which inverts the pulse and routes the signal through sweep mode switch 951 the sweep time capacitors to one side of U7A and then to the blanking circuits and the RF Plug In During retrace of the ramp generator U3B Q out put is high This high is coupled to U7A Pin 1 and disables the marker generator Two monostable multivibrators are used to simplify the operation of the circuit when all three markers available are used The multivibrators trigger on pulse edges only not on signal level Therefore to produce the three markers the level is changed three times starting Low and the marker pulse is generated at each switch point edge Z AXIS Intensifier Marker pulses from the Marker Generator are applied to the emit
22. SWEEP RF OSCILLATOR PLUG IN CHANNEL A INPUT RF REAR PANEL OUTPUT APC 7 TO N CRYSTAL MALE ADAPTER DETECTOR Figure 4 14 Frequency Markers Test Setup EQUIPMENT Sweep Oscillator 8620C 7 to N Male Adapter HP 1250 0479 Crystal Detector HP 8470A Oscilloscope Variable Persistence HP 181A 1801A 1820C PROCEDURE a Set RF Plug in POWER LEVEL control fully counterclockwise b Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 14 c Set TIME SECONDS switch to 1 01 and TIME SECONDS Vernier fully clock wise d Set 8620C rear panel DISPLAY BLANKING OFF switch to DISPLAY BLANK ING Set 8620C rear panel RF BLANKING OFF switch to RF BLANKING e Set Start Marker green pointer to one quarter scale CW Marker white pointer to half scale and Stop Marker red pointer to three quarter scale f Set 8620C front panel MARKERS switch to AMPL Press FULL SWEEP pushbutton h Adjust RF Plug in POWER LEVEL control and oscilloscope controls for display similar to typical display shown in Figure 4 15 1 Set 8620C front panel MARKERS switch to INTEN 1 Oscillsocope display should be similar to typical display shown in Figure 4 16 4 13 Performance Tests Model 8620C PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 16 FREQUENCY MARKERS TEST Cont d Figure 4 15 Typical Display Figure 4 16 Typical Display with Amplitude Markers with Intensity Markers 4 17 D
23. an JUMPER Figure 7 2 1 Sweep Generator Assembly Component Locations CHANGE C 2 of 2 1 5 Manual Changes Model 8620C A7 B1 B2 83 84 1KHz FAN FAN GND Figure 7 3 A7 Operations Control Assembly Component Locations CHANGE D 1 6 Model 8620C Manual Backdating Changes FAC E WREPIVIINO S UNREG FROM 7 PIN 29 79 2 5 E N AE 554 ET o Cut xX2 Et HOODS Y b n dui 2 TO J9 PIN IO P d m c lt 2 52 S Jt 227 28 m 1854 0404 4 co 22221 VV 692040 ig amp 70 79 PINS R38 gt 1470 RHO i gt RI 3 12 1V 52 vo d CRS 2150 lt TO 9 PINT 7C JO PIN CRS 853 002 RI SHO Figure 7 4 P O Figure 8 28 A7 Operations Control Assy Schematic Change D 7 7 Manual Backdating Changes Model 8620C 2 1 GND D A VOLTS OPT 001 ATTP 7 OPT 001 ATTP6 ATTPS ATTP4 ATTP3 ATTP2 A5 40 1 A5 GND 5 20 A5 16 2 A5 9 5 16 2 5 10 Jase A4 5 4 GND A4 12 4 A2TP1 A2TP2 2 5 2 2 4 20 4 19 4 A4 9 4 A2TP6 A2TP5 2 4 1 2 1 12 1 10 8 ATTP6 4 11
24. e lt 2 PETER 8 lt cc ae lt lt lt lt ov C 7 U U UYST U tu m 25 4 22 amp i 85 1 4 lt __ 31 29 DESIGNATIONS OF OTHER COMPONENT REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN OUTLINED suam COMPLETE AS SHOWN ASSEMBLIES ARE ABBREVIATED CLUDES ASSEMBLY NUMBER e g 1 AIRI TIME S ECONDS 20V r u ee _ ASSEMBLY 08620 60019 ws e a PREFIX 1716A A Orn e 55 5 i LJ ges xS S ILE Mit gt A ee e AS a 2 udo p nen Gg A D i o Figure 8 84 A9 Switc All cee s 9 SWITCH ASSEMBLY 08620 60119 TERCONNECT ASSEMBLY 08620 60120 OF ASSEMBL DESIGNATIONS OF OTHER COMPONENTS LIER ESET SHOT t 19 gt 4 gt NEST ADJUST 2 ONE PULSE SWEEP 8 lt GENERATOR TRIGGER Z AXIS BLANKIN SINGLE SWEEP TRIGGER SINGLE a SWEEP A2 lt AF 3l MULTIP 19 CW VERNIER MULTIPLIER 21 31 lt TRIGGER l 28 ASSEMBLIES ARE ABBREVIATED FULL DESIGNATIC
25. microvolt ac micrcvolt dc microvolt peak MM p p maicrovolt peak to peak UMVrms microvolt rms HW microwatt nA NG no connection normally closed NE et n neon NEG xz negative o G Sees nanofarad NI PL nickel plate _ normallv open NOM nominal NORM normal NPN negative positive negative NPO negativc positive zero tempera ture coefficient NRFR not recommended for field replace ment NSR not separately replaceable nanosecond nW nano watt OBD order bv descrip tion OLD Outside diameter OH oval head OP AMPL operational amplifier Vua oa y option OSC 225 eek Sa oscilator uo xo SE E du oxide DE uox eee a ounce peak used in parts list PAM Pulse amplitude modulation PC aea was printed circuit PCM pulse code modula pulse count modulation pulse duration modulation DE uS picofarad PH BRZ phosphor bronze vuole Phillips PIN positive intrinsic negative PIV inverse voltage BE uou EE EDS peak PL phase lock PLO phase lock Oscillator PM phase modulation PNP positive negative positive PIO part of POLY polystyrene PORC porcelain POS positive position s used in pa
26. nv n OA I i D A TUNING VOLTAGE 20V AF LAMP ENABLE AF EN CW ENABLE M re EN CWV LAMP ENABLE E dd WY EN l i QR 85 0404 OV 40V 20 1 2 E EXT SWP ENABLE lt 25 28 7K 25 i Lat RAMP ENABLE 4 1 200 Ov E7 2 2877 S 22 26 3 aA w 5VW me lt 5 j C q 820 97 SERIAL PREFIX TILA CW CT ei MESS S 200 19 0 CV FEES Gra Kg 73 e 505 p 780 500 1960 MCA F CWw CWMVy M T STOP ma STOP 23 AMPLIFIER 37 235 ee RAMP STOP FREQ mij 255 4 3 1900 7500 8 55 0020 757 720 e E MARKER pee gt zz Qe AEIR on ZC 1855 0020 ken Z s 57967 AMPLIFIER V X 265 RIS Q ELS k j 95 25 FORK STOP FREQ Lo D Lb 54 0 0 0020 UT 652 2 amp mits Eu x 2E kx 0 4 TART o OY bene 2 855 0020 FREQ 60 9500 0y 28 7K oor START HI 2 2 a yo 0V es 1854 0424 tOp 077 be 7K i7 Ze IK Q3 68 K _ Us
27. p 7 YO COLLECTOR OF 01 20V SERIES REGULATOR em J CLUDES ASSEMBLY NUMBER eg RI OF ASSEMBLY E IS AIRI DESIGNATIONS OF OTHER COMPONENTS J7 L TO COLLECTOR OF 04 40V SERIES REGULATOR 10 All MOTHER BOARD p 2 2 i 1 Xi UN 9 1 TO COLLECTOR OF Q1 20V SERIES REGULATOR 20V REGULATED 20V UNREGULATED RETURN lt UNREGULATED 5 UNREGULATED RETURN 10V UNREGULATED RETURN 40V 23 5V UNREGULATED lt m _ r 2 q c M ane 40V REGULATED x a TO COLLECTOR OF Q4 40 SERIES REGULATOR Service A9 __ All __ Al 1 I 1 NT X9 WP wJ k p 5 32 tine 133 NEN Ye LINE SYNC gt ek eM TRIGGER PULSE E TRIGGER I We I 52 XA8 BOTTOM VIEW 1817 16 15 1121109 8 7 6 5432 1 NOTES 1 CONDITIONS FOR WAVEFORMS AND VOLTAGES ARE GIVEN IN FIGURE 8 7 2 USE THE REQUIRED FUSE FOR LINE VOLTAGE SELECTED SEE PARTS LIST REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS AS LLLA OQ CHASSIS 1 04 CR1 CR18 Q1 RI R7 Figure 8 30 8 Rectifier Assembly Schematic 8 33 8 34 Model 8620C A9 TIME SECONDS TIME SECONDS TRIGGER NN 2 e gt x
28. 9v 1522 1197 J nkL nA 4 ma 1 i h 4820 19 T RAE RBI PE 9 LI 1 rw m s w cos j 4 12 tod Du Q 9 NC el lt 8 5 i tied pc RUNE eae 12 7 t4 n v _ gt gt 1220 1196 SFT DECODE CONTROLER Ay MARKER SWEEP MODE LATCH EEM OTE 1 REMOTE 8 WAL a REMOTE ENABLE REMOTE BANE ATS M e Y v 4 TSA e CLEAR SS ee os 4 2 2 7 NUM STOPAG 7 EG ST in reer sle ST TEC 5 i TOP NER LK eT dioc 9 LI amp b uf P eT f j 2 tt Qi rH ie te o o 2 icum E 22 D i 7 1920 1197 M et 1 T ucc e d edi ue nm dis MENS sa Mi Sipe Qe 5 rev e S 5 le ji pe fud des 2 c 42 3 cu d 2 4 t DU D Gi 1 ma 4 ae te ee UPS U 56 u eg Wee
29. AMPL 9 13 W2P3 2 W2 P 2 J6 lt lt gt a RF SECTION RF BLANKING rA C OFF 3 CS Se i PROGRAMMING C 3 lt 40 BLANKING AMPLITUDE 98 MARKER RF OPEN DURING 17 RETRACE 16 COMMON Figure 8 11 A1 Sweep Generator Assembly Schematic 1 of 2 8 15 8 16 Model 8620C A1 is CERT m UE UE 4 d 1 M 2 6 2 Pom 4 mU 6 N EE EE EE SE EE t i Du e l atit dem 9 JUMPER Figure 8 12 A1 Sweep Generator Assembly Component Locations 2 of 2 11 MOTHER BOARD Al neci dc en __ 2 AXIS BLANK 2 lt 0 lt XA6 i w V wn SIE 27 a 3 Ww T PROGRAMMING J lt 28 lt STOP SWP WIDEBAND PLUG IN PULSE M Tes SUCH AS 862904 STOP SWEEP PULSE 8 58 lt 29 lt 3 J4 i A9 SWITCH ASSEMBLY EA s A TRIGGER 52 a a km a a nanara ua P ausrrr s FROM SHEET 1 SERIAL PREFIX 1718A ir r err 20V 10V TRIGGER CIRCUI
30. 10 200wWVDC POL YE 092 12392 aacs 0180 2206 CAPACITUR FXD 220UF 10X 10700 1500227 9010 2 1 1901 0050 DIODEeS ITCHING BOV 200 2NS 00 7 190120050 1901 0050 DIODE SwITCHING BOV 200MA 2NS 00 7 1901 0050 AQCR3 1901 0050 OIODE SwWITCHING BOV 200MA 00 7 190120050 190120159 CIODEePwR 400 750MA DOed 501 358 4 AU CRS 190120050 DIODE S ITCHING 80 200MA 265 00 7 1901940050 AQCR6 1901 0050 DICDEeSHITCHING 80 200 2NS 00 7 1901 005 ASCRT 1901 0050 DIODEeSWITCMING 80v 200MA 5 00 7 190120050 AUCRE 190120159 RECT 400 750 20441 81358 4 4 9 1901 0050 100 5 1 BOV 200 ZNS 00 7 190140050 AUCRIO 1901 0050 CIODESSHITCHING 80v 200MA 2 5 00 7 1901 0050 1 1901 0159 DClODE P amp R 400v 750 00 41 81358 4 5 GMn 3 FUSE 125v NORMeBLO 05 27 FUSE 34 125 NORMeBLO 25 27 2110 0332 2110 0332 AUF AuF2 4 4040 0752 ExTRePC BL YEL POLYC 062 B DeTHKkNS 4040 0752 AUMPe 404090752 EXT amp PC BD YEL POLYC 062 BOe THKNS 4040 0752 AUMPS 1480 0073 PINSDRIVE 0 250 LG 148090073 PINIDRIVE 0 250 LG UBD 401 1854 0404 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 16546040
31. 5 A3C 85 2 A3C3 5 A3Ce A3C7 3 8 AICO 83 10 A3C11 43012 A3CR1 A3CR2 A3CR3 A3CRS AIMP A3MP3 A3SMPu A301 4392 8303 4304 4505 HP Part Number 2100 3154 2100 3154 0811 1180 210093123 0598 8045 0698 8045 0698 60 45 2100 3095 081121197 2100 3154 2100 3154 0598 8025 0811 2670 0695 8045 0698 8045 8190 3103 2100 3122 2100 3103 210083103 0757 0418 210023103 0811 1190 0811 1190 210093103 0100 3103 0598 3260 0698 3260 0811 1196 081121195 2100 3103 0757 0461 2100 3095 06986 34406 1826 0261 1825 0261 1826 0061 1526 0261 1826 0261 1826 0261 1826 0261 1820 1197 1200 0508 1902 2082 1251 0500 08620 60113 0160 4084 0150 4084 0160 2206 0150 0573 0160 0575 0150 3878 016023878 0160 3578 016020575 0160 0575 0150 0575 01602350578 1901 0050 1901 0050 190120050 190120050 190 0050 049021013 4040 0751 4040 0751 1480 0073 1480 0073 1854 0404 1854 0404 18540504040 1854 0u04 1855020404 Replaceable Parts PR Mfr Part Number Table 6 2 Replaceable Parts Description RE SISTOR TRMR 104 C SIDE sADJ 17 TRN 00 102 RESISTOR TRMR IK 10 C 51069407 17 TRN 5006 1 102 RESISTOR 20K 01 0125 0 0 140 1 80 0002 1 RESISTORK TRMR 500 10 SIDE AOJ 17 TRN 30062 1950 RESISTOR 9 5K 1 125 F 0 05 1 8 79
32. ENABLE Gla 1254 54204 BSS ORO gt 3 3 VY t5 x gt ro S d 7 i gt 20 50 gt D C w SATE VS E 854 0404 74 SW LANP pw RES a 26 0 N SV i p 7 NN 6 5 m 1854 0404 7 4 2 DEN 2 i 1 5 TRIGGER VIEW 4 42 ha o 3 Tom o 79 gt SWEEP OUT 5 9 gt cw ENABLE a L Mee j I p EE m 8226 0026 M _ ul Figure 8 17 A8 Logic Assembly Schematic 8 21 8 22 Model 8620C 4 12 4 20 19 4 94 GND nit tM aee p m Tod rA 414 ef 1 9 te Hx Se did SL oye 43 ae pits 5 n o Fi 32 Bak 51 PA Figure 8 18 A4 20V and 5V Regulator Assembly Component Locations RECTIFIER All MOTHER BOARD 20V AND 5V REGULATOR ASS Y 08620 60114 m SEE NOTE 4 UN MC INC MCI ML LN 40V REGULATED lt x UNREGULATED WITH RF SECTION 630 mA WITHOUT RF SECTION 607 mA POWER SUPPLIES TURN ON PROTECTION 5V UNREGULATED FAN VOLTAGE ps Z SERIES REGULATOR te 1854 0071
33. INPUT CMD PRINT PRINT INPUT PRINT PRINT INPUT PRINT PRINT INPUT SPALO SET STOP MARKER TO 5 VOLT MARK ON SCALE SPALU SE START MARKER TO 0 VOLT MARK ON SCALE LIN2 SPALO ADJUST A2R55 FOR 0 0VDC 0 001 ON DVM LIN3 BS SPAlO SET START MARKER TO 10 VOLT MARK ON SCALE SPAlO ADJUST A2R26 FOR 10 0 005VDC ON DVM LIN3 BS 000 SPAlO SET STOP MARKER TO 0 VOLT MARK ON SCALE LINl1 SPALU ADJUST A2R25 FOR 0 0VDC 0 005VDC ON DVM LIN3 BS SPALO SET STOP MARKER 10 VOLT MARK ON SCALE SPAlU ADJUST A2R36 FOR 10 0 005VbDC LIN3 BS SPAlO SET STOP MARKER TO 8 VOLT MARK LINIl SPALO SET START MARKER TO 2 VOLT MARK LIN3 BS GOTO 1050 CMD PRINT PRINT INPUT PRINT PRINT INPUT PRINT INPUT SPALO SET CW MARKER TO 0 VOLT MARK ON SCALE LINI SPAlO ADJUST A2R50 FOR 0 0VDC 0 001VDC ON DVM LIN3 BS SPALU SET MARKER TO 10 VOLT MARK ON SCALE LINL SPALO ADJUST A2R29 FOR l0VDC 0 005VDC ON DVM LIN3 BS SPAlO SET CW MARKER TO 5 VOLT MARK LIN3 BS GOTO 1250 CMD 2U amp OUTPUT 13 1680 256 1 512 Model 8620C 2460 2470 2480 2490 2500 2510 2520 2525 2530 2540 2550 2560 2570 2580 2590 2600 2610 2620 2630 2640 2650 2660 2670 2680 2690 2700 2710 2720 2730 2740 2750 2760 2770 2780 2790 2300 2810 2820 2830 2840 2850 2860 2870 2880
34. REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN OUTLINED CLUDES ASSEMBLY NUMBER e g 1 AIRI COMPLETE AS SHOWN ran S 1 amp 5 gt ei mom lt lt lt lt _ ___ ___ _ __ 1 _____________ ___ E bcd a 77 AS PEETA oe ee ay D 9 ROREM Ge ta atl as tc ee 2 e e Oo a amp TON a Cd 6 3 19 22 FRONT PANEL or ELE i 28 c rd i i i 2 ud i gi t NENNEN Figure 8 32 A9 Switch SERIAL PREFIX 1716A All MOTHER BOA LINE SYNC GENERATOR m Pl wen RETURN 5V UNREGULATED 5V UNREGULATED RETURN AS A UNREGULATED RETURN 17 40V 23 5V UNREGULATED RETURN 15 4V RMS lt m e c 10V RECTIFIER CRI 11K REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN OUTLINED ASSEMBLIES ARE ABBREVIATED FULL DESIGNATION iN OARD _ AB RECTIFIER ASSY 08620 60013 __ A11 MOTHER BOARD po
35. TRANSISTOR JeFET NeCHAN DeMODE 10 18 SI 1855 0020 1855 0020 14554e0u04 TRANSISTOR NPN 51 79916 380 1254 0404 1854 04 0 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 79 18 PD amp 360MnK 1554 0404 1854 0404 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 710 16 PUS360Mw 18540 0404 1854 0404 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 70 18 PDz360M 1854 0404 1855 0020 185520020 1855 0020 TRANSISTOR JeFET NeCHAN 00 TO 1 6 SI TRANSISTOR JeFET NeCHAN DeMODE 18 SI TRANSISTOR JeFET D MODE TO 18 SI 1855 0020 1855 0020 1855 0020 0598 3449 RESISTOR 28 7 1 1254 F 0 100 1 8 10 2872 0698 3159 RESISTOR 26 1K 1 125 F 0 100 1 8 0 2612 0757 0461 RESISTOR eB 1K 1X 125 TCszO 100 8 0 68 12 0595 3449 RESISTOR 28 7K 1 125 F TCEgQ 100 4 1 8 0 2872 0698 3159 RESISTOR 26 1K 1 1257 F 0 100 4 1 8 2612 0757 046 RESISTOR 68 14 1X 25 F 0 100 4 gt 1 8 68 1 eer 0598 3449 RESISTOR 26 7 1X 125 TCzU 100 4 1 8 0 2872 9998 5159 RESISTOR 26 1K 1 1 25 7 100 1 8 9 2612 0757 0461 RESISTOR 68 1 1 125 amp 0 100 1 8 70 6812 0698 3260 RESISTOR 1 1257 TCzOe 100 CMFeS5e1 CMFeS55e r Jo 0698 3260 RESISTOR 64 1 125 F 50 100 0698 344
36. ca lt lt O AF X 1 X1 X10 640995959 Figure 8 31 A9 Switch Assembly Component Locations S 771 i I oo G 28 2 lt jad E i Q i amp ub _ M CA Ne 42 gt E B 9 SWITCH ASSEMBLY 08620 60119 1 31 11 A10 FRONT INTERCONNECT ASSEMBLY 08620 60120 NC ye 11 me ee 40 19 45 27 2 24 49 gt i 1 1 NC gt 18 lice 10V 19 ier 5 N gt do gt gt amp an F ul Eje a o 23 Saks 95 323 S22 ne 5 58 P a a os O lt T lt rus 2 SERIAL PREFIX 1716A E 6 G m mim s i l i i I i 1 3 W2P3 Service Z AXIS BLANKING 4 2 9 5 945 0 SINGLE L lt 28 SWEEP TRIGGER 1 MOTHER 30ARD Al i s Co 3 1 1 PROGRAMMING Ixag Bl we lm xal une P2 2 gt T 3 C 48 21 lt T
37. lt 2 9 8 554 899 Eg M ML u2E FV I2 2 gt Gea Kin lt 6 i PREFIX IGA Service A MOTHER ERD Ul BOTTOM VIEW 260 049 O 44 5V 5y 5Vy 39 5V E 7 48 25 p Z4 70 100K 23 O 22 T OFFSET 9 2 72 1 KEYED TOP 7 D A VOLTS A2 FREQUENCY DIGIT N CONTROL ASSEMBLY e st AUALOG OUTPUT 2 9 TUNING 0960 0447 45 2 206 8 DICIT D A CONVERTER 4 EN PERS 24 0 or 12 AS LOGIE ASSEMBLY 5 Ni TUNING 7 35 REF bo TAGE i pe REF ADU 222 M 49 gt 7 SIG GAD x AZ 2 2 M a me Figure 8 23 A6 BCD Programming Assembly Schematic Option 001 8 27 SERVICE SHEET 9 Cont d Handshake Logic The Handshake Logic circuit consists of A12U11A A12U16B and C 1206 Two conditions enable the handshake either 1 true com mand mode or 2 the low output at the listen F F pin 7 when a valid address MLA sets the F F Either or both of these conditions apply low inputs to U16B and the low output enables A12U21 to handshake The listen F F is ORed with the ATN in U16B so that in data mode the hand shake remains enabled The handshake lin
38. shipping container securely commercially available materials a Wrap instrument in heavy paper or plastic If e Mark shipping container FRAGILE to assure shipping to Hewlett Packard Office or Service careful handling Center attach tag indicating type of service required return address model number and f In any correspondence refer to instrument by full serial number model number and full serial number 2 10 Model 8620C Installation o 50 piggy back connector 24 pin HP IB connector e 8620C cable adapter 8120 2207 Figure 2 11 8620C Cable Adapter for Additional Interface Capabilities 2 11 Installation Model 8620C MOTE err TEST RLL SHEEP MODES Lise MODES p CHI SINE REMOTE FULL SWEEP 1 FOR T 5 yos FUR 1 4 OUTPUT 13 14 FORMAT M F1 WAIT 1 HEZT 4 CHECK ERHI OPERATION DISF ERHND Z ae FOR T 5 FUR T 4 DUTPHT ciS 2383I FORMAT E Fl anm n WAIT Site 1 PAT 77 721 CHECK VOLTAGES RAD 77 MDE STUF 338 V iBBH E CAD Ul SWEEF BOSE 1588 REMOTE MARKER SWEEP RAD 4 GOSUE 1506 TisP FULL SHR REMOTE MARKEER PAD OCU a GOZHE 151
39. which provide information as follows a SECTION I GENERAL INFORMATION contains the instrument description and Specifications as well as the accessory and recommended test equipment list SECTION INSTALLATION contains information relative to receiving inspection preparation for use mounting packing and shipping SECTION III OPERATION contains oper ating instructions for the instrument SECTION IV PERFORMANCE TESTS contains information required to verify that instrument performance is in accordance with published specifications SECTION V ADJUSTMENTS contains in formation required to properly adjust and align the instrument after repair SECTION VI REPLACEABLE PARTS con tains information required to order all parts and assemblies SECTION VII MANUAL CHANGES con tains backdating information to make this manual compatible with earlier equipment configurations SECTION VIII SERVICE contains descrip tions of the circuits schematic diagrams parts location diagrams and block diagrams to aid the user in maintaining the instrument 1 4 Supplied with this manual is an Operating Information Supplement The Supplement is a copy of the first three sections of this manual and should be kept with the instrument for use by the operator 1 5 Also listed on the title page of this manual is a Microfiche part number This number can be used to order 4 x 6 inch microfilm transparencies of the manual
40. 109D307x0030Ke A10C7 0180 0234 CAPACITOReFXD 33UF ee20xX 75 0 1090336x0075F2 A10C8 0180 2141 CAPACITOR FXD 3 3JF e10x SOVDC 1500335 905082 A10CR1 1901 0050 DIOOE S ITCHRING 80V 200MA 2NS 00 7 190190050 1081 0757 0873 RESISTOR 1 62K 3 5 0 100 7 1 2 170 102 41082 9757 0280 RESISTOR 1X 125 0 100 091 89T0910019F A10R3 0698 6628 RESISTOR 500K 1X 1259 F TCE0 e25 8 79 5003 4108 0698 8395 RESISTOR SOK 1 25 0 50 FSec1 GeT eSOQ02 B 41925 0811951196 RESISTOR SK 1X 062 TC20 10 114 1 16 5001 8 A10R6 0698 0056 RESISTOR 931 1X 5w F 20 100 1 2 10 41087 0698 3160 RESISTOR 31 6K 1X 1250 F 0 100 Cael B T0 3162 F A10XA921 08620 40013 08620 40013 10 49 2 08620 40013 08620940013 A11 08620 60121 BOARD ASSEMBLY MOTHER 08920260121 A11C1 018090453 CAPACITOReFXO 8700 75 10 40VDC AL 018090453 A11Ce 018022603 CAPACITOReFxD 72000 75 104 SOVOC AL 0180 2603 A11C3 018020452 CAPACITOR FXD 013F 75 190X 25700 aL 0180 0452 41108 018092604 1700UF 759510X 100 0 AL 0180 2606 See introduction to this section for ordering information 6 13 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation HP Part Number Table 6 2 Replaceable Parts Description Mfr Code Model 8620C Mfr Part Numbe
41. 20 60 5 MOE SELECT emex M SIORI UP _ lt TURN ON ue gk ga EPOR Sv po s 028 2 I 4 38 4820 197 5 1 6 d 820 97 HE C 820 OC 2 720 q UF 2 826 0026 lt Cz 5 _ 00 IOV L sy V eze A OVv 9 pet E5 0 E 27 9 6 2 2 Ce Uto 8 G Tow 846 0026 RE t u ao ZZ id 5247 855 0020 2v y M UNE cs _ MARKER TRIGGER GENERATOR 20V 20 es lez 4 28 7K 28 7K 2 3 261K 2 5V 2 ad NN M e pis On p EN C 201 P 5 68 125 0 0 oB K mS x E 22 So o4 Ev 40V Los 27 57 eer 2 eye ASV I R32 23 x 26 0 f TN Mee S lt 92 ge 7820 14 6 L B54 0H OF SEE O D v n 70 e 20v Service AM MOTHE 855041 4425 lt gt FULL CAIN P 1 M FULL LISABLE L S ENABLE 5 5 BF LAMP ENABLE 23 I j 2 10K 0 242 8 55 0020 oN gt 631C RGE 3 je STOP GATE TO 7 A OK wae 35 72 06 SWP RANGE POSH R47 amp 5 nee D 10 70 0 iw RANGE 777 ii 15 gt LAMP ENABLE l t 1 28
42. DISPLAY BLMNK 14 22 SWITCH 22 I er Im NEGHTIVE BLANKING 9 gel SINGLE SWEEP s os LATCH 2 M ids CLEAR INPUT s SWE OSC F F 127 STOP SWEEP CWMODE 9 27 zz AXIS BLRNK OUTPUT co Ui i mu 2i 36 MARKER IO VOLT SWP TRIGGER 20 VOLT 5 VOLT MAIN EXT STOP GATE INTE GAATOR SUMMING JUNCTION AF EX ANKING nep C Z AXIS MK P PEN LIET SWEEP TIME i ADJUST 2 SWEEP TIME ADJUST INTENSITY AND SWEEP OS CLEAR INPUT RAMP LIMIT OUTPUT i ONE 5 SINGLE Swe LATCH STOP SWEEP PULSE AMPLITUPE MARKER TRIGGER FOR SwP osc OWE SHOT SWEEP F F OUTPUT SHOT CHP TOR OUTPUT CL AME INPUT PEN LIFT DRIVE MARKER ONE RAMP GENERA PMA Lie LINE m NU 5 J 20 VOLT were 2 120 12 ERAT Bare AE dup 5 22 C ENABLE d SUPE VOLT p 29 MARKER REF 13 as ge T oo kel 5 VOLT n 27 B ELE ue lae U 29 N c Bhasa 12 ci ne CW ENABLE 5 is AULTIPLIER bel ae ar more START POT isal aF PETS c START Cw 2 7
43. MISCELLANEOUS 1651 0500 1251 1555 CONTACT CONN U WePOSTeTYPE MALE CUNNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 018 1 85 52 1251 0600 1251 15565 BOARD ASSEMBLY BCD PROGRAMMER 056209601165 A amp COPT OO1 08620 60116 98620 00137 A7 08620 60137 BOARD ASSEMBLY OPERATOR CONTROL 018091715 CAPACITOReFXO 1500 10 eVDC 1500157x9000R2 016000094 CAPACITOReFxD 100 75 10 29700 AL 5001076025002 0160 2055 CAPACITOR FXD OLUF 80 20 100wvoC CER 0160 2055 0160 2055 OLUF 60e20X 100 0 CER 01602055 0160 2055 CAPACITORSFXD O1UF 80 20 100 CER 9160 2055 0160 2055 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100 CER 0160 2055 0180 2206 CAPACITOReFXD 600 10 amp VOC 1500606x90068B2 0180 0218 CAPACITOReFXD 15UF 10X 35700 150D15ax90354A 018020218 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10X 35700 1500154 9055 2 0160 2055 CAPACITOR FXO 1 80 20 100WVCC CER 0160 2055 0180 0197 CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20 150D225X9020A2 See introduction to this section for ordering information 6 11 Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Designation Number 1901 0033 1901 0033 1941 0033 1901 0033 1961 0033 190120033 190170033 190120033 914090137 4040 0755 404090755 1486250073 13450 20073
44. OOF KH eoo 2 OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF m P gt gt gt gt gt V M A HH ia O O 3 59 805 OPERATING CONSIDERATIONS 3 70 When a device capable of activating IFC is powered ON during system operation it may cause the act ve controller on the bus to relinquish con icol resulting in errors The controller must trans mit FC to regain active control 9 71 Prior to addressing new listeners it is re commended that all previous listeners be unad dressed using the Unlisten Command 2 3 72 OPERATOR S MAINTENANCE 3 73 Operator s maintenance consists of replac ing line tuse and indicator lamps cleaning the 3 12 Model 8620C air filter and changing the frequency scales These items are discussed in the following paragraphs 3 74 Fuses CAUTION Make sure that only fuses with the re quired rated current and of the specified type are used for replacement The use of repaired fuses and other short circuit ing of ufse holders should be avoided 3 75 There are five fuses in the 8620C The main ac line fuse is located at the back of the instrument next to
45. STOP STOP POT 2 Z AXIS BLANKING MERKER TRIGGER TE REMOTE DR ENABLE REMOTE MARK ER ENABLE 40 VOLT 20 VOLT GND 5 VOLT J 7 0 SEC GATE MERKER RES LAMP GATE STOP SWEEP IN CW MODE Cw LAMP Cw LHMP ENABLE MARKER SWEEP MODE SELECT CW MODE SELECT FULL MODE SELECT XF3 gi SWEEP OUT TUNING VOLTAGE SWEEP RAMP DIGITAL ENABLE EXT SWEEP FOSITION START MARK ER REF MARKER REF STOP MARKER REF TUNING VOLTAGE ENABLE 20 FULL DISABLE MARKER ENABLE CW ENABLE FULL LAMP SEC POSITION MODE LATCH ENABLE MODE SELECT MODE SELECT f i i 1 20 VOLT i 2 vor Eome 2 ewo mi 119 5 VOLT 151 5 Ini 17 40 VOLT Ri LE VOLT 6 2 VOLT 720 VOLT 15 REGULATOR i UX EMITTER i 20 VOLT H2 REGULATOR 1 BASE ma 5 VILT RE 6 ULATOR EMI lt VOLT REGULATO BASE t VT REG TO FH 5 VOLT 2 UNREG GND U7 20 VOLT R 20 VOT t M S Service ura 0 M m was n n G an 22
46. VEZ JES 909 225 22 14 e 22 2267 10 229 920 026 LEV Jii BERI 2 N 2359 68 0 422 i SN E i 255 0 4 1 prep CQ MD DM E CS 7 V 4 9 6 70 OCIU EG __ _____ LIMITER Ag 50 00 8 mo P 4 254 P 2000 DES 9 Tse lt YAS c7 2 OIZ jd Kw 1 50 75005 q J 217 VES Stet BY T Goo CR7 v X OVER VOLTAGE PERS PROTECTION 1 220 90 uL Sif M 8 2 2 T t4ZV 9 T o GV 0022 MA TRENT All MOTHER er TNT ECE CI MM nrFT n ROL 7 ati t vm lt 26 T 1 STORAGE i i ERG STEE wA E MCN RE ADU CRINE 27 Sar TEL ER a u v L a 2 pce ps Qr 12 jl 215 TUE AN M i45 Siri 212 INERMIS e 7 Mle Lic le a a 02 4 AFT BCD A CONVERTER REMO
47. 1 22 BOC 12515060C 6159 0005 BOARD ASSEMBLY FREQUENCY CONTROL 08620 50112 08620 060112 1090107 0025 2 100 20 25 1700 0150 1746 150 10 20VDC 1500150 902082 016690573 CaPACITOReFxD 4700 e 20X 100wWwvDC CER C16090573 016990573 CAPACITOR FXD 4700 eeg0X 100m vDC CER 016090573 9490 0916 0490 0915 RELAveREED 14 5 SOV CONT SveCOIL 0480 0916 RELAYeREED 14 5 SOV CONT Sv CGOIL 0490 0916 9490 0916 5 50 CONT SveCOIL 0490 0916 0659021013 RELAYeREEO 1C 250 28VAC SVOCeCOIL 04090 71013 9490 1013 RELAYeREED 1C 250M4 28 SVDCeCOIL 3v 0490 1013 0490 1013 RELAYeREED 1C 250m4 28vaC SyDCeCOIL 049021013 0490 1013 RELAYeREEU 10 250M 28 SVOCeCOIL 3 0490 1015 0490 1013 RELAYeREED 1C 250MA 08 5VOC COIL 3 v49091013 049641013 RELAYeREED 1C 250 28 SVDCeCOIL 0409091013 049021013 RELAYeREEO IC 250 4 28 SvDC COIL 0490 1013 CUIL MLD 1 5 0 60 190 44 6 SRFESMHZ 2500 28 9140 0137 404690750 BD RED POLYC 062 8De THKNS 4040 0750 u060e0750 EXTRACTOR PC BO RED POLYC 5 4040 0750 1450 0073 PIN IDRIVE 0 250 LG 1460 0073 PIN DRIVE 0 250 LG
48. 1718A CONNECTIONS TO All MOTHER BOARD EXTERNAL TRIGGI INTENSITY MARKI Z AXIS BLANKIN RF BLANKIN 1 433 5 4015 cs 85 99 U3INUu3A MI MI 9 iV ss sss LS Gu tH 95 55 05 u LV 19715 433 8 7713 75 V I roy CE ig 18 slo o ole els 100 01140 8v qv ef u S GM Lf COLLV gr LAITS HS V T 70 10 20 20 Figure 8 38 Top View Major Assembly and Component Locations Service WA A10J1 A10J2 A10J3 W2J1 1 o 1 Wi A11 C3 C4 J7 11 2 FL1 J6 Figure 8 39 Bottom View Major Assembly and Component Locations 8 43 8 44 Major Assembly and Component Locations SERVICE sHEET 16 MANUAL CHANGES MANUAL IDENTIFICATION Model Number 8620C Date Printed 1977 Part Number 08620 90093 This supplement contains important information for correcting manual errors and for adapting the manual to instruments containing improvements made after the printing of the manual To use this supplement Make all ERRATA corrections Make all appropriate serial number related changes indicated in the tables below Prefix or Make Manual Serial Prefix or Number NEW ITEM ERRATA Make Manual Changes Page 4 17 Paragr
49. 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 Model 8620C FILE 0 4 of 5 F P 21 8E 09 4 22 09 bl 1 5E 07 2 1 U amp VOE 1 0 29999 LINK 4 10 REM 86331A 8 C IF P l THEN 1640 PRINT 1S MS IN POSITION 2 OR 3 OF 8621 RF DRAWER LIN3 INPUT P 1 7 09 4 09 Bl 2E 07 2 1 BlzP CMD 1 0 29999 LINK 4 10 86341A B C IF P l THEN 1770 PRIint IS MS IN POSITION 2 3 OF 8621 RF DRAWER LIN3J lNPUT P 3 2 09 nH 6 56 09 1 3 07 EZ ElI CMD 205 V0286E 1 286 2 9714 LINK 4 10 906342A C lr gt 1 How 1900 15 MS IN POSITION 2 OR 3 OF 8621 RF DRAWER LIN3 P t 5 9 09 9 09 1 3 55 07 2 1 Bl p CMD 2085 VlzO V2 9999 LINK 4 10 REM 86350A C Ir P l Triin 205 gt VOE 2030 Model 8620C 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100 2110 2120 2130 2140 2150 2160 2170 2180 2190 2200 2210 2220 2230 2240 2250 2260 2270 2280 2290 2300 2310 2320 2330 2 340 2350 2360 2370 2380 Performance Tests FILE 0 5 of 5 PRINT IS MS Iw POSITION 2 OR 3 Or 8621 RF DRAWEK LIiN3 INPUT P 8 09 1 24 10 4 07 2 1 bl p CMD 205 VO E vl 0 V2 9999 LINK 4 10 REM 86351A IF gt THEN 2160 PRINT IS MS IN POSITION 2 OR 3
50. Capabilities 2 8 Option 001 4 14 2 41 Verification 2 9 4 18 Model 8620C Performance Test Using HP IB 2 43 Storage and Shipment 2 9 Option 001 4 15 B Model 8620C Contents CONTENTS Cont d Section Page Section Page V ADJUSTMENTS 5 1 6 5 Replaceable Parts List 6 1 5 1 Introduction 5 1 6 8 Ordering Instructions 6 1 5 3 Equipment Required 5 1 5 5 Safety Considerations 5 1 MANUAL BACKDATING CHANGES 7 1 5 11 Related 5 1 dda IntzoducLlon 7 1 5 13 Adjustment Locations 5 1 7 5 Manual Change Instructions 7 1 5 15 Power Supply Adjustments 5 3 5 16 Fan Adjustments 5 4 Vill SER VICE 8 1 5 17 1 kHz Modulation Adjustment 5 5 8 1 Introduction 8 1 5 18 Sweep Generator Board Adjustments 5 5 8 3 Assembly Service Sheets 8 1 5 19 Full Sweep Adjustment 5 7 8 5 Principles of Operation 8 1 5 20 Start Marker Stop Marker Adjustment 5 7 8 6 Circuit Description 8 1 5 21 Marker Sweep Adjustment 5
51. EQUIPMENT Digital Multimeter HP 3480D 3484A PROCEDURE a Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5 1 b Select calibration scale with band select switch c Press FULL SWEEP pushbutton Set sweep MODE to MANUAL and MANUAL control fully counterclockwise d Connect input to 2 and ground lead to GND on A4 board e Set adjustment SWP A2R21 for DVM indication of 0 000 Vdc 0 001 Vdc f MANUAL control fully clockwise Set adjustment B SWP 10V A2R22 for DVM indication of 10 000 Vdc 0 005 Vdc 5 20 START MARKER STOP MARKER ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE Service Sheet 2 FREQUENCY CONTROL ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION Sets correct voltages to calibrate STOP MARKER and START MARKER controls EQUIPMENT Digital Multimeter HP 3490A NOTE If STOP MARKER potentiometer R6 on START MARKER potentiom eter 22 has been replaced refer to Paragraph 5 27 for mechanically zero PROCEDURE a Set Stop Marker red pointer to O Volt mark on calibration scale Connect DVM to A2TP2 b Set adjustment S STOP MARK LO A2R44 for DVM indication of 0 000 Vdc 0 001 c Set Stop Marker to 10 Volt mark on calibration scale Set adjustment P STOP MARK HI A2R35 for DVM indication of 10 000 0 005 d Connect DVM input to 2 Set Start Marker to 0 Volt mark on calibration scale e Set adjustment START MARK LO A2R41 for DVM indication of 0 000 Vdc t
52. K 1X 25 F TC20 100 RESISTOR SK 1 062w RESISTOR Sk 1X 062W TCa0 1U RESISTOR9STRMR 10K 10 SIDE ADY 17 4 1 8 1 0 68 12 30069 1 201 491 8910 383ReF RESISTOR 68 1 1 125 F TCs0e 100 RESISTOR TRMR 200 iux C SIDEeADJ 17eTRN RESISTOR 383 1X 125 F TCzO 100 74 1826 0201 741 1926 0261 IC u 74 1826 0201 u 741 1825 0261 IC 74 AMP 1826 0261 1826 0261 1826 0221 5774 500 ICN 2145953n 741 AMP UA 74 AMP IC DIGITAL SN74LSOON TTL LS QUAD 2 NAND SOCKETeIC 149CONT DIPeSLDReTERMS DIODE ZNR 4 64V 5 00 7 023 CD 35610 2 MISCELLANEOUS CUNTACTeCONN U wePOSTeTYPE MALE DPSLDR 1251 0600 95620 60113 BOARD ASSEMBLY LOGIC 919 0 0150 084 1500606 9006 2 0160 0573 0160 0575 CAPACITOR FXxD 1UF 20 SOnvOC CAPACITOR FXD 20 50 CER CAPACITOReFXD 60UF 10X 6 CAPACITOReFXD 470U0PF 20 100 0 CER CAPACITOReFXD OU7UF 20 SOwvOC CER ulo0 3678 0160 3878 0160 3878 160 0575 016090575 CLPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100wVOC CER 1000 20 100wvDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000 20 100mvDC CAPACITOReFXD 047UF 20 5O0WV
53. M 3490A Talk Address y 5340A Listen Address 5340A Talk Address J 8620C Listen Address amp DC DIGITAL VOLTMETER PROGRAMMING 3 SWEEP OSCILLATOR CALCULATOR Figure 4 18 HP IB Performance Test Setup for FILE 2 POWER METER PROGRAMMING A RF PLUG IN Figure 4 19 HP IB Performance Test Setup for FILE 4 4 16 Model 8620C Performance Tests PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 18 MODEL 8620C PERFORMANCE TEST USING HP IB OPTION 001 Cont d EQUIPMENT Sweep Oscillator HP8620C Frequency Counter HP 5340A Option 011 DC Digital Voltmeter HP3490A Option 030 Power Meter HP 486A Option 022 Power Sensor HP8481A PROCEDURE 1 Cassette Program Loading Instructions a Insert a blank cassette tape into the 9830A B calculator and mark take as follows A MARK 2 5 FILE 0 B MARK s 9 FILE 1 NOTE C MARK e z sio FILE 2 for proper operation of the program D MARK FILE 3 there must be a 10 word dummy E MARK G S FILE 4 file between each program file F MARK o FILE 5 NOTE If unfamiliar with HP Model 9830A B Calculator eperation refer to 9830A Calculator Operating and Programming Manual HP Part Number 09830 90001 for complete instructions for use of the calculator and its tape deck Rewind tape completely Enter first program listing FILE into th
54. NUT LEFT SCREW NUT PLATE LEFT 6 32 THD 625 LG NUT HEX 3 8 32 THD 094 THK WASHER LOCK STAR INT TOOTH NO 3 8 377 ID LUG GROUND 3 8 SCREW 38 078 ID STANDOFF HEX 5 LG 6 32 THD SUPPORT RIGHT LATCH ROD PLATE NUT RIGHT SCREW NUT PLATE RIGHT 6 32 THD 75 LG KNOB PUSHBUTTON WHITE KNOB ROUND JADE GRAY STD INSULATOR CONNECTOR KNOB RND JADE GRAY FOR 0 125 DIA SHAFT FILLER STRIP PLASTIC Figure 6 1 Front Panel Assembly Parts Locations 1 of 4 08620 40006 92 01 2 062 0375 08620 20067 0624 0227 2190 0019 08620 00014 08620 20021 08620 00057 08620 00017 2360 1022 08620 00015 08620 00058 08620 00016 08620 00013 08620 20022 0520 0137 AN960 C2 2190 0112 0520 0129 AN960 C 2190 0112 08620 20063 08620 20065 1460 0534 08620 40005 2200 0105 08620 40004 08620 20057 1460 1163 3100 12 BC 1400 43 CD 08620 40008 08620 40009 R4 0520 0137 AN960 C2 2190 0112 08620 60044 08620 60046 08620 60047 08620 6004 5 1450 0707 08620 4001 08620 20030 08620 20025 08620 20031 1902 00 0610 0001 08620 4001 08620 20017 08620 6004 7 08620 20122 08620 20071 08620 20068 5555 37 S MD 08620 00007 08620 00020 08620 00059 2360 0195 2190 0013 3050 0066 1460 0535 08620 20062 08620 20061 3030 0195 08620 00021 08620 20069 08620 00061 2360 0124 2014 13 1920 02 720 380H R370 E 08620 20070 08620 00062 2360 0211 08620 40010 0370 1375 5040 0345 0370 1001 08620
55. Refer to Figure 2 8 3 64 The nominal 8620C listen address is ASCII Character 6 or octal 046 The address may be changed by the system designer since the 8620C does not require any particular address When changing addresses be sure the new address does not conflict with those of other instruments using the HP IB 3 65 Unaddressing 3 66 Once the 8620C is addressed it remains addressed until it is unaddressed or cleared by the system controller There are several ways to un address the 8620C Sending Unlisten command 077 octal ASCII This command must be given in the Command Mode ATN true b Pulling Interface Clear IFC line true This asynchronously clears all instruments on the HP IB c Turning 8620C mainframe OFF 3 67 RESPONSE TIMING CONSIDERATION 3 68 The time required by the 8620C to accept each character is approximately 5 usec change of frequency in the plug in will need 10 msec or less for stepping across the entire band and proportionally less time for smaller changes in frequency This time delay is required by the 8620C after the command is received and is due to inherent delays in the oscillator 3 11 Operation Tabie 3 5 Listen Address Codes Listen Addresses Bits ASCII bs bb 5 Character ai Se eee 1 oo CO O ne a el lt COO OCF FO OF Fr rF Fa OOF
56. S B slow blow fuse oscillator used in parts list A Vends vOlts dc SCR silicon controlied VDCW vOlts dc working rectifier screw used in parts list SE e selenium V F volts filtered SECT X5 oi ees sections VFO variable frequency SEMICON semicon Oscillator ductor VHF verv high fre SHF superhigh fre quency quency Vpk volts peak SI ues silicon Vp p volts peak to peak SEL ete es silver Vrms volts rms S eee P a S iA slide VSWR voltage standing SNR signal to noise ratio ratio SPDT single pole VTO oraa voltage tuned double throw oscillator SPG uM spring VTVM vacuum tube spht ring voltmeter SPST single pole V X volts switched single throw ACD Watt SSB single sideband with SSE ox Stainless steel WIV working inverse SEE ios Se steel voltage SQ ree d Sow o square WW wirewound SWR standing wave ratio WIO voor los without SYNC ad svnchronize Y1G yttrium iron garnet T timed slow blow fuse 2 characteristic TA tantalum impedance TC temperature NOTE compensating All abbreviations in the parts list will be in upper case MULTIPLIERS Abbreviation iia lt Prefix tera giga mega kilo deka deci centi milli micro nano pico femto atto 1012 109 106 103 10 10 10 2 10 3 107 6 1079 10
57. Set CW VERNIER pointer to 5 Volt mark on calibration scale Set adjustment CAL A2R57 for DVM indication of same magnitude 0 002 Vdc as recorded in step d but of opposite polarity e Set CW VERNIER pointer to 0 Volt mark on calibration scale DVM indication should be 0 000 Vdc 0 010 Vdc f If test limit is not met in step f reset adjustment Recheck DVM indication at 5 Volt mark and 5 Volt mark for test limit 5 24 AF ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE Service Sheet 2 FREQUENCY CONTROL ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION Sets correct voltages for calibration of AF operation EQUIPMENT Digital Multimeter HP3490A NOTE If AF potentiometer R3 has been replaced refer to Paragraph 5 27 for mechanical zero PROCEDURE a Connect DVM to A2TP5 Adjust CW and CW VERNIER controls for DVM indica tion of 45 000 Vdc 0 001 b Press AF pushbutton Set AF Multiplier to X10 Set AF pointer to 0 Volt mark on calibration scale c Connect DVM to A2TP3 Adjust MANUAL control for DVM indication of 5 000 0 005 5 9 Adjustments Model 8620C ADJUSTMENTS 5 24 AF ADJUSTMENT Cont d d Connect DVM input to A2TP6 Set adjustment D AF OFFSET A2R46 for DVM indication of 0 000 0 001 Vdc Connect DVM to A2TP5 Set AF pointer to 5 Volt mark on calibration scale While continuall
58. Sica Ere i N C Weird EF BLANKING 2 cere RE BLANKING a pori PEN LIET GND i AEN IK FTU 5 TUNING VOLTAGE REMOTE 2 67 ENABLE 420 7047 LNRE G EXT TRIGGER 7 REMOTE BINARY RETURN i SEC GATE 5 BINARY 27 i DISPLAY BOND BLANKING TURN ON i i 20 VOLT REG ALC MARKER IC baa 40 VOLT REG FREG REE GND i M MU MARKER SWEEP gt 2 MODE SELLCT we ON MIDE SELECT 13 B v PROG 23 5 VOLT UNREG 10 VOLT UNREG Cw SEL Ben 4 MODE SELECT x 15 PROG 22 057 e N C 22 VOLT 7 2 v PROG GND GND e C GND HM CURRENT 19 PROG GNI LOW CUR RE NT 20 ORIVE 1 2 5 VOLT UNREG 5 VOLT 2 6 v PROG LINE SYNC PULSE VOLT 22 Sw TEH 1 2 WO VOLT 23 j WV PROG 40 VOLT REG 24 DRIVE N C as 02 V PROG xR5 XRG ieu amp Hz SC WV 26 i SWITCH ag PEE E REMOTE 17 117 REMOTE REMOTE N C BINARY pe ENABLE BINARY COBY PROG 27 M V PROG i A REMOTE 5 5 REMOTE BAND 3 27 1 1 ENABLE 2 27 BINARY 2 TURN 5 20 BINARY 2 x m f REMOTE i Ex Re i a ra REF MARKER a 2 OR TUNING On Si Sri c pes ENABLE eer NE SWEEP OUT 29 v PR
59. VEZ 909 zi 25V 5 29V 57 22 uh 549 Oe a a pe 5 WNREGULATED RETURN Q am a U MM CPEPATIONAL AMPLIFIER Qr a NEGATIVE 2085 9 6 NEN 40Vv d REGULATED 225 ez Rb 5 2 UNREGULATED e 9990 gt 550 ze 25 OO 8 AETUeM A O 2 gt 9c 77 SERIES REGULATOR aL e TER 207 NIE TSN 0 1 LLM LE Ose O x l OVERLOAD VOLTAGE Adr AREN bi MITER PROTECTION i LARA Pg PUE WE eoe Vie 229 iid HERO 0 27 0 5 KEGUH ATEC I 1 With RF Section Ln thot RESE NOn t i ER OVERLOAD _ LIMITER JIV RE BULATED OUTPUT WVPEGULA TEL E OVER VOLTAGE___ PROTECTION B m ee Service Ul AND U 04 03 710 02 Ul AND U2 80 AV BOARD KEY TOP VIEW OF PC BOARD HOLES BOTTOM VIEW OF MICROCIRCUIT SCR EQS ANODE ANODE ATH es oem _ CATHODE BOTTOM VIEW A6 f Por oo C sv NOTE E L EACH PIN OF CONNECTOR CONTACTS TWO PINS MERE ON THE A5 BOARD ONE ON jo EACH SIDE OF THE BOARD THEREFORE THE PIN ON A5 THAT 15 CONNECTED TO THE
60. blanking switch S10 holds the blanking circuit on during the entire retrace cycle The Blanking gate is disabled in Manual and Ext mode by 20 volts from 951 to CR2 and base of 918 The blanking is also disabled by 20V from A3Q6 to CR1 and the base of Q18 These voltages establish a low at U9A pin 4 disabling the blanking gate Negative Blanking The combination of CR17 CR16 and CR20 forms an OR gate Normally Q8 is conducting When the Sweep Ramp generator is sweeping Sweep Ramp F F U3B Q output is High and the input to CR16 is High This forward biases CR20 turning Q3 ON Q16 is ON which turns Q17 ON and the output at 45 is 0 volt When the Sweep Ramp generator starts its retrace Q3B goes Low This forward biases CR17 and turns CR20 off Q3 then turns off Q16 turns off and 917 turns off allowing the output at 45 to go to 5 11 volts The same sequence is repeated if a negative Stop Sweep pulse is applied to CR16 from an RF Plug In such as 862904A Functional Block Diagram Q SERVICE SHEET 1 Model 8620C A1 17 297 gt KIA dex A m x us Lip X 4 dro nibii 9 iX 7 45227 HERE 00 os rT V 4 i M 5 JUMPER SWP RANGE OFFSET AX 137 YAY GY e 5 5 oem A aat TE 5 1 a LJ
61. consists of data strobe inverter A12U2B flip flop 1204 A12U11B and U11C and four NAND gates A12U14 When the 8620C is in Remote low output from A12U11C disables the mode select decoder on the 8620C A3 Logic Assembly until a delayed data strobe sets U11C high The operation to generate this output from U11C is as follows Flip flop 1204 stores at the D input a decoded from the ROM A12U24 The data strobe is inverted by A12U2B and applied to the F F clock input On the nega tive positive transition of the data strobe trailing edge the F F triggers and the information stored on the D input is transferred to the Q output The Q output is ANDed with the data strobe at A12U11B to produce a data strobe delayed by one character When is the last character sent the mode select logic is enabled and one of the four mode select lines is held low by A12U14 Simul taneously with the delayed data strobe F F A12U4B is triggered A high is produced at the Q output if the data on the HP IB is either 1 2 3 or 4 output line see Table 0 0 This output enables the D A tuning of the tuning voltage Band Decoder The Band Decoder consists of inverter A12U2B flip flop 1208 NAND gates A12U2D and 1209 The operation of the band decoder is similar to the mode decoder Flip flop A12U3A stores at the D input a decoded from the ROM A12U24 The data strobe is inver
62. lt GND CONNECTIONS TO 32 17 PENLIFT PROCR AMIN 30 28 EXT SWEEP FOR E 19 lt 420v STANDARD gt 47 lt 27 AMPLITUDE MARKER 8620C CM uU 34 STOP SWEEP PULSE 2 3 40 RF BLANKING gt 21 E lov gt 23 4 40V gt gt 4 46 lt NC gt 25 gt 36 L TO FL LINE MODULE SS ERE 42002 7 2 TURN 20 VOLT REC 40 VOLT REG nn 4 L ca 23 5 VOLT UNR VOLT UNREG GND 5 VOLT UNREG LINE SYNC PUL T XAT x xAS XAG T REMOT C N C 4 i qm REMOTE BINARY 7 1 19 SWEEP OUT 22 1420 VOLT i i eS BAND 3 REM aa perd gt REMOTE DIA 721002 REMOTE RN ON BUM 20 VOLT MULTIPLIER Pa gt 1 12 VOLT ENABLE 2 20 BINARY 2 i TUNIN i 2 20 qm 5 lt A TUNING Z AXIS 2 20 TAGE REMOTE D A TUNING BAND VOL TAE VOLTAGE EENE ee Ee IET ern dime VOLIMGE TURN ON D S RAMP OUTPUT TRIGGER cU pee Jazi ACC TURN ON RANE Wes DIGITAL RAMD 4 5 20 VOLT 20 VOLT 4 i 1 1 aw a DIGITAL EXT TUNING REMOTE 12
63. 1 9 1 7 5 Figure 7 5 Location of Test Points P O Change G 7 8 Model 8620C Manual Backdating Changes A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 1 KHz GND FAN 1 BAL SPEED MP2 MP4 X d f 7 A F FfPbobSNQ QS SSS ees Figure 7 6 A7 Operations Control Assembly Component Locations P O Change 7 9 7 10 Model 8620C Service SECTION VIII SERVICE 8 1 INTRODUCTION 8 2 This section provides information for trou bleshooting and repairing the Model 8620C Sweep Oscillator This information includes troubleshoot ing block diagrams and schematic diagrams Circuit descriptions are included with the schematic dia grams of the assemblies Component location illus trations are contained in this section to add visual information for servicing and repairing Figure 8 9 provides a block diagram and functional descrip tion of the instrument Schematic presentations in this manual show electrical circuit operation and are not intended to serve as wiring diagrams 8 3 ASSEMBLY SERVICE SHEETS 8 4 The schematics are arranged by service sheets The service sheet numbers appear in the lower right hand corner of the schematics large number above assembly number Included in the service sheet is the schematic as well as the accom panying circuit theory component parts location photo and simplified block diagrams A list of service sheets cross
64. 1 35 ACCESSORY KIT 1 36 The accessory kit shown in Figure 1 1 contains a reversing extender board two three amp fuses an incandescent lamp and a fifty pin connec tor The reversing extender board permits all the necessary interconnections to be made between the Model 8620C mainframe and the plug in board assembly being serviced The two three amp fuses General Information are spares for the A4 and A5 Regulator Assemblies The fifty pin connector plugs into the rear panel PROGRAMMING connector The incandescent lamp is a spare for the mode select pushbuttons 1 37 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED BUT NOT SUPPLIED 1 38 To have a complete operating unit the Model 8620C Sweep Oscillator mainframe must have an RF Plug in installed The plug in may either be an HP Model 8621B RF Section with appropriate oscillator module s installed or an 86200 series RF Plug in 1 39 EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE 1 40 Service Acessories 1 41 A service accessories package containing a plug in extender cable an adjustment tool and two service boards may be obtained from Hewlett Packard by ordering Service Accessories Part No 08620 60124 This is supplied for convenience in aligning and troubleshooting the mainframe the RF Section and oscillator modules and an RF Plug in units Parts contained in the service acces sories package are listed in Figure 1 5 1 42 Model 84108 8411A Network Analyzer 1 43 The Model 8620C Sweeper is compatible with the H
65. 1 8 70 1002 RESISTOR 10K 1 25 F 7 509 100 1 8 70 1002 RESISTOR 64 1X 125 F 0 100 1 8 RESISTOR 42 2 1 1252 F 0 100 1 8 70 222 RESISTOR 42 2 1 1257 7 0 100 1 8 222 RESISTOR TRMR 1K 102 SIOE ADJ 17eTRA 2006 1 102 Ca 1 B T0 1101 F 8 0 68 RESISTOR 1 1K 1 125 F 0 100 RESISTOR 681 1 125 F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 48K 1X 1257 TCmO 100 1 8 70 3481 RESISTOR 17 8K 1X 125 F 0 10 1 8 70 1782 RESISTOR 1 47K 1X 125 F 0 1 0 4 gt 1 8 0 147 1 64 1 8 10 1101 4 1 8 0 51 11 RESISTOR 1 1 1 125w F TCs0 100 RESISTOR 5 11 1X 125 F TCzO 100 RESISTOR a 6 k 1 1257 F TC o 100 1 8 RESISTOR 100 1 56 F 0 100 1 2 10 101 RESISTOR 10K 1X 125 F 80 100 1 8 0 1002 RESISTOR 316 1X 125 TC 0 100 1 8 70 316 0 RESISTOR 10 1 1252 F TCEO 100 Ca 1l B T0 1002 F RESISTOR 10K 1X 125 F TCm O s100 1 8 70 1002 RESISTOR 10 1X 125 F 0 100 1 8 0 1002 RESISTOR 10K 1X 125 0 100 1 8 0 1002 RESISTOR 12 125 F TCZ0 100 1 70 1001 RESISTOR T
66. 1 C CW AND MANUAL GATE 46 3 3 936 2 1 01 SEC RANGE POSN gt 8 M 4 lt Je SWEEP TIME ADJUST 31 7 FREQ REF GND 11 gt 978 i lt 10 NOT USED 70 12 c VW RF SW POS 1 DR CONT 68 gt 913 NOT USED 6 lt RF SW POS 2 DR CONT 2 64 15 lt NOT USED 62 16 lt NOT USED 60 gt lt 17 lt STOP SWEEP PULSE 58 9 gt s lt 8 97 1 10V 22 23 DECODED BAND 2 56 25 lt DECODED BAND 1 55 26 lt DECODED BAND 4 gt 54 27 DECODED BAND 3 53 28 40V gt 24 29 lt UEC Se 10V 2 31 lt GND HIGH CURRENT 19 gt lt 32 gt 2153 lt 33 c 47 7 1753 lt 34 lt GND LOW CURRENT gt 20 gt 90 lt 35 ALC MARKER 7 10 gt H 36 lt 20V gt 16 gt C934 lt 9 lt SWEEP OUT J1 29 23 RT REMOTE CONTROL PROGRAMMING FOR STANDARD 8620 ROGA J2 ev 2585 REMOTE ATTENUATION Al E fiae OAN 38 10d r _6 2 1X 37 2068 gt E ds 43 GND HI CURRENT 16 lt PENLIFT GND 17 PENLIFT 28 EXT SWEEP 19 lt 20V 27 AMPLITUDE MARKER STOP SWEEP PULSE CD 40 RF BLANKING 44 ES 45 40V 46 NC SERIAL PREFIX
67. 11 AF SWEEP TEST Cont d Example cont d Total bandwidth is 2 4 GHz Therefore 1 0 of total bandwidth is 0 024 GHz or 24 MHz Tolerance is 0 03 of total bandwidth or 0 72 MHz Frequency indi cation would be 24 MHz 0 72 MHz higher than reading recorded in step i for the 86330B 4 12 SWEEP TIME ADJUST AND STOP SWEEP TEST HP Model 86290A ONLY SPECIFICATION Sweep Time Adjust Input to 8620C sweep circuits provided by wideband RF Plug in DESCRIPTION EQUIPMENT PROCEDURE to reduce the sweep time when sweeping full range Stop Sweep Pulse Input to 8620C sweep circuits provided by wideband RF Plug in to stop the sweep during the time RF Plug in is changing bands to ensure full range unin terrupted sweep Sequential sweep ramp is displayed on oscilloscope and sweep time interval relation ships are verified Timing of stop sweep pulse is verified by time comparison of negative blanking output and sequential sweep ramp SWEEP RF OSCILLATOR PLUG IN OSCILLOSCOPE NEGATIVE BLANKING REAR PANEL CHANNEL A INPUT CHANNEL B INPUT Figure 4 3 Sweep Time Adjust and Stop Sweep Test Setup Sweep Oscillator HP 8620C Oscilloscope Variable Persistence HP 181A 1801A 1820C a Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 3 b Set DISPLAY BLANKING OFF switch on 8620C rear panel to DISPLAY BLANKING c Set TIME SECONDS switch to 1 01 and TIME SECONDS Vernier contro ful
68. 12 Model 8620C os UN be uro A 1 te oF eal t a TN wl bi EL DN c lt m gi Ko d DC bee DU rt E ad LM Ae 8 SU QUbe oL net lad oy rr 4 1491 za x cand Lad ES eoa cand canc Came cand can Hane UPL AE Don HEBES c cad uw es Eois 1 E IUO ex Obes 8 HiV E prt VUiztp a eran prt DR Pr uv re MOOSE V istp ALL SHEEP HODES m sp y oa e MIEI pri REMOTE FULL SHP osp pipe REMOTE TELTR SIR SUB AH fert REMOTE UL OMIR iert ANALOG FULL BHP RE re sb OURS tert ANALOG FULL SHP LOCHL MER Pach uc 0S PR ipri DEL SHP REMDTE 85k OURS HER iert ANALOG MARKER SH bLeepispEt HOHE dare 1 oo E De A VOLTRGE E Figure 2 13 Verification Program HP 9825A Calculator Installation 2 13 2 14 Model 8620C Operation SECTION III OPERATION 3 1 INTRODUCTION 3 2 This sectio
69. 12 10 15 10 18 6 3 Replaceable Parts Model 8620C Table 6 2 Replaceable Parts HP Part Mfr BLERC ASSEMBLY S EEP USCILLATOR Reference Designation Mfr Part Number 9 020 60111 AY 056200960111 81 1 412030572 CaPACITOReFXD 2200 20 100wvDC CER 016090572 aic 015120572 2200PF 20 10U yOC CER C16090572 81 3 018621735 1 22UF 10x3 35700 1500224 9035 2 AlCu Ulove1079 CAPACITOR FXD 01 e202 1005VDC 016093879 4165 2190 3878 CAPACITOR FXO 1000 205 100 0 190 3878 016093879 0160 20 5 CAPACITOReFXC OLUF e 20X 100 CER CAPACITUReFxD OLUF 60 20 100wvCC CER 1600 3679 0190 2055 81 6 A1C7 41091 1991 00460 DICOFE eS ITCHING 30V Soma 2NS 005 35 1901 0040 AICR 190 0040 DIOUE SSwITCHING 30v SOMA 2 5 00 35 196190040 1 83 1961 0040 5 1 1 30v 5 215 00 35 1901 00 0 1901240000 DIODE SaITCMING 30v 5uMA 2NS 00 35 1901 0040 A1CRS 196120042 DICOEeSeITCMING 30v SOMA ZNS 00 35 190120040 amp 1 1961 90040 CIODE S ITCMING 30v 50M 2645 00 35 1901 0040 41697 1901 0040 DICDE SnITCRING 30V SOMA NS 00 39 1901 0040 1 1901 0080 DIGDEeSHITCHING 30v
70. 12 ABCR15 1901 0418 DIODEePWR 400 1 5 5 8 6 12 ABCRIO 1901 0418 400V 1 54 521846 12 ABCR17 1901 0025 DIODE GEN PRP 100 200MA 0047 1901 0025 ABCR18 1901 0025 DIODE GEN PRP 100v 200 007 1901 0625 1854 0071 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 200 2 185420071 ABR 0698 0085 RESISTOR 2 61K 1 125 F 0 100 8 0 2511 ABR2 0696 0085 RESISTOR 2 61 1X 125 f 0 00 1 8 0 2811 A8R3 0757 0438 RESISTOR 6 11 1 125 f TCzO0e 100 1 8 lier ABRa 075720199 RESISTOR 21 5K 1X 125 f 0 4 1 8 10 2152 ABRS 0757 0441 RESISTOR 8 25 1 125 TCsO 1G0 1 8 70 8251 4886 0757 0443 RESISTOR 11K 1 1257 100 4 1 8 0 1102 ABR7 0757 0461 RESISTOR 68 1K 1 125w F TCRO 100 1 8 6812 A9 08620260119 BOARD ASSEMBLY SWITCH 08620960119 A9 A10 08620 60109 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY u8620 60109 A10 08620960120 BOARD ASSEMBLY FRONT INTERFACE 0R 620 60120 10 1 0180 2141 CAPACITOReFXD 3 3UF 10X SOVOC 150D335x905082 A10C2 0180 2205 CAPACITOReFXO 33UFe 10 3SVOC 1500334x90354A2 A10C3 016020163 CAPACITOReFXD 033UF 10 200WVDC POLYE 292933392 A10Cu 016020155 CAPACITUR FXD 3300PF 10 200wNVOC POLYE 292P3329e 41905 0180 2205 33UF 10X X 35 1500334 9035 2 1 066 0180 2186 CAPACITOReFXxO 300UFe 20x 30VDC
71. 12 with Figure 7 2 Page 8 17 Figure 8 13 SERVICE SHEET 3 Delete A1C7 CHANGE D Page 6 11 Table 6 2 Change A7 HP Part Number to 08620 60117 NOTE instruments with serial prefixes 1604A and lower were equipped with the 08620 60117 A7 Operations Control Assembly however the 08620 60137 is the recommended replacement and is directly interchangeable Page 6 12 Table 6 2 Delete A7C11 Delete A7Q19 Delete A7Q20 Change A7R8 to 0757 0459 RESISTOR 56 2K 1 125W Change A7 R9 to 0698 3260 RESISTOR 464K 1 125W Change A7R10 to 2100 3109 RESISTOR TRMR 2 10 SIDE ADJUST 17 TURN Change A7R11 to 0698 0084 RESISTOR 2 15K 1 125W Change A7R12 to 0698 3444 RESISTOR 316 OHMS 1 125W Change A7R16 to 0757 0416 RESISTOR 511 OHMS 1 125W Change A7 R17 to 0698 0082 RESISTOR 464 OHMS 1 125W Delete A7 R37 Delete A7 R38 Delete A7R39 Page 8 31 SERVICE SHEET 10 Replace Figure 8 27 with Figure 7 3 Replace applicable part of Figure 8 28 with Figure 7 4 CHANGE E Page 6 15 Table 6 2 Delete HP Part Number 0380 0643 STANDOFF HEX HEAD P O 08620 60130 CONNECTOR ADAPT ER FOR OPTION 011 Model 8620C Manual Backdating Changes MANUAL BACKDATING CHANGES CHANGE The above mentioned part was not installed on instruments with serial numbers prefixed 1552A and lower however it is recom mended that the part number not be deleted from the replaceable parts list as
72. 185350050 A1u5 1854 0404 TRANSISTOR NON SI 18 2360 854 0400 A366 1854 0404 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 10 18 POS3o0Mr 1850 0404 4197 1854 0404 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 10 18 185 0 4198 1855 0082 TRANSISTOP MOSFET FeCHAN DeMODE SI 1855 0082 1 55 0062 TRANSISTOR JeFET DeMODE SI 1855 0062 81410 15 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 10 18 1954 0404 410411 1853 0056 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 709 6 0 360 185320050 81412 1254 0400 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 70 18 POz360M 1854 0404 816513 1864 47 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 0 310 4 FTz100Mn2 1854 0474 4161 1854 0404 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 15 560 185690404 41415 1855 0062 TRANSISTOR NeCHAN DeMODE SI 1855 0062 41616 5 TRANSISTOR NPN 51 TO 18 6 185890404 41017 1863 0050 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 7094 18 360 1853 0050 41218 1854 0404 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 79218 PDxz360Me 1254 0404 81419 1853 0050 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 10918 0360 185320050 41620 j855 06076 TRANSISTOR NPN 253439 SI 70 5 eN3439 1250 0474 18550 0 04u TRANSISTOR NPN SI PO0S310M 2100 2 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 1018 02360 1850 0470 185 0 81421 41622
73. 1X 125 F TCs0 10v0 Ca s B T0 S1R1 F 075720465 RESISTOR 100K 1 125w TYC O 10v 1 8 0 1003 0757 0465 RESISTOR 100K 1 125 F 1 0 100 1 8 0 1003 0757 0394 RESISTOR 51 1 1 125 F TCz0e 10 C Cum sbuTOeS IRI oF 0757 0394 RESISTOR 51 1 1X 125 F amp 0 100 gt OF 0698 3157 RESISTOR 19 6K 1 1256 F TC20 100 1 8 10 1962 0698 3440 RESISTOR 196 1X 125 F 1 30 100 C591 8 T109196R F 0757 0417 RESISTOR 562 tx 125 F 0 100 4 8 0 5 2 0598 3154 RESISTOR 29 1 125 F TC20 100 1 8 0 2201 0757 0439 RESISTOR 6 81K 1 125 F TCz0 100 1 8 811 0698753631 RESISTOR 330 5 2n MO 59 200 Ride 0811 1659 RESISTOR 27 5 P 800 Bwn2 27 100 J 0698 3447 RESISTOR 422 1 125 F 50 100 Cas1 B T0 G22 R F 0757 0397 RESISTOR 68 1 1 1257 F TCzO 1009 C e1 RBR TO 8R1 F 0696 3447 RESISTOR 422 1X 125 F 0 100 Cua BeTueaggReF 0757 0397 RESISTOR 68 1 1 125 F TCmO 100 Ca 1 8 T0 68R1 F 0757 0416 RESISTOR 511 1X 125 F TCz0 100 Cosl b T0 S11R F 069823447 RESISTOR 422 1X 125 F 1 0 100 Ca l1 8 T0 22R F 1826 0261 1626 0251 IC vA 741 JC UA 741 AMP 1826 0261 1826 0261
74. 2 61K 1X 1257 F 0 gt 100 Ca 1 8 T0 g611 F 0698 0085 RESISTOR 2 61K 1X 125 0 100 04 1 8 0 261 1 F 0695 0085 RESISTOR 2 61K 1X 125 F 0 100 1 8 0 2611 9698 0085 RESISTOR 2 6 1 1259 F 0 100 1 8 70 2611 0698 3157 RESISTOR 19 6K 1 1257 0 100 4 1 8 0 1962 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1X 12Sw F 1 0 100 4 1 8 0 1 0062 0757 6442 RESISTOR 10K 1 125 F 17 0 100 1 8 0 1002 0757 0439 RESISTOR 6 81 1X 125 F 0 100 4 1 8 10 6811 0757 0 41 RESISTOR 8 25 1 125 F TCsQe 100 1 8 10 8251 0757 0441 RESISTOR 8 25 1 125 F 0 100 1 8 10 8251 0757 0438 RESISTOR 11 1X 125 F 0 100 1 8 0 5111 9757 0422 RESISTOR 909 1 1257 F 100 4 1 8 10 909 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1X 125w TC20 2100 4 1 8 70 1002 0998 0085 RESISTOR 2 61 1 125 F 0 100 1 8 70 2641 0698 0085 RESISTU amp K 2 61K 1 1256 F 0 100 1 8 70 20611 0757 0042 RESISTOR 10K 1 125 F TCz0 100 1 8 170 1002 1 8 0 1962 0598 3157 RESISTOR 19 6K 1 125 F 0 100 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1X 125 F 7 0 100 Ca s1 B T0 1002 F 0698 3157 RESISTOR 19 6K 1X 125 F 1 0 100 4 1 8 70 1962 0757 0
75. 22 lt l onc BAND bz VOL ae GND AAM E 25 40 VOLT LETCM NABLE E UE EXT Sw EP I5 i45 VOLT S Qu UP NET Es position ee Nora ded Ik Hz SQWY 51 238 ER ENABLE jeu OND e cal START maak le 6 a LOCH ENABLE pr START VOLT 28 R REF i Jr BRAND LATCH BINH VOLT 2 MARKER REF A Av PROG 1 7 125 i 5 gl Cw MARKER 40 VOLT REG LX W G LOCI Tot 51 CW MARKER 7 28 REF eic 122 34 LATCH BINS 420 VOLT 71125 REF i 6 2 VOLT PROG 218 ae ENABLE 8 1271 STOP MARKER 6 1 6 2 VOLT 6 un pe STOP MARK GND Ze REF MES Ad pcdes STOP SWEEP Cc GND 18 Kel ER REF SL UA ree Gu AM p TTA l o 6 2 VOLT 2V POR PULSE pod s s T 27 vOZ782 i ET j and VOLT ost 2 REMOTE RAND DRIVE 127 5 VOL j PEE cub 20 VOLT 128 1 2 i 5vocT 19 157 REGULATOR IV PROG 110 280 ENABLE S m 5 26 af Cw i 92 EMITTER x poe ey pot DE i 11 5 M DM EUM uol i268 INC GATE 10 29 ENABLE 20 VOLT ree Pp PROG beet 2o pn SWITCH I 2 9 EU does A T f
76. 2890 2900 2910 2920 2930 2940 2950 Performance Tests FILE 2 6 of 7 PRINT SPAlO0 PERFORM DELTA ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE IN MANUAL LINI PRINT 5 10 5 13 PARAGRAPH 5 24 LIN3 INPUT BS GOTO 1360 REM BAND CHECK PRINT SPALO REMOVE TEST BOARD AND INSTALL 86290A RF LINI PRINT SPAlO0 PLUG IN OR 8621B WITH 86320 86330 OR 331 LINI PRINT SPAlO AND A 863XX RF PLUG IN LIN3 INPUT BS PRINT TAB21 OBSERVE BANDS CHANGING ON RF PLUG IN LIN4 WAIT 1000 CMD U amp 1 DISP SPA6 BAND SWITCHING CHECK FOR TO 2 FOR 1 1 TO 4 OUTPUT 13 2610 1 EORMAT B F1000 0 WAIT 2000 NEXT I NEXT CMD s Bl PRINT SPA1U BAND SWITCHING CHECK COMPLETE LIN2 GOTO 2960 REM TUNING VOLTAGE CHECK PRINT SPA6 T NING VOLTAGE CHECK LIN2 WAIT 2000 CMD U amp MlVOE 1 FOR 1 111 TO 10 STEP 1 111 OUTPUT 13 2760 IF J 1 THEN 2810 FORMAT V F1000 3 E CMD U6 M3R3FOTILE CMD V5 ENTER 13 1600 V GOTO 2830 PRINT TAB21 INPUT DVM READING LIN2 INPUT V R K G G 1 IF ABS V R lt 0 002 OUTPUT 15 2880 FORMAT 37 ERROR 37 PRINT DVM READING IS V READING SHOULD BE CMD 205 WAIT 1000 NEXT K PRINT SPALO VOLTAGE CHECK COMPLETE LIN2 WAIT 2000 GOTO 2500 THEN 2900 R ERROR IS V R LIN3 4 29 Performance Tests 4 30 2960 2970 2980 2990 3000 3010 3020 3030 3050 3060 Model 8620C FILE 2 7 of 7 PRINT SPA10 WHAT IS T
77. 60032 Moves RF Plug in outside mainframe for alignment or service Adjustment Tool 8830 0024 Fits miniature adjustment slot on potentiometers 36 Pin Service Board 08620 60037 Allows probing RF Section Interface connec tor or rear panel programming connector on all mainframes except 8620C during per formance testing or troubleshooting of 8260 Series mainframes 50 Service Board 08620 60125 Allows probing rear panel programming connector during performance testing or troubleshooting of HP Model 8620 Sweep Oscillator mainframe Figure 1 5 Service Accessories HP Part Number 08620 60124 Model 8620 General Information lt 6 4 D The 8410B has an Auto frequency range mode which gives it the capability of automatically tracking the HP Model 8620C Sweep Oscillator over octave and multi octave frequency bands from 110 MHz to 18 GHz Interface cable HP Part Number 8120 2208 must be used when sweeping octave or mulit octave bandwidths or the 8410B will not phase lock properly Detailed wiring of this cable is shown in table below P N 8120 2208 For Use with 8410B and 8620C Stop Sweep Pulse Sequential Sweep Trigger HP IB Data Strobe Trigger Ground Figure 1 6 HP Model 8410B Auto Frequency Mode Interface Cable General Information 1 46 HP IB Equipment HP 10631A Cable 1 metre HP IB Cable HP 10631B Cable 2 metre HP IB Cable HP 10631C Cable 4 metre HP IB Cable HP 59401A Bu
78. 8 1 1005 6 075720288 RESISTOR 9 09 1X 125W F 17 0 00 1 8 10 9091 0698272506 RESISTOR 6 81K 1 05w 20 100 C3 1 B T10 6811 G 0698 7264 RESISTOR 14 7K 1X TCzO 100 3 1 8 19 1472 6 0695 7284 RESISTOR 100K 1X 05 F TCz0 100 C3 1 8 T0 1003 G 0698 7270 RESISTOR 26 1 1 05 F TCzO 100 C3 el 8 T0 2512 6G 0598 7264 RESISTOR 14 7 1 057 F TCE0e 100 1 8 70 1 1472 0 0598 7256 RESISTOR 6 81 1X 05 0 100 1 8 0 0811 60 0698 7253 RESISTOR 5 11 1 05 F 0 100 C3 1 8 T0 S111 G C3 1 B T0 1001 G C3 l B T0 S111 G C3 1 R To 1332 G C3 1 amp T0 a8682 6G C3 1 8 TO 19e1 G RESISTOR 1K 1X 05w F TCz0 100 RESISTOR 5 11 1X 05 F TCz0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 05 f TCz0 100 RESISTOR 1 05 F 20 100 RESISTOR 1 96K 1X 0Sa F TCsO 100 0695 7236 069827253 0698 7263 0698 7276 0698 7243 1826 0092 5 7476 ICw 163 S3w LM312s IC LH 0042C IC 1458 IC 0IGITAL SN7476M TTL DUAL 5 169CONT DIPeSLDOReTERMS IC LM 312 1813 0041 1826 0092 1820 0076 1200 0507 1626 0102 1826 0092 SN7400N 143 535 1 7 56 5 3 1458 I
79. 8 20 Figure 8 23 Figure 8 22 Figure 8 25 Figure 8 24 Figure 8 28 Figure 8 27 Figure 8 30 Figure 8 29 Figure 8 32 Figure 8 31 A9 Assembly Figure 8 34 Figure 8 33 A10 Assembly Figure 8 36 Figures 8 10 and 8 12 Figure 8 35 Model 8620C 8 26 To remove dial frame from front panel assembly proceed as follows a Remove all front panel knobs with right angle hex key 050 HP Part No 8710 0857 b Remove retaining nuts on MANUAL and TIME potentiometers and on the SWEEP OUT connector c Remove five screws holding dial frame to front panel Figure 8 2 8 27 To remove 9 10 switch interconnect assembly remove three screws holding the assem bly to front panel Figure 8 3 8 28 To disassemble A9 switch assembly from A10 front interconnect remove six bolts holding two boards together Figure 8 3 8 29 Restringing Pointer Belts 8 30 Use the following procedure to restring any of the pointer belts See Figures 8 4 and 8 5 a Remove front panel as described in Para graphs 8 26 and 8 27 b Loosen adjustment idler shown on restringing diagram in Figure 8 5 for belt being replaced c Turn drive sprocket fully counterclockwise d For a FULL SWEEP MARKER SWEEP or CW belt 1 Turn drive sprockets of two unbroken belts fully counterclockwise to move both pointers to left hand edge of scale 2 Place new belt in slot and move pointer to left edge of scale 3 If it is a FULL SWEEP o
80. 9501 4 1 8 198 9501 MF4C1 6 T9 9S01 F 3006 gt 20 lls 1 8 1781 F 3006P 1 102 RESISTOR 9 5 1X 125 F T1CzO 25 RESISTOR 9 5K 1X 125 F 0 25 TRMR 200 10 C SIDEeADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR 1 78K 1 125 0 10 RE SISTOReTRMR 10 C SIDEeADJ 17 7 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN 3006 102 RESISTOR 1 91 25 1257 F 0 50 1 8 2 1911 RESISTOR 1 96K 1X 05 Paw 0 10 149 9 1 20 1981 RESISTOR 9 5 1 125 F 0 5 1 8 19 950 ReSISTOk 9 5 1 1257 1 0 25 1 8 19 9501 515 10K 10 SIDEeADJ 17eTRN 30067 12103 C RESISTOR TRMR 100 10 C TUPeADJ 15 TRN 3006821710 RESISTORSTRMR 10K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 7 TRN 39069212103 RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 C SIOE ADJ 17 30096 1 103 RESISTOR 619 1X 125 TC20 100 C4 1 8 TQ0e619ReF 3006P21 103 115951 16 5001 8 19 16 500 8 3008 1 103 3006P 1 103 RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10X C SIOE eADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR SK 1X 062 Pwr TCsQ 10 RESISTOR SK 1X 0 10 RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN PESISTOReTRMR 10K 10 C SIDEeADJ 17 TRN Fe55es Teal CMF 55 1 Tel 114 1 16 5001 114 1 106 5001 8 3006 1 103 RESISTOR 464K 1 1257 F TCs0 9100 RESISTOR 6
81. ARE GIVEN IN e Q4 Ul PC BOARD HOLES 1853 0020 3 MAXIMUM RIPPLE AT TP S 3 4 5 9 8 VIEW VIEW 16 2 20 16 2 SHOULD BE lt 50 9 6 os 5 OPERATIONAL y REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS j E AMPLIFIER CHASSIS 12 3 a Al Cl C5 E 7 CRI Ql 02 MICROCIRCUIT BOARD KEY Fl poo KEY E U 1 07 E 1 MICROCIRCUIT KEY Ul U2 lt VRI VR9 Figure 8 19 4 20V 5V Regulator Assembly Schematic 8 23 8 24 Model 8620C 40 ADJ 15V GND A5 4982 40 TUE O36 CPN MY ie et am Grr DLE TS IPM th tret tet me un mf Eg osak 22 P Jon ul e IE ME HP t EE Ep NS Figure 8 20 A5 10V and 40V Regulator Assembly Component Locations 24 ASV 20V NOTE 1 REGULATOR ASSY AIL MO THES BOARD AND aL 225 gt A8 RECTIFIER wth M Section 27992 lon amp 0V UNREGULATED gt AGS POWER SUPPLIES 2 TURN ON PROTELTIOI _ CONTROL s 7 AMPLIFI ER n _ 2 RE 4 2 qs M 2370 1780 22 0 Co DIE TORNO ER 20 552252 0 2 CRI CK3 p 700 lt EI ED CRE ie T2 x
82. B VAL MS 4 4 GOTO 210 B VAL MS 4 4 VAL M 5 5 A IF B 9 THEN 230 B 9 GOTO B OF 240 340 540 440 720 820 920 1020 1120 REM 86210 SPECS 1 1 07 1 3 5 08 1 7 06 E2 7E 06 1 1 CMD 0 amp V0286E 1 286 V2 9999 LINK 4 10 REM 86220A 1 1 07 H 1 1 3 09 1 1 07 2 1 1 CMD U amp V0077 1 76 92 V2 9999 LINK 4 10 REM 86222 F 1 21E 07 1 2 4 09 1 1 07 E27EI 1 CMD U amp vOE 4 19 Performance Tests 51 0 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 700 710 720 730 740 750 760 770 180 790 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 880 890 900 910 920 9 30 940 950 960 970 980 990 FILE 0 2 of 5 Vlz0 V2 9999 LINK 4 10 REM 86230 1 1 07 2 1 IF 5 6 6 B THEN 650 1 2 09 H 1 4E 09 1 1 CMD U amp VOE V1 0 2 9999 LINK 4 10 F 1 21 8E 09 1 4 2 09 1 1 CMD U amp VOE V1 0 2 9999 4 10 REM 86241A F 1 3 2E 09 1 6 5 09 1 3 07 2 1 1 1 CMD U amp V0286E 286 2 9 714 LINK 4 10 86242 1 5 9 09 1 9 09 1 3 5 07 2 1 1 1 CMD U amp VOE 0 V2 9999 LINK 4 10 REM 86250A B C F 1 28bE 09 1 1 24 10 1 4 07 2 1 1 1 CMD U amp VOE 0 1000 2 9999
83. C6o1 8eTQed2goReF RESISTOR 68 1 1 1257 F TCS0e 100 1 68 oF CA3046 182020261 TRANSISTOR ARRAY DIP IC u 741 52 10939 158 52 109392158 1902 3224 1N827 N827 DIODE ZNK 8 25 5 00 7 PD z w 053 DIODE 2N amp amp 25v 5 00 7 053 DIO0E ZNRP 17 8y 5 0 7 067 O100E ZNP 1NB27 2 5 00 7 25 DiODE ZNR 1 827 amp 2v 5X 00 7 POs 25 19028 3122 2 109392290 1992243182 1902 0049 DIODE ZNR 12 1V 5 00 7 POz 4 0645 OI0DE ZNR 23 77 5x 2097 4 076 DIODE ZNR 12 1v 5x3 00 7 POs 4 2 064 DIODE ZNR 6 19 5 0097 2 022 MISCELLANEOUS 1251 0600 3 332070 5 CONTACT CONK MALE DP3SLDR CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 04 01 BOARD ASSEMBLY 10 40 REGULATOR 08520 60115 CAPACITOR FXD 1800PF 10X 2O00WVDC POLYE 292P 18292 CAPACITTOR FXD 560 20 75VOC 1090566X0075T2 CAPACITOR FXD SeUF e20xX 7SVOC TA 10902555 0075 2 2200 10 5 10VDC 1500227 901052 220UF 10X 10vOC 1500227 9010 2 292210292 232212392 CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXU 1000 e10X 200 vOC POLYE 0120 10 200nvVOC POLYE 190140050 1901 0050 190190050 1901 00
84. CAUTION When cleaning board mounted front panel switches do not allow the switch to slide out of guides The switch is very difficult to properly assemble back into the guides Model 8620C 8 22 Board mounted switches on switch assem bly 9 may be cleaned without disassembling the switch Since the switch is assembled with great precision disassembly of the switch should not be attempted CAUTION isopropyl alcohol will damage the pointer drive belts on the front panel To clean the switches on A9 the switch board should be removed from the front panel to prevent inadvertent damage to the drive belts from alcohol 8 23 cleaning agent to be used on the switches is isopropyl alcohol HP Part No 8500 0755 Spray the alcohol into the switch and slide the switch back and forth within the guides Repeat this procedure several times continue to slide the switch back and forth until the alcohol is evaporated 8 24 Front Panel Disassembly 8 25 To remove hinged front panel assembly from mainframe perform the following a Remove bottom cover plastic filler strip and five screws used to secure hinged front panel to mainframe Figure 8 1 b Disconnect W2J1 from 11 1 Remove front panel assembly through front frame opening Table 8 1 Service Sheet Cross Reference Figures 8 11 and 8 13 Figure 8 15 Figure 8 14 Figure 8 17 Figure 8 16 Figure 8 19 Figure 8 18 Figure 8 21 Figure
85. COMPARATUR C 3ji1n 182620020 IC Lw 311 COMPARATOR L33115 1826 0026 IC Lw 311 COMPARATOR LM311 5 1820 0282 TCeDIGITAL SN7486N TTL QUAD 2 EXCL UR S 7486N 1200 0508 SOCKET IC 14 CONT DIPeSLOR TERMS 143 53 1620 1212 ICeDIGITAL 5 745128 TTL LS DUAL 5774 3112 1200 0507 SOCKETeIC 169CONT DIPeSLDReTERMS 1 163 53 1820 1212 ICeDIGITAL SN74LS112N TTL LS OVAL SN7TULSLI2N 1200 0507 SOCKETeIC 169CONT DIP SLOR TERMS 1 4163 53 311 COMPARATOR L319 1526 0026 1826 0026 IC L 311 COMPARATOR LM311F 1526 0026 IC Lw 311 COMPARATOR L 311H 1820 1416 ICeDIGITAL SN74LS1U4N TTL LS HEX 1 S474LS14N 1200 0506 SOCKETeIC 149CONT DIP SLOR TERMS 1 43 53 5474 SOON 1 43 535 SN74LS00N 143 53 IC DIGITAL SN74LSOON TTL LS QUAD 2 NAND SOCKETeIC 149CONT DIP SLDReETERMS IC DIGITAL SN74LSQUN TTL LS QUAD 2 NAND SOCKETeIC 149CONT OIPeSLOReTERMS 1820 1197 1200 0508 1820 1197 12000508 1902 0184 0100 2 8 16 2 5X 00 7 PUxz 4 amp 066 52 109392242 08620960114 BOARD ASSEMBLY 5 20 REGULATOR 06620 601 14 AQC1 016020158 CAPACITUR FXD 5600PF 0 200NVDC FOLYE 292256292 Aut 0180 0235 CAPACITOReFXD SeuF 20xX 75 0 1090566X0075T2 Aac3 01802524586 CAPACITOR FXD 4700 20 3OvDC TA 1090477 903072 AaCa 0150 0301 CAPACITUR FXD 012UF
86. Each microfiche contains up to 60 photo duplicates of the manual pages The mic rofiche package also includes the latest Manual Changes supplement as well as all pertinent Ser vice Notes 1 6 SPECIFICATIONS 1 7 Listed in Table 1 1 are the instrument speci fications These specifications are the performance standards or limits against which the instrument may be tested 1 8 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 1 9 General 1 10 This product and related documentation must be reviewed for familiarization with safety markings and instructions before operation This product has been manufactured and tested in ac cordance with international safety standards 1 11 Safety Symbols Instruction manual symbol the apparatus will be marked with this symbol when it is necessary for the user to refer to the in struction manual in order to protect the apparatus against damage 5 Indicates dangerous voltages Earth terminal 1 3 General Information The WARNING sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to a procedure practice or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in in jury or loss of life Do not pro ceed beyond a WARNING sign until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met Model 8620C The CAUTION sign denotes a haz ard It calls attention to an operat ing procedure practice or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to or
87. Figure 2 4 by pushing downward on handle while pushing inward lightly on top of front panel b Swing front panel forward and down to posi tion shown in Figure 2 5 c Depress mainframe front panel BAND select lever shown in Figure 2 4 to rotate fre quency scale drum until desired scale position 15 accessible NOTE Drum positions 1 through 4 may be identified by tick marks 1 11 HH on left hand side of drum NOTE If necessary to remove a frequency scale exert a pressure OUTWARD away from drum on right hand edge of scale Installation d Insert frequency scale so key a 1 16 inch long 1 2 inch wide protrusion on left end of scale fits into notch shown in Figure 2 5 in roller on left hand edge of drum e Push inward on right hand edge of frequency scale to snap it in place in frequency scale drum CAUTION To prevent damage to frequency point ers when bandswitch drum is rotated make certain that frequency scale is firmly in place and flush with band drum edges f Return front panel to upright closed posi tion and while pushing inward lightly on top of front panel re engage front panel latch handle by pushing it upward to lock position as shown in Figure 2 4 exploded view 2 28 MODEL 8620C HP IB INTERFACE OPTION 011 INSTALLATION 2 29 Interface Connectors and Cables 2 30 HP IB connector adapter HP Part No 08620 60130 is a 50 pin to 24 pin adapter that is c
88. MARKER SWEEP selected a CW Marker is available and position of white pointer indicates frequency setting of CW Marker CW light also comes on when AF mode is selected indicating CW MARKER control selects center frequency of AF Sweep cw VERNIER Multiplier Slide Switch 956 Selects multiplier for CW vernier scale In X1 position scale is read directly and in X 1 position scale indication is multiplied by 0 1 CW VERNIER Control R5 and Pushbutton Switch 7 Pressing pushbutton switch connects vernier function for CW or AF modes DS4 lights Vernier control provides fine adjustment of fre quencies about CW scale setting Scale multiplier is controlled slideswitch below pushbutton control STOP MARKER Contro and MARKER SWEEP Pushbutton Switch S8 Pressing push button switch selects MARKER SWEEP mode and MARKER SWEEP lamp 055 lights Red STOP MARKER lettering over control is color coded to red stop pointer on scale Sweep is between green START MARKER pointer and red STOP MARK ER pointer CW Marker is available on sweep SWEEP OUT BNC Connector J1 Output is linear ramp voltage from zero to 10 volts synchronous with RF sweep signal Output is available for all operating modes Operation TIME SECONDS Vernier Control R8 Allows sweep time to be adjusted through range selected at TIME SECONDS slide switch 9 TIME SECONDS Slide Switch A9S3 Sets range of sweep time Sweep time may be selected from g
89. MARKER pointer Right hand end mark on scale AF control o or Fully clockwise CW VERNIER control Fully clockwise MARKERS D uu l SEE INTEN MODE Se AUTO TRIGGER 13 ET INT TIME SECONDS cobre 1 01 TIME SECONDS Vernier E IA Fully clockwise 1 kHz SQ WV OFF Rear Pane Q9 OFF RF BLANKING OFF Rear Panel OFF DISPLAY BLANKING OFF Rear Panel D DISPLAY BLANKING 3 Press LINE pushbutton switch to turn on instrument LINE and FULL SWEEP push buttons should light 4 Set controls on RF plug in to obtain an RF signal output Oscilloscope trace should show detected RF signal output below zero volt reference There should be no discontinuity in swept trace across band Three bright marker spots should appear on trace Start Marker at position of green pointer CW Marker at position of white pointer Stop Marker at position of red pointer Set MARKERS switch to AMPL to obtain amplitude markers on trace 5 Sweep width is full band of frequencies of scale selected and cannot be changed 6 Band may be swept manually be setting MODE switch to MANUAL and adjusting MANUAL control through its range Nor markers are available in Manual mode 7 Select SINGLE sweep as follows Set MODE switch to AUTO Press TRIGGER switch to SINGLE position and
90. MOTHER BOARD _ A8 RECTIFIER ASSY 08620 60013 LINE SYNC GENERATOR 10V RECTIFIER CRY REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN OUTLINED ASSEMBLIES ARE ABBREVIATED FULL DESIGNATION IN CLUDES ASSEMBLY NUMBER e g OF ASSEMBLY A 15 AIR DESIGNATIONS OF OTHER COMPONENTS ARE COMPLETE AS SHOWN All MOTHER BOARD P2 7 EXTERNAL TRIGGER 7 gt 916 f gt se L RF BLANKING RF BLANKING 2 8888 967 me we 5 C926 5 0 x lt h z xx OO P J lt crx EMO d NEGATIVE lt _ BLANKING 386 I 1 renes ege EU 32 50 gt Co O C M 81 gt C 904 puru NET gt 6 gt CHE t 9 gt 259 906 s 43 67 gt gt 69 Eno y gt ig aspas REMOTE CONTROL ee 9 316 PROGRAMMING ge FOR STANDARD gt 5 8620C i gt 4 a 2979 PROGRAMMING ano 12 21 i 26 C SEQUENTIAL SYNC T 48 REMOTE ATTENUATION NES E 4l lt ENABLE 13 935 PX 80 gt u gt 37 lt I C931 lira s O S s 43 lt GND CURRENT 33 16
91. Modulation Test Setup EQUIPMENT Sweep Oscillator HP 8620C APC 7 to N Male Adapter HP 1250 0479 Crystal Detector HP 423A or HP 84704 as required 10 dB Attenuator 84918 Option 010 Frequency Counter HP 53404 PROCEDURE Set POWER LEVEL control on RF Plug in front panel fully counterclockwise b Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 5 Set IkHz SQ WV OFF switch on 8620C rear panel to 1kHz SQ WV d Press CW pushbutton e Set frequency counter to read 1 kHz and rotate POWER LEVEL control clockwise until frequency counter indicates a frequency CAUTION Care must be taken not to exceed the maximum power input limit of frequency counter f Frequency counter indication should be 1 0 kHz 0 05 kHz 4 14 BLANKING OUTPUTS TEST SPECIFICATION Blanking With RF BLANKING OFF switch set to RF BLANKING RF is automati cally turned off during retrace and turned on after completion of retrace On automatic sweeps is on long enough before sweep starts to stabilize external circuits and equip ment whose response is compatible with the selected sweep rate Blanking Outputs Rectangular pulse approximately 5V into 2500 ohms coincident with RF blanking available from rear panel Z AXIS MKR PEN LIFT output jack A negative rectangular pulse 5V into 2500 ohms is available from rear panel NEGATIVE BLANKING output jack 4 8 Model 8620C Performance Tests PER
92. NEGATIVE uis SL 18 lt BLANKING reel Sr ee Ce 36 4048 L B HI CURRENT 50 lt LOGIC 0 REMOTE I 57 E D A ENABLE 902 1 gy Xd 903 lt 2 4V gt 6 lt 3 2 2 96 4 v DE 65 gt C906 5 0 8v TO 67 gt lt 6 0 4V a 4 gt 7 02V Tn 8 01 913 1 TE I e gt c 8 j u 5 13 REMOTE BAND SEL gt 52 REMOTE BAND SEL PENLIFI ono 17 PENLIFT 18 0 001V I t i t t i i L v gt A ce m m rc TOURNE 5 m l 30 CW MODE SEL 31 lt FULL SWEEP MODE SEL 1 2 15 937 947 3 2 C881 M n nF o RF BLANKING 171 2 lt L i t 40V 46 NC gt a C88 gt s 50 TRIG 2 84108 LJ d Figure 8 37 1 dE 32 MARKER SWEEP MODE SEL i Service PROGRAMM ING LI CONTROL PROGRAMMING FOR OPTION 001 745 REAR PANEL Rear Panel Wiring Diagram 8 41 8 42 All MOTHER BOARD RN RF PLUG IN pl e TUNING VOLTAGE OUT gt 49 lt
93. OF 8621 RF DRAWER 1153 INPUT P F P 21 07E 1lU 1 17 10 1 2 07 2 1 CMD 205 VOE 0 29999 LINK 4 10 REM 86352 IF P l THEN 2290 PRINT IS MS Iw POSITION 2 3 OF 8621 DRAWER LIW3 iNPuUT 8 5 09 1 05 10 1 2 07 2 1 bl P Cup u amp 0 2 9999 LINK 4 10 END 4 23 Performance Tests 4 24 Model 8620C FILE 2 1 of 7 ADDRESS 8620C 2 amp 3490A 6 LISTEN V TALK 8620C VERIFICATION AND ADJUSTMENT DIM B 30 j C 22 C 10 20 PRINT THIS PROGRAM IS USED TO CHECK THE 8620C OPT 011 PRINT HP IB OR AN 8620C LIN1 PRINT WITH A12 08620 60118 INSTALLED FOR TESTING WITH A PRINT 3490 30 PRINT DVM OR ANY DVM WITH 0 004 D C ACCURACY UN 100 PRINT VOLT RANGE LIN3 PRINT TABl6 ARE YOU USING 3490A OPTION 30 LIN3 INPUT CS IF CS 1 1 Y THEN 140 J 0 GOTO 150 9 1 PRINT TAB21 SET 8620C CONTROLS AS FOLLOWS LIN3 PRINT TAB21 START MARKER 2 VOLT MARK LINI PRINT TAB21 STOP MARKER x 8 VOLT MARK LINI PRINT TAB21 CW POINTER 5 VOLTI MARK LINI PRINT TAB21 DELTA POINTER 5 VOLT MARK LINI PRINT TAB21 CW VERNIER X xx x x x x CENTERED LINI PRINT 2 1 ce eoe oe oe o eoe eo x eoe oec e o deo x x X X X Xx x MANUAL LINl1 PRINT TAB21 MANUAL CONTROL
94. OTHER COMPONENTS ARE 1 AS SHOWN B 2 un U5 08 110 09 TOP VIEW TOP VIEW TOP VIEW TOP VIEW 5 eo F 6 o H 7 u J 8 BOARD BOARD K 9 KEY L 10 m M 11 Ul U2 U6 U7 U12 a z am N 12 PC BOARD HOLES T TOP VIEW R 14 15 i MICROCIRCUIT MICROCIRCUIT MICROCIRCUIT MICROCIRCUIT T 16 KEY KEY KEY KEY U 17 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS V 18 0 A1 Figure 8 13 A1 Sweep Generator Assembly Schematic 2 of 2 8 17 SERVICE SHEET 4 A2 FREQUENCY CONTROL ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION General The A2 Frequency Control Assembly receives the Sweep Ramp from the Ramp Generator on the A1 Assembly and converts it to the tuning voltage selected by the front panel In FULL SWEEP mode the OV to 6V sweep ramp is amplified to OV to 10V and applied to the A3 Logic Assembly When AF CW or MARKER SWEEP is se lected the OV to 10V ramp is applied to the input of the selected Offset Amplifier except in CW and then to the Summing Amplifier The Offset Amplifiers are also used to generate the marker reference voltages when in a sweep mode Sweep Ramp Select The OV to 6V Clamped Sweep Ramp from the A1 assembly is applied to Ramp Amplifier U1 through 07 for all internal sweep functions When an EXT sweep or D A tuning voltage is desired the appropriate input to U8B is grounded The output of U8B goes high turning Q2 ON and turning Q7 OFF prevent
95. PLATE NUT SWITCH PLUNGER PUSHBUTTON SCREW MACHINE 2 56 75 LG PAN HD WASHER FLAT 2 094 ID 25 OD WASHER LOCK NO 2 088 ID SCREW MACHINE 2 56 312 LG PAN HD WASHER FLAT 2 094 ID 25 OD WASHER LOCK HELICAL 2 088 ID 175 NUT SPRING SPACER SPRING SPRING TORSION WHEEL CAM SCREW MACHINE 4 40 312 LG PAN HD FLIPPER DRUM PIN STEP SPRING COMPRESSION RING RETAINING 125 DIA BE CU RING RETAINING 438 DIA WASHER STOP KEYED WASHER STOP UNKEYED WASH ER SPRING WAVY 7 16 44 ID SCREW MACHINE 2 56 75 LG PAN HD WASHER FLAT 2 094 ID 25 OD WASHER LOCK HELICAL 2 088 ID 175 FULL SWP DRIVE BELT amp POINTER REPL ASSY CW DRIVE BELT amp POINTER REPL ASSY CW VERNIER DRIVE BELT amp POINTER REPL ASSY MARKER SWP DRIVE BELT amp POINTEK REPL SSY LAMPHOLDER SPROCKET 10 TOOTH ROLLER BELT SCREW ADJUST ROLLER ADJUSTING WASHER LOCK INT TOOTH NO 2 089 ID NUT HEX 2 56 THD 062 THK SPROCKET 7 TOOTH FRAME DIAL SF DRIVE BELT amp POINTER REPL ASSY BRACKET PC BOARD FRAME PANEL ROD LATCH RING RETAINING 375 DIA BRACKET BOARDS GUARD FAN HANDLE LATCH SCREW PAN HD POZI DR 6 32 THD 312 LG WASHER LOCK NO 6 141 ID WASHER FLAT NO 6 147 ID SPRING LATCH HANDLE SCREW LATCH BEARING BEARING LATCH SCREW SET 2 56 THD 094 LG SCALE 0 10V CALIBRATE P O ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED SUPPORT LEFT LATCH ROD PLATE
96. Q22 intermittently on and off causing the Darlington pair to turn on and off CR13 pre vents losing the negative marker in the slowest sweep range when Q10 Blanking Driver is turned on Pen Lift Current Limiter The Pen Lift Current Limiting circuit consists of 913 Q12 VR5 and associated components During sweep time the pen 15 engaged and during retrace the pen lifts or disengages To engage the pen relay energized in recorder requires over 100 mA to release the pen the current must be lt 1 mA The Pen Lift Current Limiting circuit operates as follows When no recorder 15 connected to 48 and 010 is operating as a driver for the blanking and marker pulses Q16 is off and Q13 is on With a recorder connected and 50V applied to the driver circuit Q4 and 910 drive the recorder relay and engage the Zener diode V R5 fires and a positive voltage is applied to the base of Q12 912 turns 913 turns off For correct opera tion the current through VR5 plus the leakage current Ico through Q13 must be 1 mA 10 MARKER TRIGGER PATI WIDE BAND PLUG IN SUCH AS 86290A 16 7 SWEEP TIME ADJUST 2 7 gt lt 31 STOP SWEEP IN CW MODE 132 All Al SWEEP GENERATOR ASSEMBL 2562 6011 Li NOTE 1 M FAST RETRACE QI 1853 0050 12 1K ai V R 42 2K 10K 10VF 0 07V V 4 38V b U2A 2870 10K 0 07v 1826 0092 RANGE
97. Right Cover Assy Bottom Olive Gray Std Rack Mount Kit 5H see Paragraph 2 24 Frame Panel Sub Panel Front Fig 6 1 Panel Front Lower Fig 6 1 Panel Front Upper Fig 6 1 Window Dial Fig 6 1 Figure 6 2 Cabinet Parts Model 8620C 5000 8597 5000 8599 5000 8701 5000 8703 5060 0271 08620 00065 08620 20016 3150 0203 5060 8737 08620 20001 5060 0767 5060 0222 5000 0051 1490 0030 08620 00060 08620 00051 5060 0272 5060 8740 08620 20071 08620 20015 08620 00044 08620 00064 08620 20058 Model 8620C Manual Changes SECTION MANUAL BACKDATING CHANGES 7 1 INTRODUCTION 7 2 This manual has been written for and ap plies directly to instruments with serial numbers prefixed as indicated on the title page Earlier ver sions of the instrument serial number prefixes lower than the one indicated on the title page may be slightly different in design or appearance The purpose of this section of the manual is to docu ment these differences With the information pro vided in this section this manual can be corrected so that it applies to any earlier version or con figuration of the instrument Later versions of the instrument serial number prefixes higher than the one indicated on the title page are documented in a yellow Manual Changes Supplement 7 3 To adapt this manual to your instrument refer to Table 7 1 and make all manual changes listed opposite your instrument serial numb
98. SWEEP the markers are controlled by the START MARKER STOP MARKER and CW MARKER controls In AF Sweep Start and Stop Markers are available in MARKER SWEEP the CW Marker is available A front panel switch provides for selec tion of either amplitude or intensity markers amplitude modulating the RF output or Z axis modulating the CRT display Accuracy Refer to RF unit specifications same as frequency accuracy Resolution Better than 0 25 of RF unit bandwidth Marker Output Rectangular pulse typically 5 volts peak available from Z axis BNC connector or rear panel Source impedance approximately 1000 ohms CW Operation Single frequency RF output adjusted by CW Marker control and activated by pressing CW pushbutton CW Vernier Calibrated directly in MHz about CW setting CW Vernier activated by pressing CW VERNIER pushbutton Zero to 0 5 or zero to 5 of full bandwidth selectable with front panel switch Accuracy Refer to RF unit specifications same as frequency accuracy Preset Frequencies START MARKER STOP MARKER and AF end points in MANUAL and CW MARKER frequency can be used as preset CW frequencies Model 8620C General Information Table 1 1 Specifications 2 of 2 SWEEP MODES Auto Sweep recurs automatically Manual Front panel control provides continuous man ual adjustment of frequency between end frequencies set in any sweep function External Sweep is controlled by external
99. SoMA 2NS 00 35 19 1 0080 J CRO 1901 0049 DIODE SHITCHING 30V 50MA QNS 00 35 1901 0040 812810 1910 0016 100 60V 60 105 00 7 191620016 A1CR11 190120040 DIODE S ITCHMING 30v SOMA QNS 00 35 1901 0040 AICR 1901 0033 0100 PRP 180 200 00 7 1901 0033 810713 1991 0159 DI0QEeP R RECT 400v 750 00941 SR1358 4 41 81 1910 0016 DIODE GE 0 OONA 105 00 7 1910 0016 A1CR15 1901 0640 DIODE SAITCHING 30 SOMA 2NS 00935 1901 0080 1901 0040 410216 19901 0040 CIGDEeSAITCHING 30v SUMA QNS 00 35 81 6817 1901 00460 DIODE SwITCRING 30v SUMA 5 00 35 1991 0040 815718 1901 0044 DIODE SWITCHING 30 SOMA 215 00 35 1901 0040 8106919 1901 0040 DIODE SAITCHING 30v SOMA 265 00 35 1901 004 A 1CR20 1901 0040 DIOOE SWITCHING 30V SuMA 285 00 35 1901 0040 1 2 u0u0en7uO EXTRePC BD BRN POLYC 0o2eBDe THKNS 404090749 AIMP 40 0 0749 EXTRePC BRN POLYC 06g eBDe THKNS 4040 0749 A19 P 1458090073 PINSDRIVE 0 250 LG 08D A PG 145620073 PINIDRIVE 0 250 LG URD 4191 1454 0404 TRANSISTOR NPN 51 10 18 PD 360MN 1854 0494 4142 1852 0 04 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 10 18 PDOS S60M 185 0 1143 18 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 70 18 0 360 1850 0404 Auc 1853 0050 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PDZ360M
100. T P as RM eae 3323337 ca je uui Figure 8 35 A11 Motherboard Component Locations E 297 per rw PE i Y J MOTHER BOARD SIGNAL AF MULTIPLIER AF POT INTEGRATOR UMMING JUNCTION FAST RETRACE SWEEP TIME ADJUST SWEEP OUT MERIAL PRELIX Wel dam Ri J2 jg MULTIPLIER 1 Hos e te CW VERNIER 5 VOLT iile stop pore2 LOCAL BINARY I jia Cw poran perpe LOCAL BINARY 2 5 STOP Pore ppm ELECT Le Ue Cw 207 SELECT 7 7 5 ei Hm 1979 ar perez FULL MODE AF POT SELECT 35 57 39 40 4 47 48 49 50 VOLT OUTPUT IMARKER ONE ISHET CHP SWEEP FLIP FLOP OUT PEN LIFT DRIVE INPUT TRIGGER FOR SWEEP ONE SHCT FULL LAMP AF 2 E N C MARKER SWEEP LRMP ENHRHBLF N C SINGLE SWEEP LATCH LOW RAMP LIMIT CUT SWEEP OSC CLEAR INPUT NL Cw LAMP LEMPI ENABLE INTENSITY IMARKER ALC MARKER 4 0 SEC POS ITION SWEEP TIME ADJUST 2 MULTIPLIER ewy MULTIPLIER MARKERP ENABLE RAMP GENERATOR 1 4 PEN LIFT GND 109 potu EXT TRIGGER 12 140 ARA i SWEEP TIME 3 21 ADJUST
101. TC amp s0 100 5 1 8 170 5 2 6 1818 069527238 RESISTUR 1 21 1 U5SW F 71 20 100 C3 1 8 T0 1211 G 41819 0695 6362 RESISTOR 1 125 F 20 25 NESS See introduction to this section for ordering information 6 4 Model 8620C Replaceable Parts Table 6 2 Replaceable Parts HP Part e Mfr Reference Designation Mfr Part Number 0698 7260 RESISTUR 1 05 F TC 0 100 5 1 8 1002 0 069827250 FESISTOR 1 05n F TCz0 100 C3 e1 t To 1002 G 066521065 RESISTOR 10 5 254 FC 900 91100 41065 0683 1065 RESISTOR 10 Sx 25 1 900 1100 21065 0698 7254 RESISTOR 5 6 1 054 F 0 100 3 1 8 10 5621 0 0598 7229 RESISTOR 511 1 05a F TCzO 100 C3 1 8 TQ 511ReG 0686321065 RESISTOR 0 5 25 FC TCae990 110v 81065 059827216 RESISTOR 1X 13 054 F TCEQ 100 3 1 1001 6 069826362 RESISTOR Jx 1X 1255 TCzOeo25 NESS 4598 7261 RESISTOR 10K 1X 05 F TCEO0 e 100 C321 8eTO0 1002 G 9698 5362 RESISTOR 1 1257 F 20 25 weSS 0695272706 RESISTOR 26 1K 1 05 F TC zO 10U 5 1 8 2612 6 0698 7208 RESISTOR 68 1 1 05 f TC30 100 3 1 8 00 08 0698 7245 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 05 F 0 100 31 8 3161 0 0998 6362 RESISTOR 1X 1254 F TCz0ee25 55
102. TU 68182G 0698 7272 RESISTOR 31 6K 1X 05 F 0 100 C3 1 8 amp T0 3162 G 0696 7245 C3 1 b Tu 2371 G RESISTOR 2 37K 1 054 F 0 100 0757 0317 RESISTOR 1 33 1X 125 F TCz0 100 Co 1 6 T0 1331 F 069890083 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 125w F 100 4 1 8 0 196 1 oF 0695 7260 RESISTOR 10K 1 05 TCzO 100 C3 1 8 TO0 1002 G 0698 7255 RESISTOR 8 25 1 05 F 20 100 C3 1 B TO B251 G 0698 7276 RESISTOR 55 2 1 05 F 20 10 0 3 1 8 10 5522 6 698 7270 RESISTOR 26 1K 1 05 F TCzO 100 3 1 8 0 1 2 0 0698 7236 RESISTOR 1 1 05 F 0 100 3 1 1001 6 0698 7236 RESISTOR 1 1X 05 F 0 100 C3 1 8 T0 1001 G 0598 7250 RESISTOR 10K 1 05 TCzOe 100 3 1 8 170 1702 6 0698272650 RESISTOR 10K 1 958 F TCz0O 100 C3 1 5 T0 1002 6G 0698 7260 RESISTOR 10K 1X OSa F TCz0 100 3 1 1 70 1002 0 0757 0419 RESISTOR 681 1 125 F 0 100 C us s1l B T0O o81R F 0757 6289 RESISTOR 13 3 1 125 1 0 100 MF UC 6 1 2 0757 0428 RESISTOR 1 62K 1X 125 F TCzO 100 C4 1 8 TU 1621 F 4 1 8 1 47 of 0757 1094 RESISTOR 12857 F TC830 100 1 47K 1 0698 7284 RESISTOR 100 1 05 F TCz0 100 3 1
103. XAS MOUNTED REAR OF BOARD En 04620 30120 amp Figure 8 33 A10 Front Interconnect Assembly Component Locations ASSEMBLY 08620 60019 FRONT PANEL s zi ez 5 Wis t c a c wt C 52 BE lecce evi ENS A10 FRONT INTERCONNECT AS SEMBLY 08620 60120 b 1 l 1 1 i 1 i 1 1 I 1 1 N 34 37 43 28 y am em m mcm gt ee ee re ee oo om lt eee All MOTHER BOARD Pl NC gt 5 5 32 4 m 10V gt 26 1 mov ms E EM WP mr 7 LL SWP LAMP DRIVE MARKER SWP LAMP DRIVE LAMP DRIVE CW VERNIER LAMP DRIVE Al AS P GENERATOR l E AF LAMP DRIVE gt gt A3 LOGIC i E n SERIAL PREFIX 1716 Service LERRARRS TOP VIEW 10 9
104. ZOy oi 4 9 7853 0039 853 0034 Service 4 MOTHER BD RE PLUG A REFERENCE DESIG VAT ORS ef x47 2 ue a 5 4 y se 546 26 gt _ 2490 TURN ON i i 5 Dt 9957956 25 BAND 2 TURN 8 S yw 555 946 9 28 84ND 5 TURN Le is gt BAND 4 TURN ON 74 gt 947 gt 27 q Ue Sea mE Loo ee FAN amp C 50 250 WS 251 Pe RSN 947 967 GENERATORS 958 5 ml ul RE PLUG IAS d E E RF SWITCH POW 1 COL DRIVE xy 10 a 9 e gt 9 5M gt s lt RE SWITCH POW 2 DRIVE A7 n n lone ea i i 1 1 1 i Figure 8 28 A7 Operations Control Assembly Schematic 8 31 8 32 Model 8620C Figure 8 29 A8 Rectifier Assembly Component Locations A11 MOTHER BOARD FL 1 POWER LINE MODULE o T 7 US FRONT PANEL z 5 lt lt VOLTAGE 100 220 50 TO 400 Hr 1 LINE VOLTAGE SELECTOR FRONT PANEL L 1 o m o jim Oo gt TB LINE VOLTAGE SELECTOR FL 1 POWER LINE MODULE A11
105. and is disregarded by the sweeper It processes up to four digits of information and assumes the information is in millivolts with leading zeros suppressed If more than four digits come down the HP IB the 8620C processes only the four digits immediately preceding the 3 40 EXAMPLE With this information we are prepared to execute an example using literals for the programming information In this and follow ing examples we will use the 86290A 2 18 GHz plug in with the 8620C It has four bands covering 269 GHz 6 12 4 GHz 12 18 GHz and 2 18 GHz respectively Bands 1 through 3 allow greater resolution than band 4 so in general we wil be more likely to use these narrower bands than the full 2 18 GHz band 3 41 Let s assume the desired output frequency is 15 GHz One approach is to use Mode M1 and band B3 The required voltage is then 15 12 12 19 10 5 000 The calculator statement required to output 15 GHz 15 10 CMD U amp M1B3V5 000E 3 42 Note that the order of execution is unim portant ie GMD U amp 5000 1 would produce the same results Note also that the 3 zeros must be present after the 5 whether or not the decimal point 1 present Table 3 3 Frequency Voltage Programming Modes M1 M2 M4 0 000 Volts correspond to low end of band and mode selected 10 000 Volts correspond to high end of band and mode selected Frequency Voltage o
106. available at the Z AXIS MKR PEN LIFT connector J8 The A2 Marker Reference Amplifiers supply reference volt ages to A3 Marker Trigger Generator 9N DINV1T8 3 11 93 lt Nadrewis 1X 2 lt ON DINV18 44 TEN AM bs ZHY I A18W3SSY 123135 aNva 10 1 02 43345 1 lt 1081 02 SNOI1V33d0 123135 0 8 lt 10 01140 iv 10 IOO 5 01140 NI 9Md JOVLIOA 9NIN I Y G A18W3SSV 39V L10A ONINNAL lt 1041802 A2N300314 0 2 433 5 1X3 j S39V110A J9V110A 32 343438 A8 ONINAL A18W3SSY 21901 1N034 174170 d33MS lt ASSY 39V3M31NI 81 dH 10 1180 ASSY 9NIWWV49043d 428 100 01140 9V A18W3SS V 01 43 39 433 5 IV iV 301 4399141 434 VW 91 1 11384 171035 A18W3SSV YOLVINIIY SY A18WiSS V 431311934 8v A18W3SSV 301911333 NV AOZ pV A18W3SSY 193NNO2W3INI 1NO33 A18W3SSV HOLIMS 1 1 250 d33MS 20298 SERVICE SHEETS 2 AND 3 A1 SWEEP GENERATOR ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION General The A1 Sweep Generator Assembly produces the triangular sweep ramp volt ages used for sweeping the RF oscillator up and down in frequency The marker pulses and positive and negative blanking are developed in the A1 assembly Also provided are the external trigger cir
107. be adjusted first If the se quence in the procedure is followed a minimum of interaction between controls is present 5 13 ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS 5 14 Figures 5 6 and 5 7 show the location of each test point and adjustment control for the Model 8620C Sweeper 5 1 Adjustments Model 8620C Jable 5 1 Controls Listed in Adjustment Sequence Reference Adjustment Designation Paragraph Board Common Name Function Adjusted A4R5 5 15 ADJ 20 20V Adjust Sets 20 Volt regulator 5 9 5 15 ADJ 40 40V Adjust Sets 40 Volt regulator 5 12 5 15 ADJ 10 10V Adjust Sets 10 Volt regulator A4R32 5 15 ADJ 5 5V Adjust Sets 5 Volt regulator A7R10 5 16 FAN SPEED FAN SPEED Sets fan speed to 3000 RPM 20 ms period A7R35 5 16 BAL FAN BALANCE Sets fan waveform symmetry A7R27 5 17 1KHz 1 kHz Adjust Sets internal modulation oscillator to 1 kHz 1 ms period RANGE SWEEP RANGE Adjusts minimum sweep time at slowest sweep speed setting Adjusts symmetry of sweep time to sweep return time 1 12 5 18 SWEEP SYM SWEEP TIME RETURN TIME SWP SWP 10V STOP MARK LO OFFSET SWP RET 1 35 5 18 1 11 5 18 1 10 5 18 A2R21 5 19 A2R22 5 19 A2R44 5 20 Adjusts sweep time Adjusts sweep return time Sets O Vdc for low end of sweep ramp Sets 10 Vdc for high end of sweep ramp Sets Stop Marker position at low frequen
108. course be compatible with the system The switches in Figure 2 8 are set in the ASCII character amp address code Octal 046 The numbers 1 through 5 etched on the A12 board correspond to b through b in Table 3 5 Number 1 is the Least Significant Bit LSB and number 5 is the Most Significant Bit MSB 2 37 HP IB Model 8410B Network Analyzer Installation 2 38 The following installation provides simul taneous operation between the 8410B Network analyzer and the 8620C Sweeper with the HP IB The 8410B Cable HP Part No 8120 2208 has a standard 14 pin 8410B connector on one end and a 50 pin piggy back connector on the other end which connects to the 8620C rear panel PRO GRAMMING connector J2 The HP IB connector SW 1 9 jd Model 8620C adapter is connected and then the HP IB cable The installation procedure follows and the completed installation is shown in Figure 2 9 Remove Connector Adapter 08620 60130 if it is connected to PROGRAMMING connector b Install 8410B cable 8120 2208 see Figure 1 6 Install HP IB Connector Adapter 08620 60130 d Install HP IB cable 10631B 2 39 Installation for Additional Interface Capabilities 2 40 using a combination of the 8620C cable adapter 8120 2207 and the programming tor 2151 0086 a configuration is available that provides additional remote programming and in terface capabilities while retaining HP IB o
109. enin op a TRER aa 29 FULL DISABLE QUE REGULATOR BASE gp MARKER SWEEP COIL DRIVE C ULP ENABLE 5 voLT REG J2 EMITTER ce TET SEN e aH Muse MANURE UL LS MARKER U2 lULHTOR EMITE 12 10 am AF LAMP 2 N C Core 22 32 ENABLE 22 r 1 0 PROG ia E ET SWEET o 256 BREE 5 pope BEGULATOR 3 REGULATOR eM ass jae STOP wir di 143 24 ENABLE 12 BAS 05 BRS A x FULL MODE N C a2 N C CW ENABLE MULTIPLIER IN Cw OD MN Colles VOLT in iq pr FULL LRMP 8 REG TO FAN TOR ENSE N C LEMPI POT Cw LAMP ies VPROG 151 PROG m ENABLE ii p SEC les REA 5 GND E Sof y 2 UN START POT AF POT 2 ENABLE POSITION Im v PROG N C c 2 MARKER MODE LATCH GND fe UNREG PROG 4 peus gue N C EOT a on QUSE MAE 23 5 VOLT 4O2 v nm 25 002 V PROG SUA xd Moo 20 VOLT REG 17 UNREG PROG 5 br m ER cw Por 2 STOP POT EEL ECT ease 20 VOLT 20 vorT REG 1 00 V PROG FAN GND d SELECT REG RETURN E Cw VERNIER SP COTES SELECT ONT INTERCONNECT ASSEMBLY 08620 60120
110. following output steps 9825A 8 7 U amp fmt2 M 13 E 9 wrt 706 2 B x 10 9830A 70 CMD U amp 80 OUTPUT 13 90 B X 10 90 FORMAT F 1000 0 F1000 3 E 3 b1 HP 8620C HP IB Configuration Code 3 52 The programming configuration code for the 8620C as documented in IEEE Standard 488 1975 for the HP IB and selected by the cal culator is SH AH1 TO L2 580 RL2 3 53 Remote Local Operation 3 54 The term remote local refers to which vice is controlling the 8620C sweeper In local the front panel of the sweeper has control in remote 3 9 Operation Model 8620C Table 3 4 Summary of Programming Codes MM Mu FUNCTION DESCRIPTION M2 MODE SELECTED M4 M5 M6 8 1 2 BAND SELECTED B4 B0 MARKER MODE 3 10 FULL SWEEP Remote control voltage of OV corresponds to the low frequency end of the band and control voltage of 10V represents the high frequency end of the band Remote control voltage of OV represents CW WIDTH 2 and control voltage of 10V represents WIDTH 2 Frequency corresponds to position of CW pointer MARKER SWEEP Remote control voltage of OV represents the START pointer frequency and control voltage of 10V represents the STOP point er frequency FULL SWEEP FULL SWEEP control operates
111. i BOARD CIRCUIT MAY BE ON REV EITHER SIDE OF THE BOARD 2 95 FOR 2 CONDITIONS FOR WAVE POWER SUPPLY FORMS AND VOLTAGES ARE OPEPBTIONAL GIVEN IN FIGURE 8 7 AMELIFIERS 3 MAX RIPPLE AT TP S 9 4 15 10 9 49 2 SHOULD BE 2 504 40 lt 125uV P P REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS CHASSIS 7 07 CEI EL EZ 0 09 9 655 7 A5 Figure 8 21 A5 10V and 40V Regulator Assembly Schematic 8 25 Service SERVICE SHEET 8 A6 BCD PROGRAMMING ASSEMBLY OPTION 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION General Installation of the A6 Digital to Analog Converter Assembly Option 001 into the 8620C gives the user the capability of externally tuning the 8620C by means of an external device such as a computer The user can program the tuning voltage in steps of 0 001 volts from 0 Vdc to 9 999 volts giving him a total of 10 000 points available In addition to voltage tuning the user can program the 8620C into remote or local operation and can remotely switch bands and change Sweep Modes from the PROGRAMMING connector J2 at the rear of the instrument Circuit Operation The A6 Assembly consists of four groups of buf fers 02 03 and U4 which are used for isolation and a four bit binary Digital to Analog Converter U1 The board also is used to interconnect the 8 26 Model 8620C Remote D A Enable line from Programming con nector J2 to the instrument Four digit BCD inform
112. is desired either from the PROGRAM MING connector J2 or from A12 HP IB Interface Assembly Pin 10 U3 is brought low by the external device This selects the inputs to the multiplexer U1 from Band Data Buffer U3 The multiplexer and decoder then function the same as above 1 kHz Square Wave Oscillator The 1 kHz Square Wave Oscillator functions as follows U5A B form a free running capacitor coupled symmetrical multivibrator whose 1 kHz square wave output is amplified by Darlington pair U5D E The output of USD E is applied to common emitter amplifier U5C and the output is applied to the RF oscillator in the RF Section The 1 kHz square wave output provides internal amplitude modulation to the CW RF signal Frequency is controlled by changing the base volt age of Ub A B with the 1 kHz ADJ potentiometer R33 RF Switch Position Drivers There are two RF Switch Position Drivers With Option 100 installed in the 8621A B RF Section the RF Switch Position Drivers control the operation of the RF coaxial switch The switch drivers for RF switch position 1 are Q16 Q15 and for RF switch position 2 are Q14 Q13 To set the 8621A B RF Switch in position 1 the 8620C BAND selector initiates voltages that place a negative LO voltage on the base of Q14 and a positive HI voltage on the base of 916 Service SERVICE SHEET 10 Cont d Fan Failure Warning Failure occurring in the fan driver speed control circuits or the fan itself could have a di
113. signal applied to rear panel PROGRAMMING connector Zero volts at start of sweep increasing linearly to approximately 10V at end of sweep SWEEP TRIGGERS Line Sweep can be synchronized with ac power line Internal Sweep is controlled by internally generated trigger External Trigger Sweep is actuated by external trigger signal applied to rear panel EXT TRIGGER BNC connector Trigger signal must ge greater than 2 Vdc wider than 0 5 usec and not greater than 1 MHz in frequency Single Activated by front panel switch Sweep Time Continuously adjustable in four decade ranges typically 01 to 100 seconds Sweep Output Direct coupled sawtooth zero to ap proximately 10V concurrent with swept RF output Zero volts at start of sweep approximately 10V at end of sweep regardless of sweep width or direction In CW mode dc output is proportional to frequency MODULATION internal AM 1000 Hz square wave modulation on all sweep times internally adjusted from 950 to 1050 Hz On Off ratio refer to RF unit specifications External AM Refer to RF unit specifications External FM Refer to RF unit specifications Phase Lock Refer to RF unit specifications GENERAL RF Blanking With RF blanking switch enabled is automatically turned off during retrace and turned on after completion of retrace On automatic Sweeps RF is on long enough before sweep starts to stabilize external circuits and equipment whose re
114. the 8620C mainframe The functional block diagram illustrates the inter facing between the HP IB and the 8620C direct control lines The control lines used in the HP IB interface include the Remote D A Tuning Voltage to the A2 Frequency Control and A3 Logic assemblies the Remote D A Enable Remote Mode Select and Remote Marker Enable to the A3 Logic Assembly and the Remote Band Select to the A7 Operations Control Assembly Operation for each section of the A12 HP IB Interface Assembly is as follows Bus Transceivers The bus transceivers consist of A12U19 through A12U22 These quad bus transceivers provide the proper termination for the bus and invert the bus data Each transceiver has the capability of driving the HP IB However only A12U21 is connected as a transceiver and at the time of data transfer drives the two HP IB handshake lines NRFD and NDAC Drive for these two lines _ 18 generated when the handshake enable goes low output of AND gate U16B pin 6 Signal Detector The Read Only Memory ROM A12U24 and the five bit address comparator A12U5 make up the Signal Detector A listen address is transmitted on the signal lines DI 01 through DI 05 in command mode controller sets ATTEN TION ATN line true The listen address is compared with the binary ree and 0 inputs set with A12S1 When the address agrees with the code set by the switch a high or My Listen Address MLA signal is generated This signal initiates the int
115. x lt lt 82 6 OZ 40y OK 3 lt LOK CW meer 27 4200 790 Or AME 21 EF LER CW SEED 2 00 720 960 207 T 5 VT V EN STOP AMPLIFIER popu cM QN STOP MIARKHI 2 LEIER 9500 i 0 5 V 15 V lt 4 200 STOP FREQ m gt lt lt edo 5 73 2 1900 9500 4 AE 23 i 3 l 2 5p9 Z 24 EX Vy OK MARKER 15 STOP MIARE SWEED accu E START AMPLIFIER 4 jn RIS RIS Q E22 100K 00 25 6 855 STOP FREQ Lo er _ 0022 lt amp 3O zooo 9500 28 M btK Z 1855 0020 START FREQ 2 3 KS 711 START SON V 4 2000 y D 30 9500 82 02201 D OV 3 5 gt i START LO i 42 pon 7 OT 1854 0404 AMPLITUDE TZOP edz 225 zu ps 00 6 9 2 pr 182 6 OZ 7 57 4 s Ja x T5 826 024 ELE T E ROK 5 46 0 Ct OK V 2 Le D _7 0 OF OFFSET Service AH VYXTHBER Dr MARKER REF ner pat 1 JZ ET at igs C reges 68 K Se il 19
116. 0 850 0404 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 POR360Mn 18556 0408 1855250404 TRANSISTOR NPA SI 1018 POS360Mn 195 0404 1855 0020 TRANSISTOR PNP S 150 2 1653 0020 1854 0404 TRANSISTOR NPN 1 70 8 360 454 0404 18565204506 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 70 18 360 1854 0404 1854 0404 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TOe18 PDE360Mn 85 0 0 1850 0a04 TRANSISTOR NPN SI T0918 POS360Mn 1854 0404 1856 0409 1854050404 18550020 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 70 18 PO SX3bQMn TRANSISTOR NPN SI 0 8 POS360Mn TRANSISTOR JeFET NeCHAN DeMQODE 70 18 SI 1854 0404 1854 0 0 1855 0020 1 8 0 5 3 1 8 0 1002 0 3 1 8 70 1002 0 3 1 8 10 1002 6 1 8 0 909 RESISTOR 10K 1X 0597 F 1 80 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 05 F 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 05 F 0 100 RESISTOR 909 1 125 F 0 100 0757 0394 0998 7250 0698 7260 2998 7260 0757 0422 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1 125 f 7 0 100 1 70 1002 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K iX 125 F 1 0 100 1 8 10 1002 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1 125 F 7 80 100 1 6 70 002 0595 3449 RESISTOR 28 7K 1 125 F TCs0e 100 1 8 10 2872 0598 3154 RESISTOR 26 1 1X 1256 F 100 1 8 10 26142 1 8 0 6812 0757 04
117. 0 US8eINeLG 071 2200 0109 08620 20082 SHROUD CONNECTOR 98620 20082 1853 0059 TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3791 51 7043 1590 2 853791 1854 0063 TRANSISTOR NPN 253055 SI 10 3 0 115 18545 0064 1853 0059 TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3791 SI TO 3 PDELSOnW 243791 1854 0080 TRANSISTOR NPN 51 70 3 100 FTziMHZ 185420080 0698 3449 RESISTOR 28 7 1 1257 F 0 100 1 8 70 2872 2100 2867 PESISTOR VAR PREC wa SeTRN 10K STD 8SHG 2100 2867 2100 2865 RESISTOReVAR PREC Wa 3eTRN 1K 3X 2100 2865 2100 2866 RESISTOR VAR PREC wa 5 eK 3x 2100 2866 2100 2665 RESISTOReVAR PREC ww 3eTRN 3 2100 2865 2100928067 RESISTOReVAR PREC wa 5 10 STD 8SnG RESISTOReVAR CONTROL CC 10 LIK RESISTOReVAR CONTROL CC 1K 10 LIN 2100 2867 2100 2937 210002937 3101 1395 SWITCH PB DPDTeDB ALTNG 10 5 290 53 67280 121 1 3101 0859 Sw1TCm SENS SPDT SUBMIN 14 125 3 17 3101 0859 SWITCMeSENS SUBMIN 14 125 E63 17 amp 319121081 SWITCHeSENS SPOT SUBMIN 54 3yvDC 115 23 3101 1081 541 5 5 SPDT SUBMIN 54 30 0 115 23 3101 1081 841 5 5 SPDT SUBMIN 5 30VDC 115 23 3101 1081 1 SPOT SUBMIN 5 30VDC 119 23 3101 1081 SwITCHeSENS SPDT SUBMIN 54
118. 0 001 Vdc f Set Start Marker to 10 Volt mark on calibration scale Set adjustment N START MARK HI A2R27 for DVM indication of 10 000 Vdc 0 005 Vdc 5 7 Adjustments Model 8620C ADJUSTMENTS 5 21 MARKER SWEEP ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE Service Sheet 2 FREQUENCY CONTROL ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION Sets correct voltages to calibrate MARKER SWEEP OPERATION EQUIPMENT Digital Multimeter HP 3490A PROCEDURE a Pres MARKER SWEEP pushbutton Set MANUAL control fully counterclock wise Set STOP MARKER to 5 Volt mark on calibration scale b Connect DVM input to A2TP5 Set Start Market to 0 Volt mark on calibration scale Set adjustment F START FREQ LO A2R55 for DVM indication of 0 000 0 001 Set Start Marker to 10 Volt mark on calibration scale Turn MANUAL control fully clockwise Set adjustment L STOP FREQ LO A2R25 for DVM indica tion of 0 000 Vdc 0 005 Vdc e Set Stop Marker to 10 Volt mark on calibration scale Set adjustment R STOP FREQ A2R36 for DVM indication of 10 000 Vdc 0 005 5 22 CW CW MARKER ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE Service Sheet 2 FREQUENCY CONTROL ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION Sets correct voltages for calibration of CW frequency and CW MARKER control EQUIPMENT Digital Multimeter HP 3490A NOTE If CW MARKER potentiometer R4 has been replaced refer to Para graph 5 27 for mechanical zero PROCEDURE a Press FULL SWEEP pus
119. 00 C3e1 8eT0 51 1 41292 0698 7236 RESISTOR 1K 1X 05 TCzOe 100 C3 gt el 8 T0 1001 G 41285 0695 72650 RESISTOR 10K 1 05 F 0 100 3 1 8 70 1002 0 0p98e7224 RESISTOR 316 1 0Sw F TC z0 100 C3e Re TO 31e Re G 275 0998 7223 RESISTOR 287 1 05 F 0 100 C3 1 B T0 287R G 41286 069827223 RESISTOR 287 1 054 F TCz0 100 0 02876 1297 ub96e7243 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 U5H F 0 100 3 1 8 10 1961 6 AYeRE 0698 7245 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 05 F 0 100 5 1 6 10 1961 6 41289 Ut 96 7243 RESISTOR 1 96 1X 05 F TCzo 100 C3 1 8 T0 1961 G AleRzR10 0598 7243 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 0Sw F TCEO 100 3 1 8 70 1961 0 812811 2160 3103 RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 SIDESADJ 17 TRN 3006P 1 103 A12R12 219993103 RESISTOReTRMR 10K 10 510 17 TRN 3006P 12103 812541 3101 1860 SwITCreSL Sel4enS DIP SLIDE ASSY 1 206 1240 1820 1197 IC DIGITAL SN74LS00N TTL LS QUAD 2 NAND SN74LSUON 41202 152091197 IC DIGITAL SN74LSOUN TTL LS QUAD 2 NAND 5 745004 41203 1820 1112 TCeDIGI Tar SN74LS74N TTL LS DUAL SN74LS74N 41204 1820 1112 IC DIGITAL SN74LS74N TTL LS OUAL SN7ULS74N 4125 1820 0904 IC 0IGITAL S3L240C TTL L MAGTD 93 240 41206 1820 1112 TCeDIGITAL SN74LS74N TTL LS DUAL SNTuLS74N 81207 1829 1196 01 1 SN 74LS174N TTL LS N74 S174N 81208 1820 1196 ICeDIGITAL SN74LSi174N TTL LS SN74LS174N 1209 1820 1198 IC DIGITa L SN74LSU3N TTL
120. 004 GOSUB 1560 TADbI5 x 10 VOLI SUPPLY CORRECT x x C 3 zv PRINT Liw 2 PRINT CONNECI VOLTMETER MINUS LEAD J6 PIN32 AND PLUS LEAL TO J6 PIN 33 LIwZ BS PRINT 21 5 CubCK LIu2 3 4 5 0 005 GUSub 1564 TAnpl5 5 VOL SUPPLY CORRECT x x x xx 4 PRINT 2 VOLITMELTEK MINUS LEAD J6 PIw32 AND PLUS LEAD PIN l LIN2 85 PRINT TAB21 FULL SWEEP CHECK LIN2 WAIT 1000 CMD amp 1 5 0 b 0 005 DISP LOw GUslb 1560 CMD u amp ilv O0Our C 5 v B 5 1 0 4 25 Performance Tests 4 26 Model 8620C FILE 2 3 of 7 960 0 005 970 DISP HIGH END 980 GOSUb 1560 990 PRINT TABl5 x PULL SWEEP CORRECT oko ck o ok x e 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050 1990 1070 1080 1090 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 1300 1310 1320 1330 1340 1350 1360 1370 1380 1390 1400 1410 1420 1430 1440 1450 C 6 v PRINT LIN 2 PRINT TAB21 MARKER SWEEP CHECK PRINT Liw 2 WAIT 1000 CMD U amp M4VOE b 6 M 2 0 005 DISP LOw GOSUB 1560 CMD 2U amp M4V UU00E 7 6 8 0 005 DISP HIGH END GOSUB 1560 PRINT TABl5 MARKER S
121. 10 programmable 70 dB attenuator is required to accept RF attenuation control signals from J2 pins 36 37 and 38 MODE SELECT AND LINE SWITCH PUSHBUTTON LAMP REPLACEMENT ow HP 2140 0244 f Joune PUSHBUTTON PLASTIC LENS PUSHBUTTON PLASTIC LENS MODE SELECT LAMP REPLACEMENT LINE LAMP REPLACEMENT 1 Remove lens by pulling straight out 1 Remove lens by pulling straight out 2 Replace tamp It may be necessary to cut wire leads to correct 2 Replace lamp length 3 To replace lens align quide with notch in receptacle 3 Reinstall lens by pushing straight in Push straight in Figure 3 3 Lamp Replacement 3 17 Operation Model 8620C OPERATOR S CHECK FRONT eo vue 200 SWEEP OSCILATOR ee 1 3 nd Uy a i 5 2 Meurs 4 ai tee 4 26 VE te z ans ae tee nee W eee Ct w Y kini REAR Es 6 _ DISPLAY LONN OFF OFF WMEGATIVE 7 L awak wc PENA P 20 19 18 Figure 3 4 5 Check 1 of 3 3 18 Model 8620C Operation OPERATOR S CHECK SWEEP RF OSCILLATOR PLUG IN OSCILLOSCOPE EXTERNAL Z AXIS OUTPUT Z AXIS INPUT HORIZONTAL INPUT 10 dB ATTENUATOR VERT INPUT CRYSTAL
122. 16082206 01802208 015020153 016090301 1951 0050 1921 0050 1951 0059 1921 0050 1901 0159 190120159 1901 0650 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0159 1801 0159 1901 0159 2110 0332 2110 0322 404090753 404090751 145090073 1460920073 1853 0020 185320020 1853 0038 1854 0071 185 0022 1853 0050 1853 0038 1884 0012 1884 0012 9811 1655 05983150 0757 0288 0757 0442 0595 0089 Model 8620 Table 6 2 Replaceable Parts Mfr Code Mfr Part Number Description 4 1 0 602 F Yet RESISTOR 5 62 1 1 25 F TC z0e 1CO6 RESISTOR 422K 1 125 0 10 RESISTO 215K 1 125 F 206 100 1 8 70 2153 RESISTOR 422 1 125 TCmU 10C Ca 1 8 T0 422R f RESISTOR 68 1 11 125 F 0 10 0 Co 1 8 T0 068R1 F RESISTOR 16 2 1 125 F 100 Ce l 8 amp 10 10622 F RESISTOR 2 37 1 1257 F TCz0O 100 Co 1 8 T10 2371 F RESISTOR 110K 1 12Sw F 0 100 Ce 1 8 T0 1103 F RESISTOR 215K 1 125 F 100 1 8 10 2153 RESISTOR 110K 1 12584 F 0 100 1 8 70 1103 RESISTOR 1 78 1 1257 F TCzO 10C 1 8 10 1781 RESTSTOReTRMR 200 10 C 510 179TRN 300 201 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 1257 F 0 100 1 8 0 1961 RESISTOR 422 1X 125w 0 100
123. 1854 0062 1556 0404 185 0404 1854 0404 1854050013 1854 0013 1854 0013 185420013 105 35 0034 1853 0034 1853 0034 1853 0034 1855 0012 1855020071 1853 0012 1854 0071 185320050 1888 00 2 1853 0034 1856 0404 0757 0uag 069823152 0698 3136 0757 1094 0757 0442 9757 0442 069883155 0698 5450 06964 3450 2100 3154 4757 0424 0757250419 0698 3152 0698 3136 0757 1094 0757 0424 0757 0438 0698 3155 0757 0198 0757 6442 0698 344 4 0757 0442 0757 0442 0757 0442 0757 0442 0757 0220 2100 3154 0698 3154 0698 3154 0757 0280 0757 0442 0757 0438 0757 0280 0698 3434 2100 3164 0598 3434 0757 1094 0757 0438 0698 0084 1820 0616 1200 0507 1820 1216 1200 0507 1820 1277 6 12 Description Model 8620C Table 6 2 Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number 190120033 19010033 190190033 1901 0033 196190033 DIODESGEN PRP 160v 200 00 7 DICOEeGEN PRP 160v 200MA 00 7 DICOE GEMN PRP 180v 200 DO 7 Di0O0E GE PRE 180v 00 7 DODE GEN PRP 180v 200MA DOO 1901 0033 1901200331 1901920033 CICDE GEN PRP 180 20 0 00 7 DICDESGEK PRP 180v 200MA 00 7 DjODE GEN 180v 200MA 00 7 COILeMLO 5X 0260 190 44 06 SRFz3wenZ 2500 28 4040090755 4040 0755 UBD 080 EXTRACTOR PC BO VIO POLYC 952 80 17 8
124. 20072 STOP BELT 31132133134 ince Figure 6 1 Front Panel Assembly Parts Locations 2 of 4 45 46 41 48 98 59 60 61 62 66 31 32 33 34 65 63 64 Figure 6 1 Front Panel Assembly Parts Locations 3 of 4 Replaceable Parts J3 J4 J5 J8 10 1 12 13 HE gt E 5 b ee a ey ERES g s b Lii m 69 68 67 5420 SWEEP OSCULATOR w wtr PC an Figure 6 1 Front Panel Assembly Parts Locations 4 of 4 6 17 Replaceable Parts 5000 8597 5000 8599 5000 8701 5000 8703 5060 0271 08620 00065 08620 20016 3150 0203 5060 8737 08620 20001 5060 0767 5060 0222 5000 005 1 1490 0030 08620 00060 08620 0005 1 5060 0272 5060 8740 08620 20071 08620 20015 08620 00044 08620 00064 08620 20058 1 w N REPLACEABLE CABINET PARTS Cover Left Side Rear Olive Gray Std Cover Left Side Front Olive Gray Std Cover Right Side Rear Olive Gray Std Cover Right Side Front Olive Gray Std Cover Assy Top Olive Gray Std Panel Rear Heat Sink Transistor Filter Cartridge Exp 3 6 W 6 L Retainer 5H Handle Assembly Frame Side Foot Assy FM Handle Assy 5H Side Trim Strip Wireform 187 OD SST Tilt Stand Support Left Support
125. 240 Vac operation Instructions for line voltage is selected when 1 kHz SQ WV OFF selection is in Figure 2 1 slide switch is in OFF position Figure 3 2 Rear Panel Controls and Connectors 2 of 2 Operation 3 12 REMOTE PROGRAMMING 3 13 Remote programming control is applied through rear panel PROGRAMMING connector Tables 3 6 and 3 7 show the input commands and output signals for the programming connector and logic tables for the various commands Table 3 6 applies to a standard 8620C and Table 3 7 applies when Option 001 is installed 3 14 Computer or Calculator Programming 3 15 With the addition of Option 001 BCD Programming printed circuit board the 8620C may be programmed remotely from a computer or calculator A simulated sweep mode is provided by sequentially selecting up to 10 000 point fre quencies for each band Band switching RF attenuation with 8621B Option 001 and remote manual operation may also be programmed from the computer 3 16 The Option 001 BCD programming pro vides the same capabilities as the HP IB Option with the exception that no digital marker is avail able in the programmed sweep modes 3 17 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB 3 18 With the addition of Option 011 a capa bility is provided to control the sweeper directly via the HP Interface Bus With Option 011 instal Jed any sweep function AF FULL SWEEP etc can be selected and the 8620C will sweep ac
126. 30VDC 11523 3101 0070 SnITCH SL DPDTeNS INTR 5 125 12 0000 GF 126 0000 310120070 S amp ITCMeSL DPOTeNS MINTR 5 125 3101 0070 SWITCHeSL DPOTeNS MINTR 5 125VAC 00 GFe126 0000 9100 3841 9100 3841 TRANSFORMER POWER 08620 60083 086200960083 CABLE ASSEMBLY POWER 08620960085 CABLE ASSEMBLY FLEX 08620960085 812091348 CABLE ASSY 18 3 CNDCT BLKeJKT 253 00 81201348 08620 60105 AIRING MARNESS FRONT 08620 50105 08620 60107 WIRING MARNESS MOTOR 08620960107 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS STAWDOFF LG STUD MOUNT METRIC THREAD P70 08620960130 CONNEC TOR ADAPTER FOR OPTION 011 0380 0643 0360 0266 TERMINAL SLOR LUG LKeMTG FOR g6 SCR 2103 06 00 0380 0921 SPACEReRND 45 6 08610 31200 AL ALON 0380 0921 038021036 SPACEReMEX 255LG 6e32THD 3124 F STL NI 0380 1030 0690 0053 NUTeSHMETeJ 6 2 SenD STL 17899 632 240 120020043 INSULATOReXSTR ALUMINUM 322047 2360 0115 SCRE eMACH 6 32 312 INeLG 21 230040115 242020001 NUT 6e32eTHO L09eTHK 2420 0002 2510 0184 2510 0164 SCREweMACH Be32 562 6 DEG 7120 2359 SERIAL PLATE 625 INewD 1 5eINeLG AL 7120 2359 9223 0040 POSTePAK POLYETH RNO 10 75 05 eDIA 9223 0040 08620900019 BRACKET FAN 08620900019 08620 00074 SMIELD FAN
127. 4 Auge 1854 0071 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 2300 FT OQO0MMZ 185420071 403 185620039 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3053 SI 1095 PDz31 2n3053 AuQu 185320020 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PDz300Mw 150 2 1655 00240 5 1853 0036 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 10 39 FTZ100MH 1853 0038 2 3528 2N3528 TMYRISTOFeSCR JEDEC 2N3528 THY amp ISTOReSCR 2 3528 1584 0012 1884 0012 406 Auc AUR 0812 0016 RESISTOR 5 3 Sw 80 490 TS AUR 0698 0089 RESISTOR 1 78 1X Sw F TC O 100 2 10 ASRS 0598 3150 RESISTOR 2 37 1 125 T 8s0 100 8 1 8 0 2371 0698 8173 RESISTOR 3 358 1 1 f 80 5 MONS Telo AURS 2100 3154 RESISTOReTRMR 1K 10 C SIDE ADJ L7eTRiv 3006P 21 10e AuR6 069625476 RESISTOR 5 315K 1X 1 F 0 5 MARS AUR 0698 0085 RESISTUR 2 61K 1X 125 F TCz0 100 1 0757 041 RESISTOR 681 1 125 0 100 1 9 8 1 489 0998 3153 RESISTOR 3 8 1X 125 F 0 100 4 1 8 10 38314 10 0757 0280 518 1X 125 F 20 100 8 10 1001 AuR11 0797 0180 RESISTOR 31 6 1X 125 F TCz0 710U0 Cu 0 AUR 2 0757 0394 RESISTOR 51 1 1X 125 F TCz0 100 AGRI3 0757 04
128. 4 20 Model 8620 Model 8620C 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 1300 1310 1320 1330 1340 1350 1360 1370 1380 1390 1400 1410 1420 1430 1440 1450 1460 1470 1480 1490 1500 FILE 0 3 of 5 LINK 4 10 REM 86260A F lJ 1 24E 10 H 1 21 8E 10 5 07 E27ElI B1 1 CMD U amp v0667E Vl 667 2 9999 LINK 4 10 86290 11 2 09 2 6 09 3 1 2 10 4 1 H 1 6 2 09 2 1 24 10 H 3 H 4 1 8E 10 1 3 07 E2 8E 07 1 4 CMD 205 VOE 1 0 29999 LINK 4 10 A 0 IF 5 4 4 lt 4 THEN 1310 A 2 GOTO 1340 Ir 5 5 5 gt 0 WHEW 1340 B VAL MS 4 4 1 GOTO 1350 5 4 4 5 5 5 1 GOTO B OF 1360 1470 1600 1730 1860 1990 2120 2250 REM 86320A B C r l slE 06 1 26 09 1 1 5 07 E2 El Bl 1 P CMD U amp VO5OOE 1 500 29999 LINK 4 10 86330A bB C Ir THin 1510 PRINT IS MS Iw POSITION 2 OR 3 Or 8621 RF INPUT P DRAWER LIN3 Performance Tests 4 21 Performance Tests 4 22 1510 1520 1530 1540 1550 1560 1570 1580 1590 1600 1610 1620 1630 1640 1650 1660 1670 1680 1690 1700 1710 1720 1730 1740 1750 1760 1770 1780 1790 1800 1810 1820 1830 1840 1850 1800 1570 1880 1890 1900 1910
129. 40VDC LINI1 PRINT SPALU OR 0 020 0 DVM LIN3 INvul BS GOTO 520 REM 10 VOL ADJUST PRINT SPALO ADJUST 10 VOLT ADJUST A5R12 FOR 10VDC LINI PRINT SPALU OR 0 004 VDC ON DVM LIN3 INPUT BS 630 REM 5 VOLT ADJUST PRINT SPAlO ADJUST 5 VOLT ADJUST A4R32 FOR 5VDC LINI1 PRINT SPA10 OR 0 005 VDC ON DVM INPUT 85 GOTO 740 CMD 208 OUTPUT 13 1680 256 1 512 FOR 121 TO 2 4 21 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2085 2090 2100 2110 2115 2120 2130 2140 2150 2160 2170 2180 2190 2200 2210 2220 2230 2240 2250 2260 2270 2280 2290 2300 2310 2320 2330 2340 2350 2360 2370 2380 2390 2400 2410 2420 2430 2440 2450 4 28 Performance Tests PRINT INPUT PRINT INPUT PRINT INPUT NEXT I Model 8620C FILE 2 5 of 7 MANUAL 85 SPALU AbDJ UST BS TURN BS SPAlO ADJUST BS CONTROL FULL CCwW LINJ A2R21 FOR 0 0VDC 0 001VDC ON DVM LIW3 MANUAL CONTROL FULL Cw LIu3J A2R22 10 0 0 005VDC ON DVM LIN3 CMD amp 1 FOR i CMD PRINT PRINT INPUT CMD PRINT PRINT INPUT NEXT I l TO 2 n yog SPAlO ADJUST LIN 3 BS v 000E SPALO aDJUST LIw 3 BS LO AL2ZR11 FOR 0 0VDC 0 0005VDC DVM HI Al2R12 FOR 10vDC 0 0005VDC ON DVM GOTU 860 CMD U amp M4VUE PRINT PRINT PRIN INPUT PRINT PRINT
130. 50 5 1358 4 CIOCE SnITCHING BOV 200MA 2 5 00 7 DICUE SWITCHING 80 000 2NS 06 7 0100 5 1 80v 200MA 285 DIODEeSWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS 00 7 DlO0DFePWR RECT 400 750MA 00 41 13564 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 581358 4 DIODE PWR 400 750 0 1 DIGDE SWITCHING 80 200 2NS 00 7 5 BOV 200 2 5 00 7 CIODE SWITCHING BOV 200 ZNS 00 7 DIODEePwR RECT 400v 750 00 4 SR1356 04 SR13S58eq 750MA 750 00 41 00 41 DIODE PwR RECT 400v DINDE PRR RECT 400V GMa 3 3 FUSE 34 125 NORMeBLG 25 27 FUSE 34 125 NORMeBLO 25x 27 404090753 4040090753 080 086 EXYRACTORePC BD GRN POLYC 062 5 bD GRN POLYC 5 PINIDRIVE 0 250 LG PINIDRIVE 0 250 LC 1853 0020 1853 0020 1853 0038 185420071 517845 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 5300 15 2 TRANSISTOR PNP SI POZ300M 5 2 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 70 39 PDz1w FTz100MnZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI FTz200M Z TRANSISTOR NPN SI 70 39 POR7TOUMn 1853 0050 185320038 2 3528 283528 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 0 18 360 6 TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO 39 FTz100MHZ THYRISTOReSCR 2N3528 T YRISTOR SCR 2N352B 8 2 82 100
131. 61 RESISTOR 68 1 1X 125 F TCsQe 100 0698 3449 RESISTOR 28 7 1 125 F TCsO 100 8 0 872 0598 3159 RESISTOR 26 1K 1 125 F TCsO 100 1 8 0 0612 0757 0461 RESISTOR 68 1 1 125 F 0 9 100 1 8 70 08 2 0598 3260 RESISTOR 1X 1257 F TCw0O 100 CMF eSSei Tei 0757 0459 RESISTOR 56 2K 1X 1254 F TC20 100 8 0 22 0698 3409 RESISTOR 19 6 1X 1257 F 7 20 106 66 8 10 19 0698 3429 RESISTOR 19 6 1 125 F 0 100 65 1 8 70 19 0598 3429 RESISTOR 19 6 1X 125 0 100 PMESS 1 8 T0 19Re F 55 0695 3260 RESISTOR 464K 1 125 F 30 100 Cao1 89T0 511ReF 1 8 0 2611 RESISTOR 511 1 125 F 1 0 100 RESISTOR 2 01K 1 125 F TC20 100 0757 0416 0698 0085 0757 04 6 RESISTOR 511 1X 125W F 0 100 1 8 70 6511 0757 0440 RESISTOR 10K 1X 125 0 100 8 1 8 0 1002 u757 644g RESISTAR 10K 1 1257 F 0 100 4 1 ReTUsl1Q002 9F 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1X 125 0 100 1 8 70 1002 0698 5157 RESISTOR 19 6K 1X 125 F TC30 e100 1 8 70 1 962 0698 3157 RESISTOR 19 6 1 1254 F TCsQesi00 1 8 10 1962 9698 3157 RESISTOR 19 6K 1 125 F TCs0e 100 1 8 70 1962 4696 0085 RESISTOR
132. 65 RESISTOR 100K 1X 125 F 1 0 100 4 1 8 10 1003 AURIS 0757 0394 RESISTOR 51 1 1X 125 F 7 0 100 4 1 8 0 51 1 AURIS 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1X 125 F 0 100 1 8 10 1002 4816 9698 9082 RESISTOR wou 1X 125 F 1 40 100 1 8 0 17 9757 0278 RESISTOR 1 78 1 125 F 0 100 Cums 68 0 1781 AUuR18 0811251651 PESISTOR 39 Sx ew Pr TC804 800 Burew39 1000J 4819 0757 0438 RESISTOR S 11K 1 125 F TCs0 100 1 8 170 5111 4 1 8 70 5111 AuRgO 0757 0438 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 1254 F 0 1 0 See introduction to this section for ordering information Replaceable Parts Reference Designation AS ASC 5 2 4503 ASCU 4505 45C6 45 7 5 ASCR SCR3 ASCRu 45 25 ASCRo ASCR7 ASCHE ASCRO ASCR10 A5CR11 ASCR812 amp SF1 ASFe ASMP ASMO ASMP1 5 8541 aSU 4543 4544 ASUS 4506 4507 4648 4509 58 ASR ASRI ASRU 4585 6 10 HP Part Number 9757 0200 0698 546 0698 3454 0698 3447 0757 0397 0757 0447 0998 3150 0757 0466 0598 3454 0757204606 075720575 2100 3095 Qo695eQ0uR 3 0695 3447 0757 0397 1821 0001 1826 02 1902231 39 1902 23139 1902 3224 1902 0680 1902 0680 19202 23182 1902 3256 1972 3182 1900 0049 1251 0600 125122313 06620 00115 0150 0299 016620235 0180 0235 0
133. 7 CWOperating Mode 3 25 3 8 AF Sweep Mode 3 27 4 1 CW Vernier Test Setup 4 2 4 2 AF Sweep Test Setup 4 4 4 3 Sweep Time Adjust and Stop Sweep Test 4 6 4 4 Sequential Sweep Ramp Compared in Time to Negative Blanking 4 1 4 5 Amplitude Modulation Test Setup 4 8 4 6 Display Blanking and RF Blanking Test Setup 4 9 4 7 Typical Display with No Blanking 4 10 4 8 Typical Display with RF Blanking 4 10 4 9 Typical Display with Display Blanking 4 10 4 10 Negative and Positive Blanking Test Setup 4 10 4 11 Negative Blanking at J5 Compared in Time to Sweep Output at 4 11 4 12 Positive Blanking at J8 Compared in Time to Sweep Output at 1 4 11 4 13 Triggered Sweep Test Setup 4 12 4 14 Frequency Markers Test Setup 4 13 4 15 Typical Display with Amplitude Markers 4 14 4 16 Typical Display with Intensity Markers 4 14 4 17 Digital to Analog Converter Test Setup 4 14 4 18 HP IB Performance Test Setup for FILE2 4 16 4 19 HP IB Performance Test Setup for FILE 4 4 16 5 1 Adjustment Test Setup 5 3 5 2 Oscilloscope Display of Fan Waveforms 5 5 5 3 Oscilloscope Display of Waveform Symmetry 5 6 5 4 D A Converter Adjustment Test Setup 5 11 5 5 Mechanical Zero Adjustment L
134. 7 DETECTOR 1 Connect equipment as shown in test setup CAUTION BEFORE CONNECTING LINE POWER ensure that all devices con nected to this instrument are connected to the protective earth ground BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS INSTRUMENT ensure that the line power mains plug is connected to a three conductor line power outlet that has a protective earth ground Grounding one conductor of a two conductor outlet is not sufficient NOTE BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS INSTRUMENT ensure that the power transformer primary is matched to the available line voltage the correct fuse is installed and the safety precautions are taken See Power Requirements Line Voltage Selection Power Cables and associated warnings and cautions in Section Il 2 Set 8620C controls as follows BAND NE E anes Depress to select frequency band START MARKER pointer Left hand end mark on scale CW MARKER pointer Middle mark on scale STOP MARKER pointer EMITE Right hand end mark on scale AF control Q TERME S Fully clockwise Figure 3 4 Operator s Check 2 of 3 3 19 Operation 8620C OPERATOR S CHECK CW VERNIER pointer Center 0 MARKERS AMPL MODEL uu eee AUTO TRIGGER D u p rere INT TIME SECONDS 6 1 01 TIME SECONDS Vernier Fully clockwise 1 kHz SQ WV OFF Rear
135. 8 DISP FULL SWF LOCAL G ZE 13988 ISF DELTA F SHP j n E LISP AALS MER REMOTE MER LEE Bose i9 zr BEEF DISF REM REMOTE TUNE VOLTAGE FOR Tu 3 iin 821 BO B a Cp m emen amka m ud r4 gin Re Ca Fo n tora ama C M n n je rA k dem r w C Jun p ka pa dc vcn on D te o r Q P FO Pay P PF Co u LO Co FO M gm C rm mem mr AT MT EN Cn Cn Cn an en en emn rp m gt DRE r ru aT gt Y mmm m lt nam Co 348 DISP 168 888 V FOR 18 STEP 6 3 STOP CMD s YFTE aro DISP 7 777 WU 288 5 398 U VESSIE 466 72 555 418 STEF HAIT 58 1219382 VU FIDE m E HEX HEAT i ET Lik H ENI 4 CA T Co Pur e me En OCT rod CY ace n onion enm cm on p c un c un CO C D p G P 1 1E t ps em eT CT CT DU Uam Figure 2 12 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 2
136. 8 8 8 Service 8 1 5 22 CW CW Marker Adjustment 5 8 8 9 Sally h s md t 8 1 5 23 CW Vernier Adjustment 5 9 8 13 Troubleshooting 8 1 5 24 AF Adjustment 5 9 8 16 Recommended Test Equipment 8 2 5 25 Digital to Analog Converter Adjustment 6 16 ale fee eo 8 2 Option 001 Only 5 10 8 19 Service Accessories 8 2 5 26 Digital to Analog Converter Adjustment 8 21 Cleaning Switches 8 2 Option 011 Only 5 10 8 24 Front Panel Disassembly 8 2 5 27 Mechanical Zero Adjustment 5 12 8 29 Restringing Pointer Belts 8 3 8 31 Maintenance 8 3 VI REPLACEABLE PARTS 6 1 O do USCS 4 RUE Re IR RU yuna 8 3 6 1 Introduction 6 1 8 34 ot eb A BE 8 4 6 3 Abbreviations 6 1 8 36 Lamp Replacement 8 4 ILLUSTRATIONS Figure Page Figure Page 1 1 Model 8620C Sweep Oscillator with Accessories 2 7 HP IB Connector Adaptor 08620 60130 Suppliged GY e oe he ee a SN 1 0 Pin Configuration 2 7 1 2 Model 8620C Option 001 Equipment Supplied 1 1 2 8 Address Switch Al2SW1 2 8 1 3 Model 8620C Option 011 E
137. 820032 CA31a46E XSTR ARRAY C43 46E 1200 0508 SOCKET IC 14CONT DIP SLOR eTERMS IC 143eS ATVR 1902001848 0100 8 16 2 5 00 7 POS Gn 1 006 SZ 10939 242 ATVR2 199223182 0100 2 8 12 4 SX 00 7 094 1992 3182 7 MISCELLANEOUS 1251 0600 CONTACTeCONN 05 MALE DPSLDR 1251 0500 8 086620960013 BOARD ASSEMBLY RECTIFIER 08620 60013 0160 093 CAPACITUR FXD 087UF 20 1000 bosUws73010n2 ABC 0170 0040 CAPACITOReFXD OU7UF 910X gOun vDC POLYE 292 97392 8 3 0160 2118 CAPACITOR FXO 18UF 10X 200MVDC PULYE 0160 2118 ABC 0160252118 CAPACITOReFxD 18UF 10 200nVDC POLYE 016022116 ABCR1 1901 0418 DiODE PwR 400 1 54 58184 12 ABCR 190190418 DIODEeP R RECT 400V 1 54 521896 12 ABCR31 1901 0418 DIODE PwR RECT 400 1 54 5 1846 12 AaCRa 1901206418 DIODE PWR RECT 400 1 54 SR1Bubele ARCRS 1901 0415 DIODEePWR RECT 400V 1 54 1846 12 1901 0418 DIODE PwWR RECT 400 1 54 8 6546 ABCR7 1901 0418 DJODEaPwR RECT 400V 1 54 5 1846 12 ABCRE 1901 0418 DIODE PWwR 400 1 54 SR1846 12 ABCROQ 190120418 400 1 54 81846912 ABCR10 1901 0418 DIODE PWR 400 1 54 1 amp 46 A8CR11 1901 0418 DIODEePWR 400V 1 5 SRIB846912 12 190190418 DIODEePwWwR 000 1 54 521846 12 ABCR13 1901 0418 DIODESPWR 400 1 54 1846 12 14 190120418 DIODE PwR RECT 400V 1 54 SP1846
138. 9 RESISTOR 28 7K 1 1254 09 100 1 8 10 2872 0598 3250 RESISTOR 464K 1 125 F 20 100 55 1 gt 0698 3260 RESISTOR GouK 1 125 TCzO 100 CMFeSSe Tel 0757 0465 RESISTOR 100K 1X 1256 F 20 100 1 8 70 1003 CMFe55e1 Te 0598 3260 PESISTOR 464K 1X 125 F TC su 100 0588 3159 RESISTOR 26 1K 1 1258 F 0 100 1 8 9 2612 0757 646 RESISTOR 68 1K 1X 1256 0 100 4 1 8 0 812 0757 0402 RESISTOR 75K 1 125a F 0 100 1 8 70 7502 0298 1162 RESISTOR 46 K 1X 125 F TCgO 100 1 8 0 2 210023103 RESISTOReTRMR 10K 10X C SIOESADJ 1 7eTRN 3006 03 2100 3103 RESISTOReTRMR 10K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN 3006P 1 103 0598 3260 RESISTOR Weak 1X 125w F 0 100 55 081161185 RESISTOR 10K 01X 9125 Pw TCE0 10 190 1 20 1002 1 210003154 RESISTOReTRMR 1K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 5006 1 102 See introduction to this section for ordering information Model 8620C Reference Designation 42826 A2R27 A2R26 42829 A2k30 4243 42852 42831 AZRIA 42235 A2R30 42037 42839 22840 Apni 2 2 A2RU AgRAUu 42845 42607 428808 2 49 42850 285 42652 42853 42854 42855 42856 42857 2858 4201 Aeue 4203 A2US A2U6 207 4208 2
139. AF Multiplier in X1 position and AF pointer to right edge scale mark maximum AF and AF being swept are both 1096 0 1 of total bandwidth Therefore the tolerance becomes 3 times the percent of band used 10 or 0 396 of total bandwidth Example 86330B 1 8 4 2 GHz RF Plug in Total bandwidth is 2 4 GHz Therefore 10 of total bandwidth is 0 24 GHz or 240 MHz Tolerance is 0 3 of total bandwidth or 7 2 MHz Frequency indica tion then would be 240 MHz 7 2 MHz higher than reading recorded in step g for the 86330B 1 Set MANUAL control fully counterclockwise Set AF Multiplier to X 1 Adjust CW and CW VERNIER controls for a convenient frequency indication Record reading for use later J Set MANUAL control fully clockwise Frequency counter indication should be higher than reading recorded in step i by 1 0 0 03 of total bandwidth NOTE The tolerance of 0 03 used is determined using specifications of Table 1 1 in this manual 1 of maximum AF 2 of AF being swept With AF Multiplier in X 1 position and AF pointer to right edge scale mark maximum AF and AF being swept are both 1 096 0 01 of total bandwidth Therefore the tolerance becomes 3 times the percent of band used 1 0 or 0 03 of total bandwidth Example 86330B 1 8 4 2 GHz RF Plug in MM 4 5 Performance Tests Model 8620C PERFORMANCE TESTS pam UU S C rq a Vua ca 4
140. ATOR V PROG gt SELECT N C 5 VOLT REGULA C O VOLT REGULA CALL ECTOR ul EMITTER TOR BASE i 15 GND OB VPROG 5 33 PROG N C N C 25 MAT RESA IO VOLT REGULA m OR BASE T COLLECTOR i e VOLT 404 ub Coa v PROG N C UNREG PROG Rial 22 T tov UNREG 42 OVAT REGULA TO FAN TOR COL A 222 5 02 s ev N C OU UNREG PROG 2 er 123 5 43 20 UNREG i E ae me UNREG RETURN RETURN CT UN Ct V 0 8 1 40 VOLT REG A PROG FAN GND FAN GND ETURN PROC S ol Mr GND 4 N C ies ea Rae ESOS ME eS x FIG 67 36 FL IETHER BORD INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM Figure 8 36 All Motherboard Interconnect Diagram 8 39 8 40 25 A 2 gt 7 i 1 i 5 i gt 9 A mne i RF PLUG IN x 92 22 40 dB momo RE BLANKING dla aD 3 Bat i C904 20 lt 10 dB 1 i r 19 ATTEN ENABLE E lt 2 RF BLANKING 5 de ety UNSWITCHED 1552272 BAR 925 EXT AM AM CD 6 SWITCHED 1 kHz KH sa wv 26 6 18 SEQ SYNC 1 lt 26 SEQUENTIAL SYNC EL 41 lt REMOTE ATTENUATION Mo Dyas m lt 4 45 1
141. BLADE 08620 00074 08620 20072 STRIP FILLER 08620 20072 08620 20122 BOARD CONNECTOR 98620 20122 08620260108 PANEL ASSEMBLY REAR 08620 60108 08620960109 PANEL ASSEMBLY FRONT 08620 00109 08620 60123 ACCESSORY KIT 98620 60123 See introduction to this section for ordering information 6 15 Replaceable Parts Model 8620C Table 6 3 Code List of Manufacturers U S A Common AR Tech Packaging Corp ADAC Screw Machine Products Any supplier of the U S Lowell Ma Illuminated Products Inc Anaheim Ca AMP Inc Harrisburg Pa Allen Bradley Co Milwaukee Wi Texas Instrument Inc Semicond Cmpnt Div Dallas Tx RCL Electronics Manchester NH Cherry Electrical Products Corp Waukegan H RCA Corp Solid State Div Sommerville NJ Transitron Electronic Corp Wakefield Ma Pyrofilm Corp Whippany NJ Motorola Semiconductor Products Phoenix Az Viking Industries Inc Chatsworth Ca Robinson Nugent inc New Albany in Fairchild Semiconductor Div Mountain View Ca TRW Inc Burlington Div Burlington la CTS Keene Inc Paso Robles Ca TRW inc Boone Div Boone Nc Manchester NH Mountain View Ca Mineral Wells T x Monte Ca Gowanda NY Bradford Pa Indianapolis In Edison Elek Div McGraw Edison Teledyne Semiconductor Mepco Electra Corp Micro Ohm Corp Gowanda Electron
142. C DIGITAL SN7400N TTL QUAD 2 NAND SOCKETeIC 14 CONT OIPeSLOReTERMS ICeDIGIT L MCB17P RIL QUAD 2 SOCKET IC 149CONT DIPeSLOReTERMS 1826 0092 1820 0054 1200 0508 182020411 1200 0508 See introduction to this section for ordering information 6 5 Replaceable Parts Model 8620C Table 6 2 Replaceable Parts HP Part Mfr Reference Designation 1 01 TRANSISTCR ARRAY DIF CA3046 1200 lt 05ve SUCKET IC 149CONT DIP SLDR TEBRMS ICN 143 S35 1820 0054 ICe0IGITAL 3 7400 TTL QUAD NAND 17400N 1260 0508 1 OIPeSLDReTERMS 1 5 1820 0579 ICeDIGITAL 5 78123 TIL DUAL 55741238 420020507 50 DIP SLDR TERMS ICweloseS3n IC mC 1455 AMP 1826 0692 1 26 0 92 36626 1992 3002 DICDESZ2NP 2 37v 5 0057 TCs 074X 1902 0025 DIO0DE 2N 10 5 00 7 05 1902 0025 19 2 3 082 0100 2 4 4 6 0V 53 00 7 2 0235 CO 35010 192 3982 D10DE 2NR 5 00 7 PDE 2 02334 35610 1952 3203 DIOCESZNR 14 7 SX 00 7 057 190223203 CD 3562e 1900 0041 D10DE 2NR 5 11 5 00 7 1 009 Al MISCELLANEOUS 1251 0600 6159 0005 CONTACTeCONN U wePOSTeTYPE MALE WIRE 22446 w
143. CW BELT CW VERNIER MARKER BELT SWEEP BELT Figure 8 4 Location of Pointer Belts 8 6 Model 8620C Service FULL SWEEP BELT GREEN POINTER LINE UP WITH END MARK START DRIVE SPROCKET ADJUSTMENT IDLER RED POINTER MARKER SWEEP BELT ADJUSTMENT IDLER STOP DRIVE SPROCKET WHITE CW BELT POINTER _ 9 0 NAE e ADJUSTMENT CW DRIVE IDLER SPROCKET AF AND CW VERNIER BELTS AF CW VERNIER POINTER DRIVE ADJUSTMENT SPROCKET IDLERS SEO MEN Figure 8 5 Pointer Belt Restringing Diagrams 8 7 Service Model 8620C Test point symbols Stars are numbered or lettered for easy correlation Interconnection information of schematic diagrams procedures and locator illustrations ed EERS Circled letter indicates circuit Arrow connecting star to meas Star shown electrically con path continues on another urement point signifies no nected to circuit signifies meas schematic diagram Look for measuring aid provided uring aid metal post circuit same circled letter on service pad etc provided sheet indicated by adjacent boid number 3 in this example Plug in connection information Assembly part number Socket designation for A2 assembly Assembly name Number indicates pin of socket XA2 Assembly designation J3 not mounted Stage name on assembly A2 qudm rYr A2 DC REGULATOR ASSY 08708 60007 E m cH SERIES yi O R
144. DC CER 0470 20 SOwvoc CER 016020575 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITORSFXD 0470 20 50 0 CER 1000PF 20 100WvDC CER 190120050 190190050 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0950 OIODE SWITCHMING 80 200MA 285 00 7 DIOCDFeSwITCHING BOV 200 2NS 00 7 DIODE SWITCHING BOV 200 255 00 7 DIODE SWITCHING 86V 200MA 2NS 00 7 OIODE SwITCRING 80 200MA 2NS 00 7 RELAYeREED 1 250 2BVAC SvYDCeCOIL 374 049021013 4049 0751 4040 0751 UBD 080 ExTRACTOR PC BD ORN POLYC 0629BDeTHKNS EXTRACTORePC BD ORN POLYC 5 0 250 LG PINIDRIVE 0 250 LG 1854 0404 1854 0404 185420404 1856 0404 1854 0404 TRANSISTOR NPN SI T 18 PDz360M v TRANSISTOR NPN 1 TO 18 POZ3 60 w TRANSISTOR NPN SI 0 18 PDE360Mw TRANSISTOR SI PDz360MA TRANSISTOR NPN SI 10918 PD 360M See introduction to this section for ordering information Replaceable Parts Model 8620C Table 6 2 Replaceable Parts HP Part Mfr TRANSISTOR PNP SI POz300Mw FT z150MnZ Reference Designation Mfr Part Number 1853 0020 1855 9920 185 4 040 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 10918 0 3600 189 0 185490404 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 10 18 1654 000
145. EGULATOR 3 a x gt x 8 1 13 R1 B pF 2500 4 Non plug in connection information Solder point numbered E tua TIS eiui CTL IED gt o aiam ti angu PULL OCHCHATIOM M REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS DELETED Circuit board common Connector symbols within the borderlines of circuit assemb lies signify connections to the Value selected for best operation assembly which are separate from Value shown is average or most those made through the integral commonly selected value plug part of the assembly Conducting connection to chassis or frame Assembly reference designator s Large numbers in lower right corners of schematic diagrams are service sheet numbers They are provided for con Wire color code Code used MIL STD 681 is the Reference designators deleted same as the resistor color code First number iden by circuit changes are listed tifies the base color second number the wider stripe here and the third number the narrower stripe Example List of all the reference desig venience in tracing inter denotes white base yellow wide stripe nations on the diagram connections violet narrow stripe Figure 8 6 General Information on Schematic Diagrams Model 8620C Service SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM NOTES BASIC SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS R L C e O od Q ee
146. EL A A7TP6 05 COLLECTOR CHANNEL B 7 7 07 COLLECTOR ON TIME OFF TIME Figure 5 2 Oscilloscope Display of Fan Waveforms 5 17 1 kHz MODULATION ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE DESCRIPTION EQUIPMENT PROCEDURE Service Sheet 7 OPERATIONS CONTROL ASSEMBLY 1 kHz Oscillator is adjusted for proper operating frequency see Figure 5 1 for test setup Oscilloscope with 10 1 probe HP 181A 1801A 1820C a Setrear panel 1 kHz SQ WV OFF slide switch to 1kHz SQ WV b Connect oscilloscope to test point 5 on 7 46 6 and connect oscilloscope ground lead to test point 7 ground on c Adjust 1 kHz A7R27 for 1 ms 0 05 ms period on oscilloscope This corres ponds to 1 kHz 5 18 SWEEP GENERATOR BOARD ADJUSTMENTS REFERENCE DESCRIPTION EQUIPMENT Service Sheet 1 SWEEP GENERATOR ASSEMBLY Set correct sweep time sweep return time symmetry and range of Blanking signal see Figure 5 1 for test setup Oscilloscope HP181A 1801A 1820C 10 1 Probe HP10004B 1 1 Probe HP10008B 0 9 Adjustments Model 8620C ADJUSTMENTS 5 18 SWEEP GENERATOR BOARD ADJUSTMENTS Cont d PROCEDURE a 5 6 Connect oscilloscope VERTICAL input to 1 9 10 1 Probe and ground lead to 1 12 Connect oscilloscope EXT TRIGGER input to 1 9 1 1 Probe and set oscil loscope trigger controls to EXT NOR
147. ENTS 5 27 MECHANICAL ZERO ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE DESCRIPTION PROCEDURE Figure 5 5 Mechanical Zero Adjustment Locations Sets mechanical zero of START MARKER CW MARKER VERNIER and STOP MARKER controls One adjustment procedure is shown for all controls and the indications are the same for each control except for CW VERNIER The CW VERNIER readings are shown in parentheses NOTE This adjustment should be performed in conjunction with frequency or marker control adjustments and only when one of the potenti ometers has been replaced Refer to paragraphs 5 19 through 5 24 Locate minimum resistance point of control by rotating control about 0 Volt scale mark 5 Volt scale mark for CW VERNIER while monitoring voltage read ing on DVM Minimum resistance point is indicated by minimum voltage reading on DVM VERNIER control is adjusted for a DVM reading of 0 500 0 005 Vdc Loosen set screws in shaft collar as shown in Figure 5 5 using a right angle 4 spline Bristol wrench HP Part No 8710 0055 Align pointer to 0 Volt scale mark 5 Volt scale mark for CW VERNIER by first setting pointer to left edge stop then adjusting up scale to 0 Volt scale mark 5 Volt scale mark for CW VERNIER Tighten set screws in shaft collar Locate minimum resistance point of control and check alignment of pointer ad just for 0 500 0 005 If pointer is not aligned
148. ET 4 Cont d rises to 10 volts the sum of the voltages are ampli fied by a gain of 0 2 until the output of 05 equals 0 volts U6 STOP amplifier has no offset and amplifies with a gain of 0 8 for an output ramp of 0 to 8 volts The two ramps are then summed by U4 The START ramp 15 applied to a 2 1 voltage divider and amplified by a gain of 2 The STOP ramp is amplified by a gain of 1 The resulting Quiput ramp goes from 2 volts to 8 volts CW Offset Amplifier When CW mode is selected the CW Offset Ampli fier U7 is used to generate the tuning voltages which is input to the 20 volt supply across a series combination of resistors which totals 2K ohms The gain of the Amplifier is adjusted by means of the front panel CW Control Its output is adjust able from 0 volts to 10 volts and applied to the summing Amplifier U4 When CW Vernier is selected a small amount of dc offset controlled by front panel control and multi plier switch is also summed at the input of sum ming Amplifier U4 8 18 Model 8620C AF Offset Amplifier in AF sweep mode the output of ramp amplifier Ul is applied to the non inverting input of Ampli fier U3 through a resistor voltage divider The out put of U3 is a ramp from 3 3 to 3 3 volts This ramp is amplified by U2 whose gain is controlled by the AF front panel control The output of U2 goes to the front panel multiplier and then to the input of U4 where it is summed wi
149. EXTRACTOR PC BD VIC POLYC 062 lt 6D0 TRKNS PINSORIVE 0 250 LG PINIORIVE 0 250 LG TRANSISTOR NPN 0 1701 SI 0 8 25 2n3055 TRANSISTOR NPN 1 PDg360M 1854 0404 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PORS60M 1854 0 04 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 10 18 360 854 0404 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N22184 SI TO S 2n2e1Ba 2 2218 84 eN2218a 185350034 1853 0034 TRANSISTOR NPN 2 2218 SI 70 5 PDEROOMwW TRANSISTOR NPN ON2218A SI 5 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N22184 SI TOeS PDEROOMH TRANSISTOR PNP SI T0916 PDt360Mn TRANSISTOR PNP SI 10418 PDsz360MN TRANSISTOR PNP SI 70 18 PD 360wx 1853 0034 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 0 18 PORA360Mr 1853 0034 TRANSISTOR PNP 2 2904 51 0 5 2929044 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PDz300M FTz2Q0 n7 1854250071 TRANSISTOR PNP 2QN 29044 SI 0 5 eNeSQ uA TRANSISTOR NPN SI 0 300 FTz2Q0M Z 185420071 TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO 18 POZ360M 1853250056 THYRISTOR SCR JEDEC 243528 2835268 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 70 18 360 1253 0034 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MN 18542504048 RESISTOR 10K 1 125 F TCS0 100 4 1 8 70 1002 RESISTOR 3 48 1 125 F 7 0 100 8 70 3481 RESISTOR 17 8 1 1256 F TC20 100 1 8 1782 RESISTOR 1 47K 1 1257 0 100 1 8 0 1471 RESISTOR 10K 1X 125 F TCEO 10U0
150. FILE 4 3 of 4 SPA35 TEST RECORD Performance Tests PRINT E WRITE 15 1030 FORMAT 12X SET XGHZ 17X MEASURED XGH2 12X lt MHZ gt WRITE 15 1050 FORMAT 12 68 PRINT REM FREQUENCY DATA PRINT OUT FOR I P TO PRINT BAND I FOR 1 TO 1 1 WRITE 15 1110 F I J 1 I1 1E 09 D I J 1lE 09 A I J 1 06 FORMAT 4X F12 3 15X F12 3 15X F12 3 IF B I J 1 THEN 1160 WRITE 15 1140 E I J FORMAT 9 11171 FREQUENCY ERROR 11111 ERROR 2 12 3 2 GOTO 1170 PRINT NEXT J WRITE NEXT I REM START OF MAXIMUM LEVELED POWER GRAPH PRINT LINS WRITE 15 920 PRINT LINS PRINT FREQUENCY SPA25 POWER XDBM PRINT lt GHZ gt 1 1 1 9 O V1 0 001 WRITE 15 1290 L L H L 4 H L 2 L H H L 4 H H L 4 H FORMAT 9X 1 6X F5 2 5X F5 2 5X F5 2 5X F5 2 5X F5 2 5X F5 2 OUTPUT 15 1310 FORMAT PRINT 5 9 5 59 REM PLOTTING ROUTINE FOR 1 TO 50 IF G I Q THEN 1400 Z INT R INT R INT R 10 40 5 0 1 PRINT 2 TAB9 TAB W I L H L 40 20 TAB69 1 1 8 09 0 0 006 2 1 50 GOTO 1410 PRINT SPA9 TAB W I L B L 40 420 TAB69 NEXT I 15 920 4 33 Performance Tests 1420 1430 1440 1450 1460 1470 1480 1490 1500 1510 1520 1530 1540 1550 1560 1570 1580 4 34 Model 8620C FILE 4 4 of 4 PRINT 5 9 69 OUTP
151. FORMANCE TESTS 4 14 BLANKING OUTPUTS TEST Cont d DESCRIPTION EQUIPMENT PROCEDURE Display Blanking and RF Blanking are checked by monitoring detected RF output on oscilloscope with either Display Blanking or RF Blanking Negative Blanking and Posi tive Blanking are checked by time comparison of blanking waveform and sweep ramp SWEEP RF OSCILLATOR PLUG IN OSCILLOSCOPE Z AXIS REAR PANEL Z AXIS REAR PANEL e RF OUTPUT CHANNEL A INPUT APC 7 TO N CRY MALE ADAPTER Figure 4 6 Display Blanking and RF Blanking Test Setup Sweep Oscillator HP 8620C APC 7 to N Male Adapter HP 1250 0479 Crystal Detector HP 423A or HP 84704 as required Oscilloscope Variable Persistence 181A 1801A 1820C Display Blanking and RF Blanking Set RF Plug in POWER LEVEL control fully counterclockwise b Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 6 c Set TIME SECONDS switch to 1 01 and TIME SECONDS Vernier control fully clockwise d Press FULL SWEEP pushbutton e Set DISPLAY BLANKING OFF swiich on 8620C rear panel to OFF Set RF BLANKING OFF switch on 8620C rear panel to OFF f Adjust oscilloscope and RF Plug in POWER LEVEL control for display similar to typical display shown in Figure 4 7 g Set 8620C rear panel RF BLANKING OFF switch to RF BLANKING h Oscilloscope display should be similar to typical display shown in Figure 4 8
152. HE 8620C SERIAL NUMBER LIN3 INPUT CS PRINT SPA10 WHAT IS TODAY S DATE LIN3 INPUT BS WRITE 15 3010 FORMAT 80 PRINT DATE BS LIN2 PRINT SPA21 MODEL 8620C SWEEP OSCILLATOR MAINFRAME LINIl PRINT SPA29 SERIAL NUMBER CS LIN3 PRINT SPA35 TEST RECORD LIN3 PRINT SPA22 CHECK SPA29 READING PRINT SPA22 SPA29 PRINT 5 17 20 VOLT SUPPLY SPA26 C 1 LINI PRINT 5 17 40 VOLT SUPPLY SPA26 C 2 LIN1 PRINT 5 17 10 VOLT SUPPLY SPA26 C 3 LIN1 PRINT 5 17 5 VOLT SUPPLY SPA27 C 4 LIN1 PRINT SPAl7 FULL SWEEP LOW END OF BAND SPA15 C 5 LIN1 PRINT SPAl7 FULL SWEEP HIGH END OF BAND SPA14 C 6 LIN1 PRINT SPAl7 MARKER SWEEP START SPA21 C 7 LIN1 PRINT SPAl7 MARKER SWEEP STOP SPA22 C 8 LINI1 PRINT SPA17 CW MARKER SPA32 C 9 LIN1 PRINT SPAl7 DELTA START SPA26 C 10 LINI1 PRINT SPAl7 DELTA F STOP SPA27 C 11 LIN1 PRINT SPA17 D A VOLTAGES LIN1 FOR 1 1 TO 9 PRINT SPA58 A I LINI1 NEXT OUTPUT 15 3010 FORMAT 2B OUTPUT 13 3240 1024 768 PRINT SPALO TEST COMPLETE WAIT 1500 PRINT DO YOU WISH TO CHECK A 8620 RF PLUG IN LIN3 INPUT CS IF CS 1 1 5 N THEN 3320 LINK 0 10 END Model 8620C Performance Tests FILE 4 1 of 4 DIN D 5 50 F 4 H 4 3 5 50 8 30 w5 100 DIM AS 10 A 5 50 GS 55 0 30 E 5 50 V 4 I1 14 C 4 REM FREQUENCY CHECK OF ALL 8620 PLUG INS REWIND PRIN THIS PROGRAM IS DESIGNED CHECK THE MS FREQUENCY PRINT AND
153. HP Part m Mfr Mfr Part Number 08620 40006 1480 0077 08620 20067 0624 0227 2190 0019 08620 00014 08620 20021 08620 00057 08620 00017 2360 1022 08620 00015 08620 00058 08620 00016 08620 00013 08620 20022 0520 0137 3050 0098 2190 0112 0520 0129 3050 0098 2190 0112 08620 20063 08620 20065 1460 0534 08620 40005 2200 0105 08620 40004 08620 20057 1460 1163 0510 0082 0510 0055 08620 40008 08620 40009 3050 0127 0520 0137 3050 0098 2190 0112 08620 20025 08620 20031 2190 0014 0610 0001 08620 40011 08620 20017 08620 60047 08620 20122 08620 20071 08620 20068 0510 0060 08620 00007 08620 00020 08620 00059 2360 0195 2190 0018 3050 0066 1460 0535 08620 20062 08620 20061 3030 0195 08620 00021 08620 20069 08620 00061 2360 0124 2950 0001 2190 0016 0360 1190 0380 0093 08620 20070 08620 00062 2360 0211 08620 40010 0370 1375 5040 0345 0370 1001 08620 20072 2 n w n pee pea t gt UA Un Un Un G3 t CM Cn Un t PP 00 41 WHEEL RETAINING PIN ROLL 062 DIA X 375 LG ARM LATCH SCREW MACHINE PAN HD POZI DR 4 40 THD 25 LG WASHER LOCK NO 4 115 ID ARM PIVOT SHAFT DRUM BRACKET MICROSWITCH BAND SPRING PUSHBUTTON SCREW FH 6 32X 0 500 LG BRACKET LEFT HAND NOTCH HINGE BRACKET RIGHT HAND NOTCH
154. Hall Effect Generator Description 8 30 Model 8620C A7 FAN GND B4 1 KHz FAN 82 B3 B1 FAN 9 BAL SPEED O MP2 MP4 2202 an 22199 97980 14 9 3 9 lt s sim 55 SA MILL gt gt gt ect a 9 3 4 E ion Y r 2450204 E n K PEE x AE Figure 8 27 A7 Operations Control Assembly Component Locations OM MOTHER BOARD 47 OPERATIONS CONTROL ASSEMBLY 708020 XAG LATCH 7 gt REMOTE BINARY 2 gt 20 REMOTE BINARY 1 gt J REMOTE ENABLE z 222525 5 7 XA7 Pe OGRAMMING E BAND LATCH P REMOTE 42 J7 4 REMOTE BINARY 2 B20 2 EANO REMOTE BINARY 2 9 8 52 E 2o C T BINARY SELECT REMOTE BINARY 1 Ls lt puo De AT 2 i l EMOTE REMOTE BOND ENABLE 005 30 Fa SM Surpa i LOCAL BINARY 2 LOCAL BINARY I lt 25 5V UNREG A 5y UVREG X 29 2 2 psz 720 REG 22 lt 20v p d S RES 24 lt 50 9 ui J EJ m FZO 4 2 HP IB INTERFACE COPT OW
155. IGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER TEST OPTION 001 SPECIFICATION Digital to Analog Converter In the Programmed Mode of operation the D A Conver ter uses digital intelligence inputs to develop analog tuning voltages for frequency tun ing with resolution of 10 000 points across full band DESCRIPTION Proper operation of the D A Converter is verified by checking end points 0 volt and 10 volt tuning voltages then checking one quarter scale half scale and three quarters scale frequency indications using digital inputs SWEEP RF OSCILLATOR PLUG IN FREQUENCY COUNTER RF OUTPUT Figure 4 17 Digital to Analog Converter Test Setup EQUIPMENT Sweep Oscillator HP 8620C Frequency Counter 53404 10 dB Attenuator HP 84918 Option 010 50 Service Board HP 08620 60125 PROCEDURE a Set RF Plug in POWER LEVEL control fully counterclockwise b Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 17 4 14 Model 8620C Performance Tests PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 17 DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER TEST OPTION 001 c Install 50 pin service board HP Part No 08620 60125 on 8620C rear panel PRO GRAMMING connector d Set remote D A enable switch D A to GND Set all BCD switches 8V 4V 2V 1V etc to GND e Press FULL pushbutton f Adjust RF Plug in POWER LEVEL control until frequency counter indicates a frequency CAUTION Care must be taken not to
156. IME 40 BLANKIN ADJUST 2 i PULSE LI der m x i is E e wel ONE SHOT 1 C 33 lt TRIGGER 4 RF SECTION i i 1 I m I I l j I E WE l l TS pi FOE 4 x Rte I BLANKING 19 gt J wii PULSE j 1 i SWEEP ferr 5 lt TURA 15 C 8 GENERATOR E 5 TRIGGER 2 UR i I b Sees Fog j 4 iet l 4 4 Fog T 1 1 i i 16 16 i i S 6 wa AE S e e y W2P1 t t i 1 I t l 1 i I I i l I i I i i i t l 1 1 R6 931K J was 1 R7 v_ 2 31 6 w2 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN OUTLINED ASSEMBLIES ARE ABBREVIATED FULL DESIGNATION IN CLUDES ASSEMBLY NUMBER e g OF ASSEMBLY IS AIRI DESIGNATIONS OF OTHER COMPONENTS ARE COMPLETE AS SHOWN REFERENCE DES I GNATI ONS S2 4 5 6 CW VERNIER MULTIPLIER JL So 12 AS A10 Figure 8 32 A9 Switch and A10 Front Interconnect Assembly Schematic 1 of 2 8 35 8 36 8620C A10 grs no Ce Me t CONNECTOR
157. LS QUAD SN74LSOSN A12U10 1820 1201 ICeGIGITAL SN74LSOBN TTL LS QUAD SN74LS08N 812011 1820 1197 JC DIGITA L SN74 LSOON TTL LS QUAD SN74LSOON 12012 182921196 IC DIGITAL SN74LS174N TTL LS HEX SN74LS5174UN A12U13 1820 1196 ICeDIGITAL SN74LS174N TTL LS SN74LS174N 812014 1820 1198 IC 0IGITAL SN74LSO03N TTL LS QUAD 2 SN74LSU3N 812015 1820 1212 ICeOIGITAL SN7ALSI112N TTL LS DUAL 5 74 5112 812016 1820 1201 ICeDIGITAL SN74L LSOBN TTL LS 2 SN74LSQBN 812017 1800 1196 SN74LS174N TTL LS MEX SN74LS174N 812018 1820 1196 ICeCIGITAL SN7ULS174N TTL LS N74LS174N 8412019 1420 1522 IC DIGITAL 3440 TTL QUAD MC 3440P A12U20 1820 1522 ICeDIGITAL MC3440 TTL QUAD MC 3440P 8120921 1820 1522 IC DIGITAL MC3a40P TTL QUAD MC3440P 432022 1820 1522 IC OIGITAL TTL QUAD MC3440P 412025 09602404247 4 DIGITAL 0980 0447 812024 1818 2269 MOS ROM 1818 2269 1200 0553 SOCKETeIC 28 CONT DIP SLOR 1200 0553 A12VR 1 1902 0041 DIODE ZNR 5 117 5 00 7 7 009 CO 35622 12 MISCELLANEOUS 1251 1556 CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 018 IN B5SC SZ 1251 1556 3100 0217 FAN BLADE 76eTHK 5 00 079 10 3150 0217 3140 0490 MOTOR OC 3140 0490 1251 1115 PULARIZING EOGE CONN 1251 1115 6 14 See introduction to this section for ordering information Model 8620C Replaceable Parts Table 6 2 Replaceable Parts Mfr Code HP Part Number Reference Designation Desc
158. M and SLOPE Press FULL SWEEP pushbutton pushbutton should light Set 8620C Sweep MODE switch to AUTO Set 8620C sweep TRIGGER switch to INT Set 8620C TIME SECONDS switch to 1 01 and turn TIME SECONDS Vernier control fully clockwise Adjust oscilloscope for display as shown in Figure 5 3 Set 1 12 RANGE and A1R35 OFFSET controls to center of range Adjust 1 11 SWP control for ty 10 8 msec 0 5 msec Adjust 1 10 RET control for 5 4 msec 0 5 msec Set 8620C TIME SECONDS Vernier control fully counterclockwise Conenct a 19 6K 1 resistor between 1 4 and A1TP12 Adjust oscilloscope sweep time so that to occupies 1 0 division of the display Ad just A2R35 OFFSET control so that t4 occupies 6 5 divisions of the display Sym metry is now set to 6 5 1 Remove 19 6K resistor With oscilloscope sweep time in a calibrated mode adjust AIR12 RANGE control for t4 282 msec 5 0 msec Connect 19 6K resistor between A1TP4 and A1TP12 Verify symmetry between 6 5 0 7 and 6 5 1 3 Set 8620 TIME SECONDS Vernier control fully clockwise t4 should be between 32 5ms and 37 5ms 19 6K resistor still connected if not select a new value be tween 51 1K and 110K for A1R3 Figure 5 3 Oscilloscope Display of Waveform Symmetry Model 8620C Adjustments ADJUSTMENTS 5 19 FULL SWEEP ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE Service Sheet 2 FREQUENCY CONTROL ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION Sets zero to 10 Volt sweep ramp
159. NG With the ac power cable connected the ac line voltage 115 or 230 Vac is present at the terminals of mainframe power line assembly FL1 mounted on rear panel and at the mainframe POWER switch whether the POWER switch is on or off With the top cover removed these terminals are exposed and carry ac voltages capable of caus ing death 8 13 Troubleshooting 8 14 Troubleshooting is divided into two main tenance levels in this manual The first level isolates a trouble to a circuit or assembly This is done using a troubleshooting block diagram with typical voltages and waveforms along with general circuit descriptions 8 1 Service 8 15 The second maintenance level isolates the trouble to the component Schematic diagrams and circuit descriptions for each assembly aid in trou bleshooting to the component level The schematic also contains waveforms and voltages for use dur ing troubleshooting 8 16 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT 8 17 equipment and accessories required to maintain the Model 8620C are listed in Table 1 2 If the equipment listed is not available equipment that meets the minimum specification shown may be substituted 8 18 REPAIR 8 19 Service Accessories 8 20 A service accessories package HP Part No 08620 60124 is available as an aid in maintaining the Model 8620C and its associated RF Plug in and Oscillator Module The package is described in Figure 1 5 8 21 Cleaning Switches
160. OG BAND rds AMI LT 228 1 20 VOLT 20 VOLT 4 i 2 i NC TURN 114 22 20 VOLT REMOTE BAND ic e Noo ese ABLE i 1 BAND BAND 2 23 et uacuum ADJUST gt OG Pod n ES 2 VOLTREG X C eis GND Ikiz SQwY iiel 24 5 ws TM 004 PROG 32 i preteen t 0 LOCA TREG 117 GND PROG 17 25 1 5 VOLT BEND LATCH i 77 25 Tx dax CN 25 away 002 V PROG 33 02 V PROG are ija 2 1 IMODE LATCH 52 LOCAL OLT 6 2 VOLT PROG 11 81 2 11 11 8 EET Um M xd acd 9 6 2 VOLT 9 e 27 ne y ac VOLT 35 PROG MTOR c REGULATOR proa Lol REMOTE REND DRIVE REMOTE BAND R JE EMITTER ENABLE Ie ENABLE m T d 200 IUUD MODE 5 VOLT UN ATOR Ut REGULATOR PROG 17 29 SELECT SWITCH 1 2 REG TO FAN Xx VOLT REG oC URN i Ee 2 Conform E ER FV PROC 12 o MODE SELECT ORME 20 VOLT PEG VOLT REGUL AS T Lui LATOR EMITTER 38 BASE os MODE ATOR eee OR 2V PROC 3 3 iSELECT SWITCH 1 1 20 VOLT REGU VOLT REGUL A 43 DE LATOR BASE TOR EMITTER T UN 2 FULL MODE FAN 24 REQUL
161. OLTAGE Refers serviceman or operator to CAUTIONS in Operating and Service Manual Frequency Reference Ground Denotes spring loaded switch lt gt we d qu V Figure 8 8 Schematic Diagram Notes 2 of 3 Model 8620C SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM NOTES Cont d GENERAL LOGIC ELEMENTS AND Gate OR Gate NAND Gate NOR Gate EXCLUSIVE OR Gate BUFFER INVERTER General Element e g gt Common Control Block Used to represent Integrated Circuit IC See Sheet 4 of this Figure Figure 8 7 Schematic Diagram Notes 3 of 3 Service Service Model 8620C SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM NOTES Cont d CONTROL BLOCK All controlling inputs gates CONTROL BLOCK clocks inhibits etc connect to the control block ELEMENTS Can be one or more of any logic function flip flop counter gate RAM etc Data inputs are on left side of element data out puts on the right ELEMENTS Positive logic is assumed The more positive voltage level is HIGH and 7 Logic 1 The less positive voltage level is LOW and Logic 0 If a control line label contains a virgule the indicated action or mnemonic to the left of the virgule is the active state of the line and the indicated action or mnemonic to the right of the virgule is the non active state of the line For example RD WR means the active state of the line is RD read and the non active state is WR write Active high inputs and outputs are in
162. PERATING AND SERVICE MANUAL 8620C SWEEP OSCILLATOR 8527 SWEEP OSCILLATOR ims x NI uid dd _ _____________________________ rri d or HP P s n T E PACKARD 20298 dH This instrument has been designed and rested according to International Safety Requirements ensure safe operation and to keep the instrument safe the information cautions and warnings in this manual must be heeded Refer to Section 1 for general safety considerations applicable to this instrument CERTIFICATION Hewlett Packard Company certifies that this instrument published speci i fications at the time of shipment from the factor Hewlett Packard Company further certifies that 115 calibration measurements are traceable to the United States National Bureau of Standards to the extent allowed by the Bureau s calibration facility and to the calibration facilities of other International Standards Organization members v d gt WARRANTY AND ASSISTANCE This Hewlett Packard product is warranted against defects in materials and work 5 for a period of one year from the date of shipment Hewlett Packard 4 qt its option repair or replace products which prove to be defective during warranty period provided they are returned to Hewlett Packard Repairs necessi ied by misuse of the product are noi co
163. POWEK LINI PRINT ACCURACY USING HP I5 8620C 5340A COUNTER AND 436A PRINT POWER METER 5112 CONNECT THE MS TO THE 436A AND SE THE MS POWER LINI PRINT CONTROL FOR MAXIMUM LEVELED POWER LIN3 PRInt CONTINUE WITH THIS PROGRAM AFTER EACH SIOP PRES PRINT S SPACE BAR EXECUTE LINI INPUT BS PRINT DISCONNECL 436A AnD CONNEC 5340A COUNTER TO PRIN iS OGULPUT LIW3 INPUT BS REM AUDRESSES 8620C amp 5340A LISTEN 1 REM 4 36A LISTEN M TALK WHAT FREQUENCY INCREMENT MHZ DO YOU WAnt MEUS PRIN ASURE LIwN3 INPUT Il 11 11 1 06 FOR I P TO Bl DISP FREQUENCY CHECK uU amp 1 OUTPUT 13 220 I V1 0 001 FORMAT pt FIO00 0 vV FB 3 b wAIT 1000 C I s u I P I Il I I 2 v2 v1 C i 0 001 1 1 1 1 0 001 C I INT C 1 C I 1 lt 50 THEN 310 PRIN FREQUENCY INCREMENT IS TO SMALL CHOSE A LARGER ONE LIN3 WAIT 5000 150 FOR TO 1 FORMAL 4X F12 6 CMD 20 4 235 WAIT 1000 ENTER 13 350 D I u FORMAT 4X E12 6 A I N ABS D I N F I N 1 I1 IF 1 lt 4 THEN 400 E E2 GOTO 410 1 0 IF A I N XE THEN 450 1 4 31 Performance Tests Model 8620C FILE 4 2 of 4 440 bE I Nu 2A I wN E 450 wALt 1500 460 IF 1 lt V2 0 001 THEW 480 470 V I zv2 0 001 480 206 490 OUTPUT 13 500 1 500 FORMA
164. Panel ETE OFF DISPLAY BLANKING OFF Rear Panel D DISPLAY BLANKING RF BLANKING OFF Rear Panel OFF 3 Press LINE pushbutton switch to turn on instrument LINE and FULL SWEEP 6 pushbuttons should light 4 Set controls on RF Plug in to obtain an RF signal output Oscilloscope trace should show detected RF signal output below zero volt reference There should be no discontinuity in swept trace across band Three markers should appear on sweep Start Marker at position indicated by green pointer CW Marker at position indicated by white pointer and Stop Marker at position indicated by red pointer 5 Press MARKER SWEEP pushbutton pushbutton should light CW Marker should appear at center of oscilloscope trace as indicated by position of white CW MARKER pointer Sweep should begin at frequency setting of START MARKER pointer and end at frequency setting of STOP MARKER pointer 6 Set MODE switch to MANUAL position and adjust MANUAL control Trace dot should move across oscilloscope CRT No markers are available in Manual mode 7 Set MODE switch to AUTO 8 Press CW pushbutton pushbutton should light and trace on oscilloscope should be a dot Change frequency setting of CW MARKER pointer and dot should move across oscillo scope CRT 9 Pres CW VERNIER pushbutton pushbutton should light Adjust CW VERNER control and oscilloscope dot should move across CRT at a v
165. Part Plug Length For Use Number Description inches In Country Mint Gray Mint Gray Great Britain Cyprus Nigeria Rhodesia Singapore So Africa India 8120 1351 8120 1703 Straight BS1363A 90 Australia New Zealand 8120 1369 Straight NZSS198 ASC112 8120 06961 90 East and West Europe Saudi Arabia United Arab Republic unpolarized in many nations Mint Gray Mint Gray 8120 1689 Straight CEE7 Y11 8120 1692 90 8120 1348 Straight NEMA5 15P 80 United States 8120 1398 90 80 Canada 8120 1754 Straight NEMAS 15P 36 Japan 100 or 200V 8120 1378 Straight fNEMA5 15P 80 Jade Gray Mexico 8120 1521 90 80 Jade Gray Phillippines 8120 1676 Straight NEMAS5 15P 36 Jade Gray Taiwan Straight SEV101 1959 24507 Type 12 8120 2104 Gray Switzerland Part number shown for plug is industry identifier for plug only Number shown for cable is HP Part Number for complete cable including plug Earth Ground L Line N Neutral Straight NEMA6 15P Straight CEE22 VI Figure 2 2 AC Power Cables Available 2 3 Installation 2 14 Mating Connectors 2 15 All of the externally mounted connectors on the mainframe are listed in Table 2 1 Opposite each mainframe connector is an industry identifi cation the part number of a mati
166. Performance Tests Model 8620C PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 8 MARKER SWEEP TEST Cont d EQUIPMENT Refer to RF Unit Frequency Range and Accuracy performance test PROCEDURE In MARKER SWEEP Manual mode check low end and high end of band for end point accuracy according to Unit performance test for manual sweep accuracy Frequency Range and Accuracy Test 4 9 CW OPERATION TEST SPECIFICATION CW Operation Single frequency RF output Adjusted with CW MARKER control and activated by pressing CW pushbutton Accuracy Refer to Unit specifications same as frequency accuracy DESCRIPTION CW Frequency accuracy is checked in CW mode EQUIPMENT Refer to RF Unit Frequency Range and Accuracy performance test PROCEDURKE In CW check CW Frequency accuracy at low end center and high end of band accord ing to RF Unit performance test for CW mode accuracy Frequency Range and Accur acy Test 4 10 CW VERNIER TEST SPECIFICATION CW Vernier Calibrated directly in MHz about CW setting CW Vernier activated by pressing pushbutton in CW VERNIER frequency control Zero to 0 5 or 5 of full bandwidth selectable with front panel switch Accuracy Refer to RF Unit specifications same as frequency accuracy DESCRIPTION CW Vernier accuracy is checked at left edge then right edge of scale in both X1 and X 1 multiplier positions with CW frequency control at center scale mark SWEEP RF OSCILLATOR PLUG IN FREQUENCY COUNTER OU
167. RESISTOR 10K 1 125 F 7 0 100 Co 1 8 T0 1002 F 075720442 RESISTOR 10K 1X 125 F TCz0 100 4 1 0 1002 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1X 125 F TCz O 100 1 8 0 1002 0698 0085 RESISTOR 2 61 1X 1254 TCBOe 100 4 1 8 0 2611 0698 0085 RESISTOR 2 61K 1 125 TCz0e 100 1 8 0 611 0598 3157 RESISTOR 19 6K 1X 125 F 7 80 100 1 8 70 1962 RESISTOR 2 61K 1X 125 F TCzO 100 4 1 8 70 2611 0698 0085 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1X 125 F T sO 100 C4 1 B9TO 1002 F 0598 3152 RESISTOR 3 48 1 1256 0 100 1 8 70 3481 0698 0085 RESISTOR 2 61K 1X 1257 F 0 100 4 1 261 1 098 0085 RESISTOR 2 61K 1X 125 F 7 80 9100 C4 1 8 TO g611 F 0757 0422 RESISTOR 909 1 125 F TCzO 100 Cs el 8 T0 909R F 4 1 8 0 962 1 8 0 1002 RESISTOR 19 6K 1X 125 TCzO 100 RESISTOR 10K 1X 125 F 7 0 100 0698 3157 0757 0442 See introduction to this section for ordering information Model 8620C Replaceable Parts Table 6 2 Replaceable Parts HP Part Mfr ICeDIGITAL 59741808 TTL LS QUAD 2 AND Reference Designation Mfr Part Number 1820 1201 5 7 50 120090506 SOCA amp ET SIC 14eCONT DIP SLDReTERMS 45 5 3 1620 0026 IC L 311
168. RMR 10 SIDESADJ 17 TRN 3006P 1 102 RESISTOR 4 22K 1 125a F 7 20 100 1 8 0 22 RESISTOR 4 22 1 1257 0 100 1 8 0 22 RESISTOR 1X 125 F 7 0 100 Ca s1 8 T0 1001 F Ca 1 8 T0 1002 F 1 8 0 5111 4 1 8 0 1001 1 8 3 8 3006 1 100 RESISTOR 10K 1X 1254 F 80 100 RESISTOR 5 11K 125 F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 125 F TCs0 100 RESISTOR 34 8 1X 125 0 100 RESISTOR STRMR 10 20 C SIDE 4DJ 17 TRN 1 BeT0 308R8 F 1 870 1471 1 8 70 5111 1 8 70 2151 RESISTOR 34 8 1X 1257 7 0 100 RESISTOR 1 47 1X 1257 F TCzO 100 RESISTCR 5 11K 1X 125 0 100 RESISTOR 2 15K 1 125w F 0 100 93220C 1 65 55 SN74LS138N ICN 163283wW SN74LS192N IC DIGITAL 9322DC TTL QUAD 2 2 70 1 11 SOCKETeIC 16 DiP SLDR TERMS IC 0IGITAL SN74LS136N TTL LS 3 SOCKET IC toeCONT DIP SLDReTERMS ICeCIGITAL 5 74 81928 TTL LS DECO K b P See introduction to this section for ordering information Model 8620C Reference Designation Table 6 2 Replaceable Parts HP Part e Mfr Code Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number 709 1820 0174 IC eDIGITAL 8 7 TTL 1 7404 1200 0506 SOCKET IC 14 DIP SLOR TFERMS 1 143 53 705 185
169. S ee rds er VR glass LOG logrithmic taper auxiliarv 5 GND groundt ed used in parts list T o aes long qos EU degree plane H henry lg 2 2 uw ES logrithm ic AWG Amencan wire angle hour LPP 222 low pass filter gauge S degree Celsius HET heterodyne EM uuu gu 8 low voltage B uuum 484 balance centigrade HEX 3 hexagonal Ti uses meter distance BCD binary coded F degree Fahrenheit HI ula EEG head LA qx milliampere decimal Eo degree Kelvin HDW hard ware MAX maximum BD board DEPC deposited carbon HF high frequency M megohm BECU 22s bervilium DET 7 3 4 detector HG ou viai mercury MEG meg 109 used copper diam l i diameter HI admi See high in parts list BFO beat frequencv DIA diameter used in HP Hewlett Packard MET metal film oscillator parts hist HPF high pass filter OX metallic oxide BH binder head DIFF AMPL differential HR hour used in MF medium frequency BKDN breakdown amplifier parts hst microfarad used in BP 22522 555 bandpass 2 ac EH US division HV high voltage parts list BPF bandpass filter DPDT double pole PY Hertz manufacturer BRS u i brass double throw untegr
170. Set 8620C rear panel DISPLAY BLANKING OFF switch to DISPLAY BLAN KING j Oscilloscope display should be similar to typical display shown in Figure 4 9 4 9 Performance Tests Model 8620C PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 14 BLANKING OUTPUTS TEST Cont d Figure 4 7 Typical Display Figure 4 6 Typical Display with No Blanking with RF Blanking Figure 4 9 Typical Display with Display Blanking SWEEP RF OSCILLATOR PLUG IN OSCILLOSCOPE r u Esa CHANNEL 8 INPUT CHANNEL A INPUT Z AXIS NEGATIVE BLANKING REAR PANEL REAR PANEL Figure 4 10 Negative and Positive Blanking Test Setup EQUIPMENT Sweep Oscillator 8620C Oscilloscope Variable Persistence 181A 1801A 1820C Negative and Positive Blanking k Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 10 Verify oscilloscope Channel B con nected to NEGATIVE BLANKING on 8620C rear panel U U U U U UL LUUUUUULLULIIIIIIIU M 4 10 Model 8620C Performance Tests PERFORMANCE TESTS SUULLA 4 14 BLANKING OUTPUTS TEST Cont d Set 8620C rear panel DISPLAY BLANKING OFF switch to DISPLAY BLANKING m Press FULL SWEEP pushbutton n Adjust oscilloscope to display waveforms as shown in Figure 4 11 o Connect oscilloscope Channel B to 8620C rear panel Z AXIS MKR PEN LIFT c
171. T 388V 9 CRI4 x x SEENOTT2 TRIG 10K JUMPER t 47 162 ms 6 2V i 0 6V ONE SHOT P 5V R68 RO 9090 16 2 1 13 3K 1620 i i l 1 i I i i i i 1 i eee s 6 F SH 2 5V 5V TRIGGER __ Te CIRCUIT 14 5110 Service NOTES 1 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED ADD ASSEMBLY NUMBER TO ABBREVIATION FOR COMPLETE DESCRIPTION z NEGATIVE 2 5 BLANKING TRE eS 2 TRIG POSITION NORMAL CONNECTION STP POSITION 45V AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE APPLICATION 017 ALI MOTHER BOARD 3 FACTORY SELECTED COMPONENT 5 1853 0050 AVERAGE VALUE SHOWN 5110 RR 13 3K V i 000 Ww VR6 5110 tid C6 RM i 0 v 1960 6 1 amp 2 ms 4 AN Ld d 5V ME NEGATIVE I BLANKING i I le V i TREE ME I DISPLAY BLANKING L3 i se Xe CLAMPED RAMP u 21 VOLTAGE 1 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN OUTLINED B IKAI ASSEMBLIES ARE ABBREVIATED FULL DESIGNATION IN OTTOM VIEW CLUDES ASSEMBLY NUMBER RI OF ASSEMBLY 1 AIRI DESIGNATIONS OF
172. T V F10 3 E 510 1 1 1 I 520 NEXT N 530 NEXT I 540 REM POWER CHECK 550 PRINT DISCONNECT FREQUENCY COUNTER LIN2 560 PRINT ZERO AND CALIBRATE THE 436A amp CONNECT IT TO THE MS LIN3 570 INPUT BS 580 CMD 206 590 OUTPUT 13 600 B1 V1 0 001 600 FORMAT B F1000 0 V F10 3 E 610 G 1 sV1 0 001 620 FOR 2 1 TO 50 630 DISP LEVELED POWER CHECK 640 WAIT 300 650 K J 660 CMD U pT 670 CMD 5 680 ENTER 13 690 w J 690 FORMAT 4X E12 2 700 G K 1 52G K V2 V1 0 001 50 710 IF 1 lt V2 0 001 THEN 730 720 G K 1 V2 0 001 730 CMD 205 740 OUTPUT 13 500 G K 1 750 NEXT J 760 H W 1 770 Lsw 1 780 FOR 2 TO 50 790 IF W J lt H THEN 810 800 9 810 IF W J gt L THEN 830 820 3 830 840 REM TEST RECORD FREQUENCY CHECK 850 PRINT WHAT IS THE MS SERIAL 860 INPUT AS 870 PRINT WHAT IS THE 8620C SERIAL NUMBER LIN3 880 INPUT BS 890 PRINT ENTER TODAY S DATE LIN3 900 INPUT DS 910 WRITE 15 920 920 FORMAT 80 930 PRINT DATE DS LIN2 4 32 _ Model 940 950 960 970 980 990 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050 1060 1070 1080 1085 1090 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 1300 1310 1320 1330 1340 1350 1355 1360 1370 1380 1390 1400 1410 8620C PRINT PRINT PRINT PRINT PRINT PRINT
173. TE 2 VARY 2 ENABLE BANE LAT IM Figure 8 4 MOTHER BAND 7 TURN ON BAND 2 TURN ON 83 BAND gt TURN ON BF BAND 2 TURN IBRO O 74 V s RF SWITCH POSITION COIL DRIVE ic ARE SWITCH POSITIONR COM DRIVE Figure 8 K4XL s BAMA This manual is provided FREE OF CHARGE from the BoatAnchor Manual Archive as a service to the Boatanchor community It was uploaded by someone who wanted to help you repair and maintain your equipment lf you paid anyone other than BAMA for this manual you paid someone who is making a profit from the free labor of others without asking their permission You may pass on copies of this manual to anyone who needs it But do it without charge Thousands of files are available without charge from BAMA Visit us at http bama sbc edu
174. TPUT Figure 4 1 CW Vernier Test Setup EQUIPMENT Sweep Oscillator HP 8620C Frequency Counter HP 5340A 10 dB Attenuator 84918 Option 010 Model 8620C Performance Tests PERFORMANCE TESTS M M 4 10 CW VERNIER TEST Cont d PROCEDURE a b Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 1 Press CW and CW VERNIER pushbuttons Set CW frequency control to center scale mark and CW VERNIER Multiplier to X1 Set CW VERNIER pointer to center scale mark Record frequency counter indication for use later Set CW VERNIER pointer to left edge scale mark Frequency indication should be lower than that recorded in step a by 5 0 3 of full frequency bandwidth Set CW VERNIER pointer to right edge scale mark Frequency indication should be higher than that recorded in step a by 5 0 3 of full frequency bandwidth Set CW VERNIER Multiplier to X 1 Set CW VERNIER pointer to center scale mark and record frequency indication for use later Set CW VERNIER pointer to left edge scale mark Frequency should be lower than that recorded in step d by 0 5 0 05 of full frequency range Set CW VERNIER pointer to right edge scale mark Frequency should be higher than that recorded in step d by 0 5 0 05 of full frequency range 4 11 AF SWEEP TEST SPECIFICATION AF Sweep Sweeps upward in frequency center
175. TTP3 5 40 5 GND 5 2 A4 b A4 GND A4 19 4 A2TP6 2 5 A2TP4 A2TP3 1 2 _ w A1TP12 AITP10 A1TP8 A1TP4 1 11 AITPS A1TP7 A1TP5 A1TP3 Figure 5 6 Location of Test Points Adjustments OFFSET ACR1 FAN SPEED OPT 001 A7R10 BAL A7R35 1 kHz A7R27 ADJ 40 REF 589 A6R2 20 001 AAR5 ADJ 10 M A5R12 A2R26 ADJ 5 P A4R32 A2R35 J S A2R49 A2R44 F A2R55 D A2R46 U A2R29 4 f t 0 66 A2R22 A2R21 A2R57 A2R42 N H A2R27 u 2 R50 K A2R25 y a 4 A2R41 OFFSET RANGE SWP RET 4 A1R35 A1R12 1 11 A1R10 Figure 5 7 Location of Adjustments 5 15 5 16 Model 8620C Replaceable Parts SECTION VI REPLACEABLE PARTS 6 1 INTRODUCTION 6 2 This section contains information for order ing parts Table 6 1 lists abbreviations used in the parts list and throughout the manual Table 6 2 lists all replaceable parts in reference designator order Table 6 3 contains names and addresses that correspond to the manufacturer s code numbers 6 3 ABBREVIATIONS 6 4 Table 6 1 lists abbreviations used in the parts list schematics and throughout the manual some cases two forms of the abbreviation are given one uses all capital letters and one partial or no capitals This occurs because the abbreviations in the parts list are always in capital
176. Table 3 7 Remote Programming Using 8620C Option 001 1 of 2 Programming Connector Input Commands and Output Signals Input Commands or Input Commands or Output Signals Output Signals l BCD8 8 Volts Sequential Sync 2 BCD4 4 Volts Frequency Marker Outputs 3 BCD2 2 Volts Voltage External Sweep 4 BCD1 1 Volt Units AF Mode Select W p n TA Pu Select 7 BCD2 0 2 Volt Tenths MARKER SWEEP Mode Select 8 BCD1 0 1 Volt Inputs BCD2 0 002 Volt Inputs 9 BCD8 0 08 Volt Frequency Stop Sweep Pulse oe 0 04 Volt Voltage BCD4 0 004 Volt BCD2 0 02 Volt 40 dB BCD1 0 01 Volt 20 dB RF Attenuation Band Select 10 dB Band Select Remote D A Enable Remote Band Enable Input RF Blanking Output Pen Lift Common ned Remote Attn Enable Z Axis Mkr Pen Lift J BCD8 0 008 Volt Inputs BCD1 0 001 Volt Input Ground 20V Outputs 10 Outputs 5V 40V Pins not shown are unused in this application NOTES 8620C Option 001 digital to analog converter is required to accept frequency control signals from J2 pins 1 thru 12 18 33 35 and 42 8621A B Option 010 programmable 70 dB attenuator is required to accept RF attenua tion control signals from J2 pins 36 thru 38 Band Select Programming Remote Band Select J2 Pin 39 3 15 Operation Model 8620C Table 3 7 Remote Programming U
177. Table 6 1 Reference Designations and Abbreviations 1 of 2 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS TC assembly E cp ts miscellaneous P electrical connector U antegrated circuit AT attenuator isolator electrical part movable portion muicerocircutt termination Pu Ero dtr as he Een fuse plug electron tube Bou Ser bos fan motor filter ase tga transistor SCR VR voltage regulator Br battery H hardware triode thy ristor breakdown diode e cho circulator Reo seer resistor W cable transmission CP coupler J electrical connector RT bw thermistor path wire CI uix diode diode stationary portion Mp URN switch ANE socket thynristor varactor yack a ux ad Rode ane transformer Y crystal unit piezo DC directional coupier TE uus terminal board electric quarts DL delay line Mog NS relay uos thermocouple Z tuned cavity tuned DS annunciator n coil inductor TM test point circuit signaling device 5 meter audible or visual MP miscellaneous lamp LED mechanical part ABBREVIATIONS Bae eek m ts ampere COEF coefficient EDP electronic data INT uoce eats internal ac ahernating current COM common processing G Pus won kilogram ACCESS accessorv COMP c
178. UT 15 1310 PRINT Lin 3 PRINT MAX POWER H MIN POWER L VARIATION H L LIN2 WRITE 15 920 PRINT LINS FORMAT 2B OUTPUT 13 1480 1024 768 PRINT DO YOU WISH TO CHECK ANOTHER PLUG IN 8620C LINS INPUT AS IF AS 1 1 2 N THEN 1540 LINK 0 10 PRINT DO YOU WISH TO CHECK ANOTHER MS LIN3 INPUT AS IF 5 1 THEN 1580 GOTO 60 END Model 8620C Adjustments SECTION V ADJUSTMENTS 5 1 INTRODUCTION 5 2 This section provides adjustment procedures for the Model 8620C Sweep Oscillator mainframe These procedures should not be performed as a routine maintenance procedure but should be used after replacement of a part or component or when the performance test shows that the specifications of Table 1 1 cannot be met Table 5 1 lists the ad justment controls and their functions and also the paragraph number of the adjustment procedure for each 5 3 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 5 4 Table 1 4 lists the equipment required for the adjustment procedure If the test equipment recommended is not available other equipment may be used if its performance meets the Critical Specifications listed in the table 5 5 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 5 6 Although this instrument has been designed in accordance with international safety standards this manual contains information cautions and warnings which should be followed to ensure safe operation and to retain the instrument in safe condition see Sect
179. WEEP CORRECT dsdeexn 8 PRINT LIN 2 PRINT TAB21 CW CHECK PRINT LIW 2 WAIT 1000 CMD U amp M3 7 5 0 005 DISP MID BAND GOSUb 1560 PRIN L TABl5 kkx k kkkkdkkkk CW CORRECI kk ockock cock ck oko x ko ko ko ox UU 9 PRINT LIN 2 PRINT TAB21 DELTA F CHECK PRINT LIwN 2 WAIT 1000 u amp B2v0OE 8 4 5 0 01 DISE LOW Enp GOSUB 1560 CMD u amp M2V 00UE 10 B 8 M 5 5 Model 8620C 1460 1470 1480 1490 1500 1510 1520 1530 1540 1550 1560 1570 1580 1590 1600 1610 1920 1630 lo40 1650 1660 1670 1680 Performance Tests FILE 2 4 of 7 0 01 DISP HIGH END GOSUB 1560 PRIN TABl5 x k DELTA F CORRECT C 11 V PRINT LIN 2 CMD 2096 QuTPUT 13 1680 1024 768 GOTu 2080 Rem VULTiiETELK MEASUREMENT 5 COMPARISUN lr J TnEw 1020 CMD 206 M3R3SFULLE CMb 2v5 13 1600 v 4X E12 0 1650 PRINT TAb21l INPUT DVM READING PRINT LIN 2 NPUT V A ABS ABS M IF AXE THiw 1710 CMD 206 FORMAT 2B OUTPUT 13 1680 1024 768 B 1720 1780 1830 1880 1930 2150 2340 2440 RETURN REM ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES REM 20 voL ADJUST PRINTY SPAlU ADJUST 20 VOLT ADJUST 4 5 FOR 20VDC LINI PRINT 10 OR 0 006VDC ON DVM LIN3 INPUT BS 410 REM 40 vuLT ADJuST PRINT SPAlU ADJUST 4U VOLT ADJUST 5 FOR
180. WP MOD i MOLE SELEC MODE LATCH ENABLE GNO CWE MOOFE SELELT START MARKEE REF MARKEE REF x x STOP REF 50 x po UHB EEMOTE MARKEE ENABLE 5 7820 7 6 MARKER ENABLE I I I I 1 I I I _ P D A TUNING VOLT REMOTE DJA ENABLE 1 DIGITAL RAMP ENABLE 22 1 lt lt TUNING VOLTAGE lt 22 lt OV lt e C n K TZ0V P 7 Sce HDI x SWEEP RAMP SERIAL PREFIX 1 76 5 0 7 ASSEMBLY CBL LTS fM MODE SELECT LELER Sv p p Ul 8 0 i GOV s P p 7820 1197 BSA 82 0 97 zd e V 5V de OF 0 2A A3 A a 25 3 6K iid e7 279 0 Z N Y 9 2 x bid 8 7 H lt E 782 2 002 22 e t i T OK 2 6 202 1255 0020 2 222 E 29 2 826 0026 gt cs MM MARKER TRIGGER 20V 20 AUS em 2947 y 28 7K 28 7K UHE 13 1820 1416 26 f 26 k Q5 Q Ril Rid B54 68 K 1854 OF OF og K R2 40V 40v P 6V 57 56 2 6 R32 45V 5 m x 1854 0404 V 78270 lt ERIRL PREFIX IUGR cf Te GENERATOR
181. a sa REAR Figure 3 8 AF Sweep Mode 1 of 2 3 27 Operation Model 8620C AF SWEEP MODE 1 Connect sweep oscillator as shown in Figure 3 4 test setup 9 Set 8620C controls as follows BAND Depress to select desired frequency band CW MARKER pointer TTE Selected AF center frequency AF control o IEEE Fully clockwise MODE AUTO TRIGGER QD nip ERE INT TIMESECONDS 1 01 TIME SECONDS Vernier Fully clockwise 1 kHz SQ WV OFF Rear Panel Q9 2 OFF RF BLANKING OFF Rear Panel OFF DISPLAY BLANKING OFF Rear Panel B DISPLAY BLANKING 3 Press LINE pushbutton switch to turn on instrument LINE and FULL SWEEP buttons should light 4 Set controls on RF plug in to obtain an RF signal output 5 Press AF pushbutton switch CW pushbuttons should light 6 CW MARKER control sets center frequency of sweep START MARKER amp and STOP MARKER o controls adjust position of markers 7 Set control abd AF multiplier slide switch below AF control for selected deviation from center frequency Trace on oscilloscope should display across the swept band 8 Band may be swept manually by setting MODE switch to MANUAL adjusting MANUAL control through its range No markers are available in MANUAL mode 9 Select SINGLE sweep a
182. active listeners are ready for data b After NRFD has gone high the talker places a data byte on the eight data lines by setting the Data Valid DAV line low c After DAV has gone low the 8620C pulls NRFD low accepts the data and lets the Data Accepted NDAC line go high Again all listeners are logically ANDed and NDAC does not go high until all listeners have ac cepted the data d After the NDAC line has gone high the talker can let DAV go high again and take the data off the lines When DAV goes high the lis teners set NDAC back to low and the se quence is ready to repeat with Step a NOTE Data is transferred asynchronously as fast as the slowest active device on the bus Model 8620C General Information Table 1 2 Recommended Test Equipment Instrument Critical Specifications Recommended Model Oscilloscope Variable persistence Dual trace 20 MHz HP 181A 1801A 1820C minimum bandwidth 5 mV Div sensibility and 1 uS Div horizontal sweep rate 10 1 probe and 1 1 probe Digital Multimeter Accuracy 0 004 Input Impedance 10 MQ minimum HP 3490A Frequency Range As required by RF Plug In HP 5340A Power Meter Frequency Range As required by RF Plug In Power Range 20 dBm to 20dBm HP 436A Power Sensor Frequency Range As required by RF Plug In Power Up to 100 mW HP 8481A Pulse Generator Amplitud
183. adjusting the CW MARKER control Pressing the CW VERNIER control provides a vernier function for precise frequency adjustment around the CW setting 1 28 OPTIONS 1 29 Option 001 provides remote programming of mode band and frequency The frequency may be selected at 10 000 points through each band by a 16 line BCD input 1 30 Option 011 provides the HP IB capability for remote programming It provides remote pro gramming of mode band frequency and a remote marker Frequency may be selected at 10 000 points through each band 1 31 maximum utility in automatic systems the 8620C is programmable through a rear panel fifity pin connector Frequency can be digitally programmed for 10 000 points across each band with the addition of one of the optional plug in printed circuit boards 1 32 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED 1 33 Figure 1 1 shows the HP Model 8620C Sweep Oscillator mainframe and accessories sup plied The accessories consist of a 0 10V Calibra tion scale HP Part No 08620 00021 a power cable see Figure 2 2 for HP Part Number and the acces sory kit HP Part No 08620 60123 The power cable is described in Section II Installation 1 34 The A12 HP IB Interface Assembly 08620 60118 HP IB connector adapter 08620 60130 and HP IB interconnect cable 10631B are supplied for the 8620C Option 011 See Figure 1 3 The A6 BCD Programming Assembly 08620 60116 is supplied for Option 001 See Figure 1 2
184. age on the base of Q1 to go more positive This turns Q1 on harder reducing the voltage drop across it and increasing the voltage applied to the fan stators The increased current through the stators speeds up the fan The opposite holds true if the fan should operate at an increased rate of speed A12 Interface Assembly Option 011 SERVICE SHEET 9 SERVICE SHEET 10 A7 OPERATIONS CONTROL ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION General The A7 Operations Control Assembly contains the Band Decoder circuitry which provides the drive to the RF Plug In to select the proper band The Band Decoder consists of the Band Data Buffer U3 Band Data Multiplexer U1 and a 1 of 4 decoder U2 The Fan Driver Speed Control and failure warning circuits are also located on the A7 Assembly In addition the 1 kHz Square Wave Oscillator for Internal AM Modu lation and the RF Switch Position drivers for use in the 8621A B RF Section are located on the A7 Assembly Band Decoder The BAND DECODER can have either remote or local inputs depending on the logic state of U3 Pin 10 When 03 Pin 10 is high the Band Data Multiplexer 01 receives data from band switches SZ and S3 These switches provide a two line binary code This code is applied to 02 a one of four binary de coder The selected output of U2 will go low and be inverted by U4A B C or D and then be routed to the RF Plug in to turn on the appropriate band When remote band selection
185. ands or Output Signals Output Signals Band Select Inputs Pen Lift Common Band Select Z Axis Mkr Pen Lift 20V Outputs 5V Sequential Sync Marker External Sweep AF Made Select Inputs CW Mode Select Full Sweep Select NOTE Pins not shown are unused in this application Marker Sweep Select Stop Sweep Pulse 40 dB Inputs 20 dB ATTN 10 dB Remote Band Enable RF Blanking Output Remote Attn Enable Input Ground 10V Outputs 40V 8621A B Option 010 programmable 70 dB attenuator is required to accept RF attenuation control signals from J2 pins 36 through 38 RF Output Attenuation Programming 20 dB line J2 Pin 37 40 dB line J2 Pin 36 10 dB line J2 Pin 38 REMOTE ATTN SELECT RF Output Attenuation J2 Pin 41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Operation Model 8620C Table 3 6 Remote Programming Using Standard 8620C 2 of 2 Band Select Programming B Band J2 Pin 14 X X Remote Band Select J2 Pin 39 Manual Remote Mode Programming 0 FULL SWEEP MARKER SWEEP CW AF NOTE Each mode is selected by a momentary or steady state closure to ground 0 1 indicates no closure to ground Ground is pin J2 43 NOTES 1 Open or gt 2 0 Vdc 0 Closure to ground pin J2 43 or 0 8 Vdc 3 14 Model 8620C Operation
186. aph 4 18 Step 1 Change instructions in step a as follows mark 2 e e 52 wank CLC MARK 9 00000 MARK oto A is oO o o a eee 2 2 ey A M In step e change last part of first line to read press 2 A c wv mW D X X Page 4 18 Paragraph 4 18 Change step to read When lazy T appears on the calculator display the program Page 8 17 Figure 8 13 Change Pin 16 at J2 W2P2 connection to Pin 19 NOTE Manual change supplements are revised as often as necessary to keep manuals as current and accurate as possible Hewlett Packard recommends that you periodically request the latest edition of this supplement Free copies are available from all HP offices When requesting copies quote the manual identification information from your supplement or the model number and print date from the title page of the manual 5 DECEMBER 1977 HEWLETT PACKARD 2 Pages Printed in U S A 18620 90093 Model 86 0 ERRATA Cont d age 8 21 Figure 8 17 Add jumper connection between R47 and R48 Add note as follows This jumper is installed in Option 001 and 011 instruments only Delete C4 8 23 Figure 8 19 Delete Note 2 age 8 25 Figure 8 21 Delete Note 2 age 8 31 Figure 8 28 Add supply voltage to the top of Q18 5V age 8 33 Figure 8 30 Delete Note 1
187. ated circuit HE uiv uw milligram BWwO backward wave DR oo xk 2 ages drive ID cedas inside diameter MHz megahertz oscillator DSB double sideband ERES 6x intermediate millihenry Ck be d ie etek calibrate DTI diode transistor frequency mho mho eewo o counter clockwise logic IMPG impregnated MIN nk as minimum CER luxus ceramic DVM digital voltmeter d uG 5439s inch min minute time CHAN 222 841 channel ECL emitter coupled INCD incandescent minute plane CMD uc sodes vos centimeter logic INCL i93 include s angle CMO cabinet mount only EMF electromotive force INP input MINAT miniature COAN uda coaxial INS ue Se ee insulation mm millimeter NOTE All abbreviations in the parts list will be in upper case T gt Model 8620C Table 6 1 Reference Designations and Abbreviations 2 of 2 MOD modulator MOM momentary MOS metal oxide semiconductor ms millisecond ni mounting meter indicating device mV QS at millivolt mVac millivolt ac mVdc millivolt dc mVpk millivolt peak mV millivolt peak to peak mVrms millivolt rms mW milliwatt MUX multiplex MY S S SB ast Santa a mylar microampere microfarad HH niuis microhenry imho micromho 5542 microsecond MV microvolt MVac
188. ation is applied to the buf fers from the J2 Programming connector The D A Converter then changes this information into an analog voltage which is applied to the input of the A2 Frequency Control Assembly Band Switching information is applied directly to the A7 Operations Control Assembly Band Buffer decoder Mode Switching information from 42 is applied to the A3 Logic Assembly for use by the Mode Select Decoder Remote Programming Programming connector J2 description is shown in Table 2 along with the programming codes needed to control the 8620C Figure 0 0 is a 50 Pin D A Programming board which can be used to remotely program the 8620C without need of a computer or calculator Band switching and tuning voltage can be programmed with this board by means of the switches installed on it This board can be a very useful troubleshooting tool Model 8620C A6 D A VOLTS GND MP3 MP1 10V 9 OFFSET MP2 MP4 ZDA2735 4 DIGIT BCD DAC of lt x lt lt md P N 0960 0447 P 7 4 Nee OR 1 ur AE weet p AT MT 1282 SEF gt 5 Figure 8 22 A6 BCD Programming Assembly Component Locations Option 001 5 LOGIC ASSY Ale BED 6 ASSEMBLY OPTIA 222 UFB 1822 0663 228 1829 066 1 yo
189. capability of 100 kHz from 7 0 9 0 GHz in modes M2 and M4 3 30 Often it is desirable to be able to view a dynamic swept display especially during set up and fine tuning of a device prior to final test or as a quick preview to insure no gross discontinuities exist Modes M5 M6 and 8 allow this flexibility Mode M5 produces an analog sweep of the full band selected Sweep speed sweep mode and trigger are all determined by 8620C front panel controls Similarly modes M6 and 8 produce analog AF and MARKER SWEEP as determined by appropriate front panel control settings In these three modes mainframe markers or a digi tally programmed marker are available 9 31 The capability to place the sweeper in mainframe controlled CW mode is provided in modes M3 and M7 This allows the operator to manually set CW frequencies or with a counter to accurately set the center frequency for AF modes 3 32 If no mode is programmed the sweeper retains its most recent mode At the initial turn on of the sweeper it is in mode M5 3 33 BAND PROGRAMMING 3 34 of the four bands of the 8620C Option 011 may be selected externally via the HP IB 3 7 Operation Bands 1 through 4 are designated simply by the ASCII characters 1 through B4 In addition band selection control may be returned to the 8620C front panel lever by programming At turn on the sweeper is in As with Mode programming the sw
190. cified power cord is used The instrument is provided with a 3 wire power cord which grounds the instrument cabinet This power cord should only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact This protection should not be negated by using an extension cord power cable without a protective grounding conductor Grounding one conductor of a two conductor outlet is not sufficient protection WARNING Any interruption of the protective grounding conductor inside or out side the instrument or disconnection of the protective earth terminal could make this instrument dangerous Whenever it is suspected that this protection has been impaired the instrument should be made inoperative and secured against any unintended operation BEFORE SWITCHING THE INSTRU MENT ON ensure that all ac line pow ered devices connected to the instru ment are connected to the protective earth ground CAUTION BEFORE APPLYING POWER make sure the ac input is set for the available ac line voltage that the correct fuse is installed and that all normal safety precautions have been taken 3 1 Operation Model 8620C FRONT PANEL FEATURES 86204 OSCid ATOR START MARKER Contro R2 and FULL SWEEP Pushbutton Switch 54 Pressing pushbutton switch selects FULL SWEEP mode and FULL SWEEP lamp DS1 lights Sweep covers full band of fre quencies of scale from low to high frequency Green START MARKER letteri
191. cillator HP 8620C Oscilloscope Variable Persistence HP 181A 1801A 1820C PROCEDURE a Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 13 b Press FULL SWEEP pushbutton Set sweep MODE switch to AUTO TIME SECONDS switch to 1 01 and TIME _ SECONDS Vernier fully clockwise d Set TRIGGER switch to EXT Adjust pulse generator for 2 volt positive pulse pulse width of 0 5 us and repetition rate of 1 MHz e Oscilloscope should display a continuous recurring trace f Disconnect EXT TRIGGER Set TIME SECONDS to 10 1 Set TRIGGER switch to SINGLE momentarily then release A single sweep should occur 4 16 FREQUENCY MARKERS TEST SPECIFICATION Frequency Markers Three constant width frequency markers are fully calibrated and independently adjustable over the entire range in FULL SWEEP the markers are con trolled by the START MARKER STOP MARKER and CW MARKER controls In AF Sweep Start and Stop Markers are available MARKER SWEEP the CW Marker is available Front panel switch provides for the selection of either amplitude or intens ity markers amplitude modulating the RF output or Z axis modulating the CRT display DESCRIPTION Frequency markers are checked by displaying detected RF output on oscilloscope first with amplitude markers then intensity markers 4 12 Model 8620C Performance Tests PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 16 FREQUENCY MARKERS TEST Cont d OSCILLOSCOPE Z AXIS REAR PANEL
192. cord ing to the front panel frequency settings This option provides a flexible digital frequency pro gramming with a resolution of 10 000 points per band or 10 000 points across the frequency range set by the front panel controls With this opera tion a programmable digital marker is available 3 19 Manual Remote Programming 3 20 manual remote control system may be used where repetitive operations are performed The standard 8620C without Options contains remote control circuits to select operating mode and frequency range This mode can be calculator or computer controlled 3 21 HP IB REMOTE PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS NOTE Examples in this section are written using the HP Model 9830A Calculator with HP Model 59405A Option 030 HP IB Calculator interface 3 6 Model 8620C 3 22 The 8620C Option 011 sweeper is a remote programmable instrument designed for use in sys tems that interface with the HP IB The front panel sweep modes that are programmable include FULL SWEEP AF SWEEP CW and MARKER SWEEP Control voltages from a remote control source tune the frequency in FULL SWEEP AF SWEEP and MARKER SWEEP modes Also a remote control voltage tunes a remote marker in Local operation The selection of bands 1 through 4 is programmable and one code is available to place the 8620C in Local band control 3 23 Interface Modes of Operation 3 24 The HP IB uses two modes to communicate between instruments Comman
193. cuit and the penlift drive and current limiting circuits The circuits involved in supplying these voltages are described in the following paragraphs Figure 8 10 is a simplified block diagram of the Al assembly showing its functions Ramp Generator The sweep ramp generator consists of the Sweep Ramp F F Current Source Integrator and upper and lower ramp comparators The output of the sweep ramp generator at integrator U1 is applied to the inputs of operational ampli fiers U11B and U11A the upper and lower ramp comparators When the ramp voltage at U11B pin 6 exceeds the dc voltage at U11B pin 5 62V dc the upper ramp limit is reached and U11B output goes negative The result ant negative going pulse 4 5V to OV from U11B sets sweep ramp flip flop U3B When U3B changes states it reverses the feedback input voltage applied to U2 which then supplies a 5 volts to Pin 3 of Current Source U4 This changes the direction of the ramp starting from the upper limit of 6 2 Vdc and going toward the lower limit of 0 6 Vdc Current Source U4 applies current to the feedback capacitor selected by the TIME SECONDS switch A9S3 and connected across Integrating Amplifier 01 When the ramp voltage at U11A pin 3 becomes more negative than U11A pin 2 0 6 Vdc the lower ramp limit is reached and U11A output goes negative The resultant negative going pulse 4 5 to OV from U114A clears sweep ramp flip flop U3B When U3B changes state it again re
194. cy end of scale in FULL SWEEP Sets Stop Marker position at high frequency end of scale in FULL SWEEP Sets Start Marker position at low frequency end of scale in FULL SWEEP Sets Start Marker position at high frequency end of scale in FULL SWEEP Sets Start Marker frequency at low end of scale in MARK ER SWEEP Sets Start Marker frequency at high end of scale in MARK ER SWEEP Sets Stop Marker frequency at low end of scale in MARK ER SWEEP Sets Stop Marker frequency at high end of scale in MARK ER SWEEP Sets CW Marker position at low frequency end of scale in FULL SWEEP Sets CW Marker position at high frequency end of scale in FULL SWEEP A2R35 5 20 STOP MARK HI A2R41 5 20 START MARK LO A2R27 5 20 START MARK HI A2R55 5 21 START FREQ LO A2R26 5 2 START FREQ HI A2R25 5 21 STOP FREQ LO A2R36 5 21 STOP FREQ HI A2R43 5 22 CW MARK LO A2R33 5 22 CW MARK HI A2R50 5 22 CW FREQ LO Sets CW frequency at low end of scale A2R29 5 22 CW FREQ HI Sets CW frequency at high end of scale 2 57 5 23 CWV CAL Calibrates CW VERNIER control A2R46 5 24 AF OFFSET Adjusts AF offset amplifier symmetry A2R49 5 24 AF SYM Adjusts AF symmetry A2R42 5 24 AF AMPLITUDE Adjusts AF amplitude Option 001 Only 6 1 5 25 OFFSET DAC OV Adjusts for 0 at low frequency end A6R2 5 25 REF DAC 10V Adjusts for 10 Vdc at
195. d Mode and Data Mode During Command Mode the system con troller addresses the instrument to be programmed The ASCII 4 character is the example address for the 8620C used in this manual Refer to paragraph 3 61 During Data Mode codes are sent that are instructions for the instrument ad dressed to listen In Data Mode there are no spe cific code assignments but devices communicating must agree on the meaning of the codes used 3 25 The structure for a typical system control ler statement would be CMD U amp DATA Where 27 is the universal ASCII unlisten com mand to re initialize the bus U is the calculator talk address and 6 is the sweeper listen address The data string follows the address mode Quota tion marks are needed to obtain the keyboard alpha characters and the comma separates the address string from the data or instruction string The U preceding the 8620C listen address 4 clears the previously addressed instruments and re addresses the calculator as a talker complete summary of the programming codes is in Table 3 4 3 26 Mode Selection 3 27 The HP Model 8620C Option 011 allows several modes of digital and analog frequency control via the HP IB These modes are summar ized in Table 3 1 3 28 In Mode the output frequency is totaly independent of front panel control settings and offers 10 000 points of frequency resolution per band for fine frequency selectio
196. d o 2 Qi 4 ees E 102 Qe Oc Q gt 820 198 EL Fui SWEEP RBE s d Bo MN CK a SWEEP M m 4 2 PM i TE 5 juae e E W MSOF N s 4 LE H B H i H 4 T _ lt 45V 3 0 0 SWEEP 4 75 2 9 NC De Qe 1 Saa NC Q als NC Ds b 4 as Bl e G P LATCH REMOTE V 423 2 BINARY Z SEE 22416 REMOTE 5 VARY 2 c 5 Ww fy beers P 17 E 2 L REMOTE CBAC EUABLE v REMOTE BAND BAND DECOUVER Service AI MOTHER BOARD B SC MEE IEEE OLG CL c am PROGRAMMING Ez 47 2 fee ee 717 i c BANC SELECT I 5 x i I i 4 3 gt 2 amp Ent SELECT F 9 e x 37 REMSTE BAND EMAELE gt G08 a gr sd 2 ui 93 3 X lt Fun AVP SEL 1 1 i ig 4 I d OF MODE SELECT x CET 4 82 CW MODE SELECT gt i M NEZ D 635 MA 425 MARKER SWP N oo REFERENCE i5 M An i cr w
197. destruction of part or all of the equipment Do not proceed beyond a CAUTION sign until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met CAUTION Table 1 1 Specifications 1 of 2 SPECIFICATIONS 8620C SWEEP OSCILLATOR with RF Section or RF Plug in installed FREQUENCY Frequency Range Determined by band select lever and RF Plug in installed Frequency Linearity Refer to RF unit specifications SWEEP FUNCTIONS FULL Sweep Sweeps the full band as determined by plug in and band select lever MARKER Sweep Sweeps from START MARKER to STOP MARKER frequency settings Range Both settings continuously and independent ly adjustable over the entire frequency range can be set to sweep either up or down in frequency End point Accuracy Refer to RF unit specifications same as frequency accuracy AF Sweep Sweeps symmetrically upward in frequency centered on CW setting SW Vernier can be activated for fine control of center frequency Width Continuously adjustable and calibrated from zero to 1 zero to 10 or zero to 100 of usable frequency band as selected with front panel switch Scale calibrated directly in MHz Width Accuracy 1 of maximum AF plus 2 of AF being swept Center Frequency Accuracy Refer to RF unit specifications same as frequency accuracy 1 4 Frequency Markers Three constant width frequency markers are fully calibrated and independently adjustable over the entire range of FULL
198. dicated by the absence of a negation o symbol Active low inputs and outputs are indicated by the presence of a negation symbol Edge sensitive inputs are indicated by the presence of a dynamic input symbol gt ACTIVE 27 A ACTIVE PERIOD y ACTIVE HIGH m A CT fV E L O ee EDGE SENSITIVE Figure 8 8 IC Logic Symbol Configuration Details 8 12 Model 8620C SERVICE SHEET 1 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF 8620C SWEEP OSCILLATOR The Functional Block Diagram of the 8620C Sweep Oscillator is shown in Figure 8 9 The fol lowing concerns the functional operation of the sweep oscillator in the local mode The remote mode of operation is covered in detail in Service Sheets 6 and 6A In the AUTO mode of operation the Ramp Gener ator on Al assembly outputs a triangular ramp voltage from 0 6V to 6 2V The SWEEP time is set by the TIME SECONDS switch on the front panel The ramp voltage is clamped at OV and 6 0V by the Clamper Circuit and applied to the A2 Frequency Control Assembly The Ramp Amp lifier provides ramp voltages to the A2 assembly offset amplifiers and the Sweep Voltage Select Cir cuit in the A3 Logic Assembly The sweep mode of operation selected FULL MARKER or AF and the resulting relays energized determines the ramp voltages applied to the Summing Amplifier The output of the Summing Amplifier becomes the Tuning Voltage for the oscillator module in the RF Section The Tuni
199. duction 5 oue Eu es 1 3 2 46 Packaging tr 2 9 1 6 Specifications 1 3 1 8 Safety Considerations 1 3 JI OPERATION US aseton 9 1 1 9 General HE E UU Sedo 1 3 31 Introduction c atas as 9 mn 3 1 1 11 Gately 1 3 3 8 Panel Features 3 1 1 12 Instruments Covered by Manual 1 6 3 5 Operators Check 3 1 1 17 Description 1 6 3 7 Operating Instructions 3 1 1 20 Full Sweep Mode 1 6 3 9 Safely acu ets dio dee et 3 1 1 22 Marker Sweep Mode 1 6 3 12 Remote Programming 3 6 1 24 Sweep 1 6 3 14 Computer or Calculator Programming 3 6 1 96 sOW M00606 ice oboe BER RS d 1 7 3 17 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB 3 6 1 23 ODEIJORS adc eee eH ee 1 7 3 19 Manual Remote Programming 3 6 1 32 Accessories Supplied 1 7 3 21 HP IB Remote Programming Instructions 3 6 1 35 Accessory Kit e n m 1 7 3 23 Interface Modes of Operation 3 6 1 37 Equipment Required But Not Supplied 1 7 3 26 Selection 3 6 1 39 Equipment Available 1 7 3 33 Band Programming 3 7 1 40 Service Accessories
200. e 2 volts positive peak Pulse Width 0 5 uS Repetition Rate 1 MHz HP 8002A Crytal Detector As required by RF Plug In HP 423A or HP 8470A Calculator HP 9830A 10 dB Attenuator Attenuation 10 dB 0 5 dB HP 8491B Option 001 HP IB Interface Cable Connectors HP IB 24 pin HP 10631A B C Adapter Wrench 7 to Type Male Right Angle Bristol No 6 HP 1250 0479 HP 8710 0055 HP 08620 60037 36 pin Service Board 50 Pin Service Board Extender Cable Adjustment Tool Calculator Interface HP 08620 60125 HP 08620 60032 HP 8830 0024 HP 59405A Option 030 P Performance Test A Adjustments T Troubleshooting These parts are included in Service Accessories package 08620 60124 Figure 1 5 These instruments must contain HP IB option when used for HP IB testing the 8620C Option 011 1 11 General Information DEVICE Able to talk listen and control CALCULATOR OR COMPUTER DEVICE B Able to talk and listen e g DIGITAL VO LTMETER DEVICEC Only able to listen e g 8620 86290 SWEEP OSCILLATOR DEVICE D Only able to talk e g TAPE READER Mode 8620C Data Bus DATA INPUT OUTPUT LINES 8 signal lines Data Byte Transfer Control Bus HANDSHAKE Lines 3 signal lines Ge
201. e calculator Press ae Press a then enter second FILE 2 program and press Press e then enter third FILE 4 program 4 17 Performance Tests Model 8620C PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 18 MODEL 8620C PERFORMANCE TEST USING HP IB OPTION 001 Cont d f Rewind tape and press g When lazy T appears on the caculator display the program h Repeat step g for FILE 2 and FILE 4 1 Press then press i calculator will respond by printing ENTER MODEL NUMBER j Enter the exact model number including suffix letters of the 8620C or RF Plug In to be tested Do not add any spaces or other characters Qs for example 6 2 k The calculator will immediately go to the proper file for the model number indicated and begin execution of the program Read the calculator instructions carefully and do as the calculator instructs 4 18 Model 8620C Performance Tests FILE 0 1 of 5 DIM M 6 F 4 H 4 10 30 C 4 DS 5 50 gt DIM ES 5 50 D 30 W8 100 GS 55 V 4 21 4 BI5 50 5 5 50 REWIND PRINT ENTER MODEL NUMBER LIN3 INPUT MS IF LEN MS gt 5 THEN 120 IF 5 1 5 8620 THEN 100 LOAD 2 10 30 PRINT MODEL NUMBER AND POSITION NUMBER OF PLUG IN MODULE PRINT TO BE CHECKED LIN3 INPUT MS P IF 5 3 3 3 THEN 1270 A 0 Ir 5 4 4 lt 4 THEN 170 A 2 GOTO 200 IF M 5 5 O THEN 200
202. ed on CW setting CW Vernier can be activated for fine control of center frequency Width Continuously adjustable and calibrated from zero to 1 zero to 10 or zero to 100 of usable frequency band as selected with front panel slide switch Scale cali brated directly in MHz Width Accuracy 1 of maximum AF plus 2 of AF being swept Center Frequency Accuracy Refer to RF Unit specifications same as frequency accuracy DESCRIPTION Accuracy of AF Sweep is checked with maximum AF in all multiplier positions by monitoring RF Output with frequency counter 4 3 Performance Tests Model 8620C PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 11 AF SWEEP TEST Cont d SWEEP RF OSCILLATOR PLUG IN FREQUENCY COUNTER OUTPUT Figure 4 2 AF Sweep Test Setup EQUIPMENT Sweep Oscillator HP 8620C Frequency Counter HP 5340A 10 dB Attenuator HP 8491B Option 010 PROCEDURE a Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 2 b Set CW pointer to center scale mark and adjust for center scale frequency indica tion on frequency counter NOTE Center scale frequency can be determined by adding one half of total bandwidth to the low end frequency of the band Example 86330B 1 8 4 2 GHz RF Plug in Total bandwidth is range from 1 8 to 4 2 GHz or 2 4 GHz Center scale frequency therefore is 1 8 GHz 1 2 GHz or 3 0 GHz for the 86330B c Press AF pushbutton Set AF Multiplier to X10 Set AF p
203. eeper retains its most recent Band instruction if not instructed otherwise 3 35 Band programming capability 15 most use ful with the multi band plugins such as the 86290A 2 18 GHz plugin and the 8621B RF drawer with HP 86300 series RF modules Since the 86200 series of single band plug ins will oper ate equally with any band selected this instruction is not necessary Table 3 2 Band Programming All Modes Local Band As Selected by B Front Panel Lever Band 1 Band 2 Band 3 Band 4 1 B2 B3 B4 3 36 FREQUENCY VOLTAGE PROGRAMMING 3 37 Since the YIG tuned oscillators in the 8620 plug ins are essentially VCO s the program ming instructions are in volts or millivolts This allows the flexibility to use a large number of frequency plugins covering a wide variety of bandwidths and absolute frequencies 3 38 For this reason it is necessary to use the calculator to convert desired frequency to the required voltage information This involves a simple conversion equation Fy F Vy X L x 10 Fu Fr where Fy the desired frequency F lower frequency limit of the Mode selected see Table 3 1 Fu upper frequency limit of the Mode selected see Table 3 1 3 39 The 8620C Option 011 requires the fol lowing format to output the proper frequency 3 8 Model 8620C Va bcdE The letter indicates the end of the voltage string The decimal point is optional
204. em controller can activate this line When IFC is set true all talkers and listeners on the HP IB are unaddressed and controllers go to the inactive state LISTENER A device addressed to receive data or instructions from other instruments on the HP IB Also see Extended Listener NDAC Mnemonic referring to the Not Data Accepted line on the HP IB 1 13 General Information Model 8620C Table 1 3 Glossary of Terms Relating to 8620C 2012 NRFD Mnemonic referring to the Not Ready For Data control line on the HP IB This line is used in the HP IB Handshake sequence REN Mnemonic referring to the Remote Enable control line on the HP IB This line is used to enable Bus com patible instruments to respond to commands from the controller or another talker It can be issued only by the system controller SRO Mnemonic referring to the Service Request line on the HP IB SYSTEM CONTROLLER An instrument on the HP IB having all the features of a standard controller with the added ability to control the IFC and REN lines Also see Controller UNLISTEN COMMAND This is the Unlisten Command 7 When the Unlisten Command is transmitted on the HP IB listeners on the Bus will be unaddressed as listeners UNIVERSAL COMMAND These commands affect every device capable of responding on the HP IB regard less of whether they have been addressed or not UNADDRESS COMMAND See UNLISTEN COMMAND 1 14 M
205. er Perform these changes in the sequence listed 1 4 If your instrument serial number is not listed on the title page of this manual or in Table 7 1 it will be documented in a yellow Manual Changes Supplement Complimentary copies of this sup plement are available through your nearest Hewlett Packard office Addresses are provided at the rear of this manual Table 7 1 Manual Changes by Serial Number Serial Prefix or Number 1645A 1641A 1626A 1604A 1542A00311 through 1542A00350 1542A00151 through 1542A00310 1537A 7 5 MANUAL CHANGE INSTRUCTIONS CHANGE A Page 6 11 Table 6 2 Make Manual Changes A A B B C C D D C D D G Change A5R9 HP Part Number to 2100 3154 and Description to 1K OHMS Page 8 25 Figure 8 21 SERVICE SHEET 7 Change A5R9 value to CHANGE B Page 6 7 Table 6 2 Change 5 A3C9 10 and A3C11 to HP Part Number 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000 PF Page 8 21 Figure 8 17 SERVICE SHEET 5 Change 5 A3C9 10 and 11 values to 1000 pF 7 1 Manual Changes Model 8620C MANUAL BACKDATING CHANGES _______ __ _ CHANGE C Page 6 4 Table 6 2 Delete 1 7 Page 8 15 Figure 8 10 SERVICE SHEET 2 Replace Figure 8 10 with Figure 7 1 Page 8 17 Figure 8 12 SERVICE SHEET 3 Replace Figure 8
206. erface listen and remote capabilities The inputs to the ROM include the ATN signal and the seven data lines DI 01 DI 07 The ROM decodes these inputs into intermediate signals to be used in other decoders When the bus ATN control line is true low the ROM output signals Listen and Unlisten are high true under the fol lowing conditions a Listen True when data lines contain valid listen character b Unlisten True when data lines equal ASCII 2 Octal 077 All other ROM output lines are false with ATN true In Data Mode the controller sets the ATN control line high false With a selected input on the data lines the ROM decodes the input and the corres ponding output line goes high true The ROM output lines that are true when ATN is false are described in Table 0 0 Service SERVICE SHEET 9 Cont d ROM A12U24 The R output at U24 pin 10 is ANDed with the data strobe A12U2A and used to set the F F high Q low When U24 detects an L and the data strobe occurs a high from A12U2C clocks the F F low Q high When the clock input goes high the information stored on the D input is transferred to the Q output The F F A12U6B is cleared when REN goes false and the remote F F 12015 Q output line goes low or LOCAL operation The Q output of A12U6B is routed to the 8620C Logic Assembly as the Remote Marker Enable Mode Decoder The Mode Decoder
207. ery slow rate and through a narrow range Press CW VERNIER pushbutton again to disable CW VERNIER function 10 Press AF pushbutton AF and CW pushbuttons should light Sweep trace below zero volt reference should be displayed on oscilloscope CRT NOTE In mode two markers are available by adjusting the START MARKER and STOP MARKER controls Figure 3 4 Operator s Check 3 of 3 3 20 Model 8620C FULL SWEEP MODE FRONT BH OC SWEEP SC LI ELEM Po tle EUER ER 2 e ac nad neo mw aii de H E 2 Cw tt E S Cw ma re MARR EAS 5 lt D 1 amn Le RN OO M nad ee ne e ee vm vont P REAR momar 3 i 4 mamam OFF e Gatot Figure 3 5 Full Sweep Mode 1 of 2 Operation 3 21 Operation Model 8620C FULL SWEEP MODE l Connect sweep oscillator as shown in Figure 3 4 test setup 2 Set 8620C controls as follows BAND o TR ROC EPIS Depress to select frequency band START MARKER pointer Left hand end mark on scale CW MARKER pointer Middle mark on scale STOP
208. es NRFD and NDAC are driven by A12U21 there is drive voltage to A12U21 for these lines with or without the handshake enabled Flip flop 1206 and gate 12016 provide the logic signals to drive the NRFD and NDAC lines during data transfer Initially DAV is high false data not valid and 1206 is not triggered When the remote controller has data available it sets the DAV line true low and a data transfer cycle is initiated The high output of A12U22 pin 3 applied to A12R4 C1 1 and U16C is delayed by 2 to 3 usec to ensure that all timing on the A12 Inter face Assembly has settled After the delay the positive transition at the clock input triggers A12U6A and Q goes high The output of the bus driver A12U21 drives NRFD true low and NDAC false high These conditions are maintained until all instruments on the HP IB indicate they have accepted data When data is accepted the controller sets the DAV line high false This applies a low at the CLR input of U6A and sets low The NRFD con trol line in turn goes high and is ready for data when the next data transfer is initiated This completes one data transfer cycle Data Strobe The Listen line and U6A 5 are ANDed together at U10C and applied to U10D 13 The low at U6A 6 is delayed by approximately 0 3 usec by L1 and C3 and applied to U10D 12 This delay generates a narrow positive pulse at the output of U10D This Data Strobe is used as a timing pulse for all data trans
209. ewlett Packard Model 8410B Network Analyzer System The combination of the Model 8410B Network Analyzer the Model 8411A Fre quency Converter and an appropriate display plug in forms a phasemeter and a ratiometer for direct phase and amplitude ratio measurement on RF voltages These measurements can be made on single frequencies and on swept frequencies from 110 MHz to 18 GHz Some plug ins are capable of multi octave sweeps in this range Interface cable HP Part Number 8120 2208 must be used when sweeping octave or multi octave bandwidths or the 8410B will not phase lock properly See Figure 1 6 for description of cable 1 44 Power Meters and Crystal Detectors 1 45 Depending on the RF section used the RF output can be externally leveled using power meters or crystal detectors Refer to the Operating and Service Manual of the RF Plug in used for detailed information on leveling systems that may be used with the 8620C RF Plug in combination 1 7 General Information Model 8620C i3 g q j N T d 3 E x 6 4 ty x L 1 1 Em Wan 75 I i PINSE T lt 5 2 4 rA me 2 E PE Ts E 1 22 L a w NP E Ls es E eta E 55 T 25 a SSR MARE adl FIT n DE E Ere sd lt 0 2 O 1 BPE gt 4 235224 21920 Extender Cable 08620
210. exceed the maximum power input limit of frequency counter or damage to the counter may occur g Frequency counter should read low end frequency of band being tested Refer to RF Unit specifications for CW mode frequency accuracy h Set 8V and 2V BCD switches to OPEN 1 Frequency counter should read high end frequency of band Refer to Unit specifications for CW mode frequency accuracy j Set BCD switches to OPEN in order indicated in Table 4 1 For each step in the table refer to RF Unit specifications for CW mode frequency accuracy Table 4 1 BCD Inputs and Corresponding Frequency Outputs 1 2V 4V 08 01V Determined by RF Plug in 008V 002V CW mode frequency accur acy specifications 2 4V 1 3 4V 2V 1V 08V 01V 008V 002V 4 18 MODEL 8620C PERFORMANCE TEST USING HP IB OPTION 001 DESCRIPTION This Performance Test uses an HP Model 9830A B Calculator and HP IB compatible test instrum nts to test many of the specifications of the HP Model 8620C and HP Model 86200 series RF Plug ins 4 15 Performance Tests Model 8620C PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 18 MODEL 8620C PERFORMANCE TEST USING HP IB OPTION 001 Cont d NOTE For proper operation of this program the following address codes must be used for the test equipment Refer to the individual Op erating and Service manuals for location of address switches 436A Listen Address 3490A Listen Address 6 436A Talk Address
211. f Required Band Mode Volts or V 010E or 10 V5 500E or V5500E V 000E 000 Model 8620C 3 43 As mentioned above if more than four voltage digits travel down the HP IB only the last four are processed What if the frequency desired is the same as This would require 10 000 volts But only the last four zeros would be processed resulting in instead of Fry To obtain ten volts or more there is a special ASCII character which signifies 10 The character is the colon For 18 GHz output the above string would be modi fied to 10 CMD U amp 1 000 3 44 MARKERS 3 45 In modes M5 and 8 a digitally pro grammed marker is available in addition to the standard mainframe markers The programmable marker is selected by outputting the ASCII char acter which also disables the mainframe marker The frequency of the marker is dictated by a voltage string programmed in the same man ner as the digital frequency described above with Fr and Fi being the end points of the band se lected For example to obtain a marker at 14 GHz in modes M5 M6 or 8 the following string is required 10 CMD 7208 This will result in either an AMPLitude or INTEN sity marker dependent on the setting of the 8620C front panel switch In this mode the main frame controlled markers are disabled 3 46 enable the mainframe marker
212. fer Listen and Remote F F The Listen F F A12UI5B is set in command mode by a valid listen address MLA The F F can be cleared with an unlisten command or by the IFC line going low Also loss of power will apply a low from A12U10B to the CLR input of 0158 Normally a high is at A12U10B pin 4 this input goes low only if the IFC line goes low If MLA line is true and the Unlisten line from A12U24 is false the Listen F F will be set by data strobe clock pulse from A12U164A If MLA is false and the A12U24 Unlisten is true the Listen F F will be cleared by the clock pulse The Remote F F A12U15A is set by MLA true or a data strobe clock pulse and the REN line low true It can only be cleared when REN goes false causing the output of A12U10A go low A12C4 R6 and C2 R5 are noise filters to ensure that the listen and remote flip flops can only be cleared by a signal from the HP IB Remote Local Marker Decoder The Remote Local Marker decoder consists of flip flop A12U6B and two NAND gates A12U2A and U2C An on the is detected by the A6 BCD Programming Assembly Option 001 SERVICE SHEET 8 SERVICE SHEET 9 A12 HP IB INTERFACE ASSEMBLY OPTION 011 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION General The 8620C A12 HP IB Interface Assembly Option 011 connects directly to the Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB and is an interface between an HP IB controller i e calculator or computer and selected control lines of
213. hbutton Connect input to A2TP4 b Set CW Marker white pointer to 0 Volt mark on calibration scale Set adjustment CW MARK LO A2R43 for DVM indication of 0 000 0 001 Vdc d Set CW Marker to 10 Volt mark on calibration scale Set adjustment T CW MARK HI A2R33 for DVM indication of 10 000 Vdc 0 005 Vdc e Press CW pushbutton Connect DVM input to 2 5 Set CW Marker to 0 Volt mark on calibration scale Set adjustment H CW FREQ LO A2R50 for DVM indication of 0 000 0 001 Vdc f Set CW Marker to 10 Volt mark on calibration scale Set adjustment U CW FREQ HI A2R29 for DVM indication of 10 000 0 005 LLLllUUUIILLL3 Ny 5 8 _ Model 8620C Adjustments ADJUSTMENTS 5 23 CW VERNIER ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE Service Sheet 2 FREQUENCY CONTROL ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION Sets correct voltages for calibration of CW VERNIER control EQUIPMENT Digital Multimeter HP 3490A NOTE if CW VERNIER potentiometer R5 has been replaced refer to Para graph 5 27 for mechanical zero PROCEDURE a Verify DVM connected to 2 5 Set CW Marker to 0 Volt mark on calibration scale and adjust CW MARKER control for DVM indication of 0 000 Vdc 0 001 Vdc b Press CW VERNIER pushbutton Set CW VERNIER pointer to 5 Volt mark on calibration scale Set CW VERNIER Multiplier to X1 c DVM indication should be 0 500 Vdc 0 007 Vdc Record this reading d
214. high frequency end Option 011 Only A12R11 5 26 LO DAC 0V Adjusts for 0 Vdc at low frequency end A12R12 5 26 HI DAC 10V Adjusts for 10 Vdc at high frequency end 0 2 Model 8620C Adjustments ADJUSTMENTS nu OYY O O D ODAGMUM NOTE Before performing any adjustments allow 30 minutes warm up time for the instrument NOTE When a test point has a common connection with RF Sec tion interface connector J6 the pin on J6 will be noted at the end of a sentence in parenthesis This allows the use of the service board at J6 for faster connection to the de sired point NOTE Ground DVM to ground pin on board being probed or to 36 pin service board pin 10 J6 10 DC DIGITAL VOLTMETER OSCILLOSCOPE OSCILLATOR RF PLUG IN SWEEP Figure 5 1 Adjustment Test Setup 9 15 POWER SUPPLY ADJUSTMENTS REFERENCE DESCRIPTION EQUIPMENT Service Sheet 4 20V and 5V REGULATOR ASSEMBLY and Service Sheet 5 10V and 40V REGULATOR ASSEMBLY The A4 and A5 Regulator Assemblies are adjusted to provide the proper dc voltages for the 8620C Sweep Oscillator and RF units connected in the mainframe See Figure 5 1 for test setup Digital Multimeter HP 3490A 5 3 Adjustments Model 8620C ADJUSTMENTS 5 15 POWER SUPPLY ADJUSTMENTS Cont d PROCEDURE 20 Volt Supply a Connect digital
215. his voltage allows a remotely controlled D A Voltage to be applied and used as a reference voltage for Comparator U4 With the tuning voltage applied to the other input of U4 the marker trigger is generated as above Wide AF Comparator The Wide AF Comparator is employed to prevent viewing erroneous outputs from the 8620C RF Plug In on a display system When in AF mode it is possible with a wide sweep to have the 8620C tuned far below or above the frequency band of the RF Plug In used The two comparators U2 and U3 have the tuning voltage applied to them When the tuning voltage goes below 1 volt U3 will saturate and turn the Z Axis negative blanking gate one This action will intensity blank the non specified output on the display system The same thing happens when the tuning voltage exceeds 11 volts and U2 saturates Model 8620C SEE NOTE ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM Zr A c d tr 4 c 4 t maf gt A a 6 2 j PPM PY z A Yi gt ELEC 7ROL fatevi Pew Figure 8 16 A3 Logic Assembly Component Locations AH MOTHER BOARS 54 Fuse SALER 7 Py xd sa D PAE CLE SHLEP 57 EERIE TE E 10 ecce 4 I gt SEAS nlt EMOTE CONTROL 5 20010 35578 8 SWP MODE SELECT MARKEE S
216. ics Corp Corning Glass Works Bradford Specialty Connector Co Inc Methode Electronics Inc Chicago 1 National Semiconductor Corp Santa Clara Ca Hewlett Packard Co Corporate HQ Palo Alto Ca Mepco Electra Corp San Diego Ca Bourns Inc Trimpot Prod Div Riverside Ca Sprague Electric Co North Adams Ma Associated Spring Corp Bristol Ct Bussman Mfg Div of McGraw Edison Co St Louis Mo ITT Cannon Electric Co Santa Ana Ca Chicago Miniature Drake Chicago TRW Elek Components Cinch Div Elk Grove Village 11 Esna Div of Amerace Corp Union NJ Beckman Instruments Inc Helipot Div Fullerton Ca TRW Inc Philadelphia Div Philadelphia Pa Littlefuse Inc Des Plaines TRW Elek Cmpnt Cinch Monadnock Div City of Industry Ca lilinois Tool Works Inc Shakeproof Elgin H Cleveland Oh Long Island City NY Cleveland Oh Mt Kisco NY Elizabeth NJ Columbus Oh Ogallala Ne Hazelwood Mo Columbus Ne Tinnerman Products Inc Waldes Kohinoor Inc C W Industries Zierick Mfg Co Schnitzer Alloy Products Co Cemco Mfg Co OEM Sales Div TRW Capacitor Div Amphenol Saies Div of Bunker Ramo Dale Electronics Inc Honeywell Inc Micro Switch Div Freeport Industrial Retaining Ring Co Irvington NJ Amer Prcn ind Inc Delevan Div Aurora NY 6 16 Model 8620C REPLACEABLE FRONT PANEL PARTS Reference
217. ied to the base of Q11 These pulses turn Q11 intermittently on and off The resultant output at the col lector of Q11 is directly coupled to the input of Q9 turning it on and off Each time Q9 is turned on a 20V pulse is applied to the non inverting input of Integrator 01 This higher voltage increases the current through the feedback capacitor in the ramp generator feedback circuit causing the lower ramp limit to be reached sooner thus decreasing retrace time Sweep Trigger Circuit NAND gates U6C and UGB form a monostable multivibrator which produces a square wave pulse when triggered trigger pulse is produced when the TRIGGER switch is set to SINGLE position The trigger pulse from U6C U6B toggles flip flop U3A producing an enable gate to U6D for a single sweep For other trigger modes U6C is disabled by a ground at U6C pin 9 which prevents U6C from changing states Other trigger signals from the 60 Hertz AC line or from the EXT TRIGGER input connector 4 may be selected to toggle flip flop U3A and produce the appropriate sweep rate Positive RF Blanking The RF Blanking Gate consists of U9A and U7C In the AUTO sweep mode FULL or MARKER the blanking gate is enabled when the upper ramp limiter U11B output goes low toggling sweep ramp F F US3B and changing Q output to high This high causes U9A output to go low and U7C to invert the output and apply a high to the blanking output on J6 pin 24 and J6 pin 3 through
218. ing the clamped Sweep Ramp from reaching the input of Ramp Amplifier 01 The high from USB is also present at Pin 2 U8A Pin 3 goes low turning OFF and turning Q1 ON making U1 a unity gain follower The outputs of U8C 08 are dependent upon which external input is selected U8C energizes Q6 for EXT Sweep input and U8D energizes Q8 for D A tuning Ramp Amplifier The 0 to 6 volt sweep ramp from the Al clamper on the Al Assem bly is applied to the non inverting input of U1 01 amplifies the Ramp to 0 to 10 volts and makes it available for use as the Sweep out Full Sweep Tuning Voltage or the Offset Amplifier input Start Stop Offset Amplifiers Selecting MARKER SWEEP Mode switches the output of RAMP Amplifier U1 to the inputs of the START and STOP Offset Ampli fiers The gain of the two amplifiers U5 and U6 are set by the two front panel variable controls The outputs of U5 and U6 are applied to the inputs of summing amplifier U4 The output of U4 is then routed through the A3 assembly to the RF Plug In U4 sums the two ramp voltages as follows Assuming that the START control is set at 2K Ohm and the STOP control is at 8K ohm initi ally with the ramp at 0 volts the output of U5 is at 2 volts the sum of 10 0V times the gain of 0 2 equals 2 volts R1 and R2 form a summing junction at the input of U5 As the ramp voltage A1 Sweep Generator Assembly 2 of 2 SERVICE SHEET 3 Service SERVICE SHE
219. ions II and III Service and adjustments should be performed only by qualified service personnel WARNING Any interruption of the protective grounding conductor inside or outside the instrument or disconnecting the protective earth terminal could make this instrument dangerous 9 7 Any adjustment maintenance or repair of the opened instrument under voltage should be avoided as much as possible but when necessary should be performed only by skilled persons who are aware of the hazard involved 5 8 Capacitors inside the instrument may still be charged even if the instrument has been dis connected from its source of supply 5 9 Make sure that only fuses with the required rated current and of the specified type normal blow time delay etc are used for replacement The use of repaired fuses and the shortcircuiting of fuseholders should be avoided 5 10 Whenever it is likely that the protection Offered by fuses has been impaired the instrument should be made inoperative and secured against any unintended operation WARNING Adjustments described herein are per formed with power supplied to the instrument while protective covers are removed Energy available at many points may if contacted result in per sonal injury 5 11 RELATED ADJUSTMENTS 5 12 The 20 volt power supply regulator fur nishes reference voltage to some of the other power supply regulators therefore the 20 volt regulator must always
220. ipment that satisfies the scale directly from the front of the critical specifications given in the tables may be instrument panel substituted for the recommended model s NOTE 4 5 TEST RESULTS Press LINE pushbutton on 8620C to 4 6 If the 8620C Sweep Oscillator RF Unit turn power ON and allow 30 minutes combination fails to meet performance test speci warm up time PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 7 FULL SWEEP TEST SPECIFICATION Full Sweep Sweeps the full band as determined by plug in and band select lever End point Accuracy Refer to RF Unit Specifications same as frequency accuracy DESCRIPTION Full Sweep end point accuracy is checked in FULL SWEEP using Manual mode EQUIPMENT Refer to RF Unit Frequency Range and Accuracy performance test PROCEDURE In FULL SWEEP Manual mode check low end and high end of band for end point ac curacy according to RF Unit performance test procedure for manual sweep accuracy Frequency Range and Accuracy Test 4 8 MARKER SWEEP TEST SPECIFICATION Marker Sweep Sweeps from START MARKER to STOP MARKER frequency settings Range Both settings continuously and independently adjustable over the entire fre quency range can be set to sweep either up or down in frequency End Point Accuracy Refer to Unit specifications same as frequency accuracy DESCRIPTION Marker Sweep end point accuracy is checked in MARKER SWEEP using Manual mode 4 1
221. it combination R1 R5 and C3 will create a negative spike at the input of inverter U11C The resulting positive pulse toggles U6 turning CW Vernier either on or off de pending on its previous condition 06 is reset off at turn on by U7A Q output Marker Trigger Generator The START CW and STOP marker reference voltages are applied to 08 U9 and 010 respectively When the marker enable Q18 is ON A2 Frequency Control Assembly SERVICE SHEET 4 Service SERVICE SHEET 5 Cont d the tuning voltage is applied to the three compara tors When the tuning ramp goes more positive than the reference voltage that comparator out put goes to zero The outputs of the comparators are applied to exclusive OR gates B and C Initially USA Pin 1 and Pin 2 are high and the output Pin 3 is low USC Pin 13 15 high and combined with the low on Pin 12 output Pin 11 of USC is high The inputs to U5B are then both high resulting in the output USB Pin 6 being low If any of the comparators changes to low state USB Pin 6 will go high USB Pin 6 will go low again when the next comparator switches and then high with the switching of the third comparator A remote marker is also available with the 8620C Grounding the Remote Marker Enable line will tum Q4 OFF and Q5 ON This results in two things happening Marker Enable Q18 turns OFF and the 10 volts present at the inverting input of 8 20 Model 8620C U4 1s removed The removal of t
222. lanking This same F F output 15 applied to the Positive Z Axis Blank ing amplifier From the Z Axis Blanking and Marker driver the positive blanking is routed to the Z AXIS MKR PEN LIFT connector J8 and is available for display equipment A second OV to 8V signal from the Sweep Ramp F F is applied to the Negative Blanking Circuit where it is amplified inverted to 4 5V and applied to the NEGATIVE BLANKING connector J5 In addition a second input is applied to the Negative Blanking Circuit This comes from the wide AF comparator on the assembly and vides a blanking signal when the Tuning Ramp goes lower than 1 volt or higher than 11 volts when in AF Sweep Mode The mode of operation FULL SWEEP F CW CW VERNIER or MARKER SWEEP is selected with pushbutton switches on the front panel The switches ground a mode select line in the assembly Mode Select Logic circuit In turn the correct relays on the A2 assembly are energized to set the correct mode and front panel indicators illuminate to show the mode selected 1 kHz Square Wave Oscillator in the assem bly provides internal amplitude modulation to the CW RF signal The square wave output is OV to 4V in amplitude The Marker Generator circuit on the A1 assembly receives a trigger pulse from the A3 assembly and then provides marker pulses to the RF Section and high intensity markers for the Z Axis of a display instrument The markers are
223. lected 1 20 Full Sweep Mode 1 21 Full Sweep mode is selected automatically when the mainframe is turned on In this mode three markers are available for frequency identifi cation One marker is adjusted by the CW MARKER control When AF Sweep is selected this CW Marker setting becomes the center fre quency of the AF Sweep The other two markers are adjusted by the START MARKER and STOP MARKER controls The position of these two markers becomes the start stop frequencies of the sweep when MARKER SWEEP mode is selected These two markers are also available on the AF Sweep and again become the start stop frequencies of the sweep when MARKER SWEEP is selected 1 22 Marker Sweep Mode 1 23 When Marker Sweep mode is selected one marker is available controlled by CW MARKER and its position identifies the center frequency of the AF Sweep The Marker Sweep start stop fre quencies are det rmined by the position of the start and stop markers on the trace in Full Sweep or AF Sweep modes 1 24 AF Sweep Mode 1 25 When AF Sweep mode is selected the CW mode lamp is also lit and the center frequency is adjusted by the CW MARKER control The AF control selects the full width about the CW fre quency Start and stop markers are available in AF Sweep and become the start stop frequencies of the Marker Sweep Model 8620C 1 26 CW Mode 1 27 single frequency RF output is selected in CW operation The frequency is selected by
224. ly clockwise Select Band 4 d Press FULL SWEEP pushbutton e Adjust oscilloscope Channel A and Channel B to display waveform as shown in Figure 4 4 BENE EUM L A SS 7 SS 4 6 Model 8620C Performance Tests PERFORMANCE TESTS eee 4 12 SWEEP TIME ADJUST AND STOP SWEEP TEST HP Model 8629A ONLY Cont d f Time should be shorter than both times c and e Time c should be longer than both Times a and e Time e should be longer than Time a but shorter than Time c g Time d should be longer than Time b h Relationship of sequential sweep ramp Channel A and Negative Blanking wave form Channel E should be as shown in Figure 4 4 CHANNELA SWEEP OUT J1 CHANNEL B NEGATIVE BLANKING rear panel Figure 4 4 Sequential Sweep Ramp Compared in Time to Negative Blanking 4 13 AMPLITUDE MODULATION TEST SPECIFICATION Internal AM Square wave modulation on all sweep times internally adjusted from 950 to 1050 Hz ON OFF Ratio Refer to RF Unit specifications DESCRIPTION Internal 1 kHz modulation is selected and modulated output is monitored on fre quency counter Performance Tests Model 8620C PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 13 AMPLITUDE MODULATION TEST Cont d SWEEP RF FREQUENCY COUNTER OSCILLATOR PLUG IN APC 7 TO N CRYSTAL UATOR MALE ADAPTER DETECTOR nan Figure 4 5 Amplitude
225. ments The HP IB is normally the only com munication link between the interconnected units The instruments on the Bus are connected in par allel as shown in Figure 1 7 Eight of the signal lines DIO1 DIOS8 are used for the transfer of data and other messages in a byte serial bit parallel 1 10 Model 8620C form The remaining eight lines are used for com munication timing Handshake control and status information A glossary of HP IB terms 15 contained in Table 1 3 1 53 Data is transmitted on the eight HP IB data lines as a series of eight bit characters referred to as bytes The meaning of each byte is arbitrary being different for each type of instrument Nor mally a seven bit ASCII code American Standard Code for Information Interchange is used with the eighth bit available for a parity check if desired Data is transferred by means of an interlocked handshake technique This sequence permits asynchronous communications over the range of data rates 1 54 Three Wire Handshake Description 1 55 Information is transferred on the data lines under control of a technique called the three wire handshake The handshake involves the use of three control lines and operates as follows a The 8620C indicates that it is ready to accept data by letting the Not Ready for Data NRFD line go high Listeners are connected to the NRFD line in a logical AND configura tion so the NRFD line does not go high until all
226. ming Codes 3 5 Listen Address Codes 3 6 Remote Programming Using Standard 020 0 EE 3 7 Remote Programming Using 8620C Option DOLI vuol VIV A Page 8 43 TABLES Page 14 38 1 11 1 13 4 1 2 4 3 7 3 8 5 1 38 61 3 10 6 2 3 12 6 3 3 13 1 1 3 15 8 1 Figure 8 39 Bottom View Major Assembly and Table Component Locations Programming Connector Commands and Signals Available for Additional Interface Capabilities BCD Inputs and Corresponding Frequency Duy oC a a Rr RECS Ce eie os Controls Listed and Adjustment Sequence Reference Designations and Abbreviations Replaceable Parts Code List of Manufacturers Manual Changes by Serial Number Service Sheet Cross Reference Page General Information ACCESSORY KIT 08620C 60123 oe d a E 2 4 T mr f PY TIEN 86200 ACCESSORY KIT C PART PART MO PROGRA TOR aM FVMA 2000312 EXTEN E 9520 4694 4 t p ME I DUI HP 8620C Model 8620C POWER CABLE CALIBRATION SCALE 08620 00021 Power cable plug supplied depends on country of destination Refer to Figure 2 2 for part number information Figure 1 1 Model 8620C Sweep Oscillato
227. n Model 8620C Operation Table 3 1 Program Modes Digital Modes CW Controls Description 0 000 Volts gt Low End of Band Selected Fr 10 000 Volts High End of Band Selected F U 0 000 Volts Setting of Front Panel CW Control Minus A Sening ud 10 000 Volts gt Setting of Front Panel CS Control Plus F U 0 000 Volts gt Setting of Front Panel Start Marker F L 10 000 Volts gt Setting of Front Panel Stop Marker Fy Analog Sweep of Full Band Selected Analog AF Sweep Controlled by Front Panel AF and Analog Marker Sweep Controlled by Front Panel Start and Stop Marker Controls ASCII Code 1 2 M4 M5 M6 8 CW Mode Output Front Panel CW Control Setting M3 or M7 3 29 For even more resolution Modes M2 and M4 are available In these modes the digital fre quency resolution is determined by front panel frequency control settings on the 8620C For example with Mode M2 selected the front panel CW control set at 7 5 GHz and the AF control set at 1 GHz the source would have a digital fre quency resolution of 10 000 points between 7 0 GHz and 8 0 GHz or a minimum increment of 100 kHz The START MARKER and STOP MARKER controls might then be set at 8 0 and 9 0 GHz respectively allowing 10 000 points reso lution between those settings in mode M4 In com bination this would provide a resolution or mini mum increment
228. n DISPLAY BLANKING position blanking is applied to Z AXIS MKR PEN LIFT BNC connector below switch Display instrument is blanked during retrace but RF signal from sweep continues to operate during retrace In OFF posi tion there is no blanking output Z AXIS MKR PEN LIFT Connector J8 BNC con nector provides Z axis modulation to display unit or pen lift signal to X Y recorder When slide switch above this BNC connector is in DISPLAY BLANKING position blanking is applied to con nector Blanking signal is rectangular 5 volt pulse into 2500 ohms Intensity modulation frequency marker is selected when front panel MARKERS slide switch is in the INTEN position Marker signal is rectangular 5 volt pulse into 10K ohms Figure 3 2 Rear Panel Controls and Connectors 1 of 2 Model 8620C Operation REAR PANEL FEATURES NEGATIVE BLANKING Connector J5 BNC EXT TRIGGER Connector J4 BNC connector to nector provides negative polarity blanking during input external trigger pulse This input is selected retrace Blanking signal is rectangular 5 volt pulse when the front panel TRIGGER slide switch is in into 2400 ohms EXT position Trigger signal must be greater than 2 Vdc wider than 0 5 psec and not greater than 1 MHz in frequency Power Line Module FL1 Line Voltage Selector Q EXT AM Connector J3 BNC connector to input Card FLITBI allows selection of 100 120 220 external amplitude modulation signal This input or
229. n explains the function of the con trols and indicators of the Model 8620C Sweep Oscillator It describes typical operating models in a measurement system and covers the typical operator maintenance such as fuse indicator lamp and fan filter replacement 3 3 PANEL FEATURES 3 4 Front and rear panel features are described in Figures 3 1 and 3 2 Description numbers match the numbers on the illustration 3 b OPERATOR S CHECK 3 6 The operator s check Figure 3 4 allows the operator to make a quick check of the main instrument functions prior to use This check assumes that an RF Plug in or an RF Section with oscilator module is installed in the mainframe Incorrect indications may indicate troubles in either the mainframe or RF Plug in To determine if the mainframe is working correctly check the 8620C using the performance tests in Section IV 3 7 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 3 8 Figures 3 5 through 3 8 show general operat ing procedures with the 8620C connected in a typical measurement test setup There are many other applications for the 8620C but the general operating procedure is the same 3 9 Safety 3 10 BEFORE APPLYING POWER refer to SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS in Section I of this Operating and Service manual 3 11 The information cautions and warnings in this manual must be followed to ensure safe opera tion and to keep the instrument safe WARNING BEFORE SWITCHING ON THE STRUMENT be sure only the spe
230. neral Interface Management Bus Management CONTROL Lines 5 signal lines D101 8 DATA INPUT OUTPUT LINES DAV DATA VALID NRFD NOT READY FOR DATA NDAC NOT DATA ACCEPTED IFC INTERFACE CLEAR ATN ATTENTION SERVICE REQUEST REN REMOTEENABLE EOI ORIDENTIFY INDICATES THAT NEGATION IS REPRESENTED BY LOW STATE ON THESE TWO LINES ONLY Figure 1 7 Interface Connections and Bus Structure Model 8620C General Information Table 1 3 Glossary of HP IB Terms Relating to 8620C 1 of 2 ADDRESS 751 code applied to the HP IB in Command Mode which enables the 8620C to listen on the Bus ADDRESSED COMMANDS These commands allow the Bus controller to initiate simultaneous actions from addressed instruments which are capable of responding Mnemonic referring to the Attention control line on the HP IB This refers to the Command Mode of operation on the HP IB or the control line which places the HP IB in this mode BIT The smallest part of an HP IB character Byte which contains intelligible information BUS COMMANDS A group of Special Codes which initiate certain types of operation in instruments capable of responding to these codes Each instrument on the HP IB is designed to respond to those codes that have useful meaning to the device and ignore all others See Table 3 4 BYTE An HP IB character sent over the Data Input Output DIO Lines normall
231. ng Voltage routed to is the SWEEP OUT signal in MANUAL CW and remote operation In FULL MARKER sweep modes the SWEEP OUT signal is the ramp sweep voltage taken from the output of A2 Ramp Ampli fier In MANUAL mode of operation the tuning and SWEEP OUT voltages are controlled by the front panel manual sweep adjust R7 In EXT mode the sweep voltage is supplied by a remote device The upper and lower limits of the ramp sweep voltage are determined by two comparators and a flip flop When the ramp attains the upper voltage limit the voltage from the Upper Ramp Limiter sets the Sweep Ramp Flip Flop The Sweep Ramp F F triggers the Ramp Generator to begin a posi tive to negative excursion At the lower limit the voltage from the Lower Ramp Limiter resets the _ Sweep Ramp F F and reverses the direction of the ramp In EXT TRIGGER the F F is reset by either an external trigger connected to EXT TRIGGER J4 or from the single sweep switch In Line Trigger the F F is reset by a 60 Hz line pulse generated on the A8 Rectifier Assembly The signals are proces sed in the Trigger Circuit and applied to the One Shot Multivibrator on the A1 Assembly The OV to 3V rectangular pulses from the Sweep Ramp Flip Flop are also used for positive Z axis blanking negative blanking and pen lift drive One of the F F outputs is applied to the RF Blanking Gate where it is routed to the oscillator in the Plug In for positive RF B
232. ng connector and the part number of an alternate source for the mating connector 2 16 Operating Environment 2 17 Temperature The instrument may be oper ated in temperatures from 0 to 55 C 2 18 Humidity The instrument may be oper ated in environments with humidity from 5 to 95 at 0 to 40 C However the instrument should also be protected from temperature extremes which cause condensation within the instrument 2 19 Altitude The instrument may be operated at altitudes up to 4572 metres 15 000 feet 2 20 Cooling 2 21 Clearances for ventilation should be three to four inches at the rear of the cabinet and two to three inches at the sides The clearances pro vided by the plastic feed in bench stacking and the Model 8620C filler strips in rack mounting are adequate for the top and bottom cabinet surfaces 2 22 Bench Operation 2 23 The instrument cabinet has plastic feet and a foldaway tilt stand for convenience in bench operation The tilt stand inclines the instrument for ease of operating The plastic feet provide clearance for air circulation and make the instru ment self aligning when stacked on other Hewlett Packard full rack width modular instruments 2 24 Rack Mounting Option 908 2 25 Instruments with Option 908 contain a Rack Flange Kit This kit supplies necessary hard ware and installation instructions for preparing the instrument to be mounted on a rack of 482 6 mm 19 inch
233. ng over control is color coded to green start pointer on scale In FULL SWEEP mode START MARKER control adjusts only Start Marker position and not start frequency Three markers are available on sweep Start Marker at position of green pointer CW Marker at position of white pointer and Stop Marker at position of red pointer BAND Switch S2 S3 Depressing lever advances drum containing frequency scales It also changes position sensing switches to activate oscillator module in RF section Frequency Scale Window The band selected is displayed at the window Top scale has pointers for START MARKER green STOP MARKER red and CW MARKER white controls Bottom left scale is AF and bottom right scale is CW VERNIER A calibration scale is included in one band position for ease of calibration but is not essentia to the calibration procedure When an additional band is added to the RF drawer a new scale may be installed by following procedure in Paragraph 2 26 Drum position may be identified 10 by tick marks on left hand side of drum Position of the BAND drum activities Heterodyne Module Position 1 in 8621A B and oscillator module installed in Position 2 of 8621A B or band 1 of 86290A Position II of the BAND drum activates the oscillator installed in Position 2 of 8621A B or band 2 of 862904 Position activates oscillator installed in Position 3 of 8621A B or band 3 of 862904 Position
234. nterface Cable RETAINER 0510 0015 SIGNAL GROUND 12 SHIELD Connected P O Twisted Pair with 11 11 to earth Should be ground P O Twisted Pair with 10 SRQ rend sinen P O Twisted Pair with 9 IFC Controller P O Twisted Pair with 8 NDAC P O Twisted Pair with 7 NRFD DAV EOI DIO4 DIO7 DIO3 DIO6 DIO2 DIOS E 1 DIO SCREW 1390 0248 METRIC 1390 0360 P O Twisted Pair with 6 REN s we M ol S A2 NE 4 8 8 EE EE DIO8 t2 G t Figure 2 7 HP IB Connector Adaptor 08620 60130 Pin Configuration b When more than two instruments are con 2 33 Interface Assembly nected on the bus the cable length to each 2 34 The circuit board for the 8620C Option instrument cannot exceed two meters six 011 is the A12 HP IB Interface Assembly Option feet per unit 011 HP Part No 08620 60118 See Figures 1 3 and 8 26 The HP IB interface is available when c The total cable length between all units can this board is installed in the X A6 connector of the not exceed 20 meters 65 feet A11 Master Board 2 1 Installation 2 35 Address Switch 2 36 The 8620C address switch A12SW 1 is pre set at the factory to ASCII character amp Upon installation of the A12 HP IB Interface Assembly any of the 30 listen address codes shown in Table 3 5 may be used The code selected must of
235. ocations 5 13 5 6 Location of Test Points 5 15 5 7 Location of Adjustments 5 15 6 1 Front Panel Assembly Parts Locations 6 17 6 2 Cabinet Parts 22 E due e 6 18 7 1 1 Sweep Generator Assembly Component Locations CHANGE C 7 4 7 2 AlSweep Generator Assembly Component Locations 7 5 7 3 Operations Control Assembly Component Locations CHANGED 1 6 7 4 P O Figure 8 28 Operations Control Assembly Schematic CHANGE D 7 7 7 5 Location of Test Points P O ChangeG 7 8 7 6 Operations Control Assembly Component Locations P O Change 7 9 8 1 Removing Hinged Front Panel Assembly From Mainframe 8 5 8 2 Removing Dial Frame From Front Panel 8 5 8 3 Removal and Disassembly of A9 Switch Assy and A10 Front Interconnect Assy 8 6 Figure 8 4 8 5 8 6 8 7 8 8 8 9 8 10 8 11 8 12 8 13 8 14 8 15 8 16 8 17 8 18 8 19 8 20 8 21 8 22 8 23 8 24 8 25 8 26 8 21 8 28 8 29 8 30 8 31 8 32 8 33 8 34 8 35 8 36 8 37 Location of Pointer Belts Pointer Belt Restringing Diagrams General Information on Schematic IST A Schematic Diagram Notes IC Logic Symbol Configuration Details Functional Block Diagram A1 Sweep Generato
236. odel 8620C Installation SECTION II INSTALLATION 2 1 INTRODUCTION 2 2 This section provides installation instructions for the Model 8620C Sweep Oscillator and its accessories This section also includes information about initial inspection and damage claims pre paration for using the Sweep Oscillator and packaging storage and shipment 2 3 INITIAL INSPECTION 2 4 Inspect the shipping container for damage If the shipping container or cushioning material is damaged it should be kept until the contents of the shipment have been checked for completeness and the instrument has been checked mechani cally and electrically Procedures for checking electrical performance are given in Section IV If the instrument combination does not pass the electrical performance tests refer to the Adjust ments Section V in this manual If after the Adjustments have been made the instrument com bination still fails to meet specifications refer to RF Plug in Adjustments in the applicable RF Plug in manual If a circuit malfunction is suspected refer to troubleshooting procedures section of this manual or applicable RF Plug in manual If the instrument does not pass the above electrical tests or if the shipment contents are incomplete or if there is mechanical damage or defect notify the nearest Hewlett Packard office If the shipping container is damaged or the cushioning material shows signs of stress notify the carrier as well as
237. og tuning voltage The and 10V references are set by two adjustments LO OV and 10V on the A12 HP IB Interface Assembly 5 10 _ Model 8620 Adjustments ADJUSTMENTS EE ARRA r rn ws aan rk F n rn 5 26 DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER ADJUSTMENT Option 011 Only Cont d CALCULATOR EQUIPMENT PROCEDURE DC DIGITAL VOLTMETER SWEEP OSCILLATOR Figure 5 4 D A Converter Adjustment Test Setup Digital Multimeter HP 3490A Calculator HP 9830A HP IB Calculator Interface HP 59405A Option 030 36 Pin Service Board HP 08620 60036 HP IB Interface Cable HP10631A B C NOTE For this adjustment the HP Model 59401A Bus System Analyzer or any other HP IB controller may be substituted for the HP 9830A Calculator Remove 8620C top cover and insert 36 pin service board at J6 Connect DVM to service board pin 1 tuning voltage output J6 1 and connect ground lead to ground pin on service board J6 10 Connect calculator or bus system analyzer to 8620C PROGRAMMING connector J2 Press 8620C LINE pushbutton ON Address 8620C program FULL SWEEP mode REMOTE and select zero volts CMD 206 1 Adjust LO A12R11 for 0 0000 0 0005 indication on DVM Program for 10 volts V 000 E Adjust H1 A12R12 for 10 0000 Vdc 0 0005 Vdc indication on DVM o 11 Adjustments Model 8620C ADJUSTM
238. ointer to right edge scale mark d Set sweep MODE to MANUAL and MANUAL control fully clockwise e Frequency counter should read high end frequency of band 3 of total band width NOTE The tolerance of 3 used is determined using specifications of Table 1 1 in this manual 1 of maximum AF 2 of AF be ing swept With AF Multiplier in the X10 position and A F pointer to right edge scale mark the total bandwidth is being swept There fore the tolerance becomes 3 of the total bandwidth Example 86330B 1 8 4 2 GHz RF Plug in _________ 4 4 Model 8620C Performance Tests PERFORMANCE TESTS D ADM 4 11 SWEEP TEST Cont d Example cont d Total bandwidth is 2 4 GHz Therefore tolerance is 3 of 2 4 GHz of 72 MHz Frequency indication then would be 4 2 GHz 72 MHz for the 86330B f Set MANUAL control fully counterclockwise Frequency counter should read low frequency end of band 3 of total bandwidth 2 Set AF Multiplier to X1 Adjust CW and CW VERNIER controls for a convenient frequency counter indication Record reading for use later h Set MANUAL control fully clockwise Frequency counter indication should be higher than reading recorded in step g by 10 0 3 of total bandwidth NOTE The tolerance of 0 3 used is determined using specifications of Table 1 1 in this manual 1 of maximum AF 2 of AF being swept With
239. omposition ELECT electrolytic kilohert ADJ 2 adjustment COMPL complete ENCAP encapsulated kilohm A D analog to digital CONN connector EXT 2 195 external EV uova kilovolt audio frequency CP cadmium plate FP EX 220 2 farad JC 22255 pound automatic cathode rav tube FET field effect A inductance frequency controi CTL complementary transistor capacitance AGC automatic gain transistor logic EJE flip flop LED light emitting diode control CW continuous wave uuu anre flat head low frequencv AL aluminum CW clockwise FILH fillister head LO ues Ls ius ES long ALC automatic level d IR centimeter FM frequency modulation EH iu left hand control D A digital to analog FP front panel LIM AM modula decibel FREQ frequency LIN linear taper used tion dBm decibel referred FXD in parts list AMPL e x to 1 mW VIE he gram deni linear APC automatic phase dc direct current GE germanium LK WASH lock washer control deg degree temperature GHZ 3122 5 gigahertz LO low local oscillator ASSY assemblv interval or differ GU ae L L
240. onductor with a current applied as shown in Figure 8 26a When in a magnetic field the semiconductor generates a voltage proportional to the strength of the field and per pendicular to it and the current The semiconductors are positioned in the motor 90 apart Figure 8 26b The rotor is made of a cylindrical bipolar permanent magnet When the rotor is positioned as in Figure 8 26c the output voltage of Hall Generator 1 will be maximum and the output of Hall Generator 2 will be 0 volts As the rotor is turned clockwise the voltage at 1 will decrease and the voltage from 2 will increase The result is two sine wave outputs 90 out of phase This output is amplified by the fan driver circuit and applied to the stators Fan Drivers The Fan Drivers consist of Q6 through Q12 and are arranged in pairs Each pair is connected back to the Hall Effect Generator diodes which amplify the voltage applied This amplified voltage is then used to drive the fan by energizing the stator windings 90 ahead of the rotor A portion of this voltage is rectified by diodes CRA CR 7 and fed back to the fan speed control circuit The Fan Speed Control The Fan Speed Control circuit operates as follows The rectified DC voltage from the Fan Drivers is applied through the Fan Speed Control potentiometer to the base of Q4 If the fan slows down the voltage from CR4 to CR7 decreases This drop in voltage will de crease the conduction of Q4 allowing the volt
241. onnected to the rear panel 50 pin PROGRAM MING connector The 24 pin connector interfaces directly to the HP IB interconnect cable The two meter HP 10631B interface cable Figure 2 6 interfaces the 8620C Sweep Oscillator with the HP IB The connectors on the cable consist of two standard HP IB 24 pin connectors See Figure 2 7 for the pin configuration of the HP IB connector 2 31 Cable Length Restrictions 2 32 As many as 15 instruments can be con nected in parallel on the Hewlett Packard Interface bus To achieve design performance on the bus proper voltage levels and timing relationships must be maintained If the system cable is too long or if the accumulated cable length between instruments is too long the data and control lines cannot be driven properly and the system may fail to per form Therefore the following restrictions must be observed a With two instruments in a system the cable length must not exceed four meters 12 feet 2 5 Installation Model 8620C DETAIL VIEW OF MAINFRAME FRONT PANEL LATCH HANDLE SHOWN IN LOCKED POSITION FRONT PANEL LATCH HANDLE SHOWN IN DISENGAGED POSITION FREQUENCY SCALE DRUM RF PLUG IN LOCKING PIN BAND INDICATOR NOTCH FREQUENCY SCALE DRUM DEPRESSION Figure 2 5 Mainframe Front Panel in Open Position 2 6 Model 8620C Installation CABLE PART LENGTHS NUMBERS HP 10631A Meter HP 10631B 2 Meters HP 10631C 4 Meters Figure 2 6 HP IB I
242. onnector p Adjust oscilloscope to display waveforms as shown in Figure 4 12 CHANNEL A SWEEP OUTPUT J1 4 5 30 5 CHANNEL B NEGATIVE BLANKING J5 Figure 4 11 Negative Blanking at J5 Compared in Time to Sweep Output at J1 4 15 TRIGGERED SWEEP TEST CHANNEL A SWEEP OUTPUT J1 10 1 Vdc 0 1 Vdc 4 5 0 5 Vde 0 V dc CHANNEL B POSITIVE BLANKING Z AXIS J8 Figure 4 12 Positive Blanking at J8 Compared in Time to Sweep Output at J1 SPECIFICATION Triggered Sweep Sweep is actuated by front panel slide switch or by externally applied signal gt 2 volts peak gt 0 5 pulse width and 1 0 MHz repetition rate Signal ap plied to rear panel EXT TRIGGER input DESCRIPTION START MARKER AND STOP MARKER pointers are set to the two end points and band is swept with MANUAL control The sweep is then triggered with SINGLE sweep TRIGGER switch on front panel In EXT position of the TRIGGER switch an external voltage is applied to the rear panel and a single sweep is triggered each time a voltage is applied 4 11 Performance Tests Model 8620C PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 15 TRIGGERED SWEEP TEST Cont d OSCILLOSCOPE PULSE GENERATOR SWEEP RF OSCILLATOR PLUG IN EXT TRIGGER REAR PANEL CHANNEL A INPUT Figure 4 13 Triggered Sweep Test Setup EQUIPMENT Pulse Generator HP 8002A Sweep Os
243. op cover With top cover removed and AC power connected there is energy available at many points within the instrument which may if contacted re sult in personal injury Maintenance of the instrument with protective covers removed should be performed only by qualified service personnel who aware of the hazards involved These fuses are located on the A4 and 5 assemblies yellow and green PC board extractors They are mounted on two pin connectors and can be removed by pulling them straight out from the printed circuit board Refer to Compo nent Location Diagram and Section VI Replaceable Parts List for fuse type current rating and HP Part Number 8 3 Service Moderl 8620C 8 34 Filter 8 36 Lamp Replacement 8 35 Cleaning and replacement of the fan filter 8 37 Replacement of Mode Selector pushbutton is covered in Section Operator s Maintenance lamps and LINE switch lamp is covered in Section III Operator s Maintenance 8 4 Model 8620C Service HINGE SCREWS A11P1 W2J1 FIVE Jm Ar 4111 E gt REMOVE SCREWS TYPICAL 5 PLACES Figure 8 2 Removing Dial Frame From Front Panel 8 5 Service Model 8620C REMOVE SCREWS REMOVE BOLTS TYPICAL 3 PLACES TYPICAL 6 PLACES Figure 8 3 Removal and Dissassembly of A9 Switch Assy and A10 Front Interconnect Assy FULL SWEEP AF DIAL CW VERNIER MARKER SWEEP POINTER POINTER FRAME CW POINTER POINTER POINTER AF BELT
244. pera tion Refer to Table 3 8 for a list of the available LOGIC 1 OPEN LOGIC 0 GROUND 5 432 1 MSB LSB Figure 2 8 Address Switch Al 2SWI1 2 8 Model 8620C CONNECTOR ADAPTER 08620 60130 Installation 8410B CABLE oa 8120 2208 a pa RN ka HP IB CABLE CONNECTOR 10631B 84108 CONNECTOR Figure 2 9 HP IB 8410B Installation commands signals and controls The 8620C cable adapter HP Part No 8120 2207 has a 50 pin piggy back connector on one end which is con nected to the 8620C rear panel PROGRAMMING connector J2 on the other end is a standard 24 pin HP IB connector See Figure 2 11 The additional control lines are soldered to pins on the program ming connector HP Part No 1251 0086 part of Accessory Kit 08620 60123 For example if remote RF attenuation is desired connections would be made to pins 36 37 and 38 The installa tion procedure follows and the completed configu ration is shown in Figure 2 10 a Remove HP IB Connector Adapter 08620 60130 if it is connected to PROGRAMMING connector b Install 8620C cable adapter 8120 2207 c Connect programming connector 1251 0086 with new lines soldered to desired pins 2 41 VERIFICATION 2 42 To ensure correct electrical performance and remote programming operation after installa tion complete the verification procedure in either Figure 2 12 or Figu
245. quipment Supplied 1 2 2 9 HP IB 8410B Installation 2 9 1 4 Typical Serial Number Plate 1 6 2 10 Installation for Additional Interface 1 5 Service Accessories HP Part Number Capabilities actu sax os 2 10 08620 60124 1 8 2 11 8620C Cable Adapter for Additional Interface 1 6 HP Model 8410B Auto Frequency Mode Capabilities 2 11 Interface 1 9 2 12 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A 1 7 Interface Connections and Bus Structure 1 12 Calculator 2 12 2 13 HP IB Verification Program HP 9825A 2 1 Line Voltage Selection with Power Module Calculator uuu ace E RR des 2 13 PO Board WAVES doe ERES 2 2 2 2 Power Cables Available 2 3 3 l Front Panel Controls Connectors and 2 3 Preparation for Rack Mounting 2 5 IndicabOIS u a io uos RESO 3 2 2 4 Location of Mainframe Parts Pertinent to 3 2 Rear Panel Controls and Connectors 3 4 Frequency Scale and RF Plug In 3 3 Lamp Replacement 3 17 Installation 2 6 3 4 Operators Check 3 18 2 5 Mainframe Front Panel in Open Position 2 6 3 5 Full Sweep Mode 3 21 2 6 HP IB Interface Cable 2 7 3 6 Marker Sweep Mode 3 23 Model 8620C ILLUSTRATIONS Cont d Contents Figure Page 3
246. r A11J1 1251 1966 CUNNECTUR PC EDGE 1u CONT ROs 1 50 91 6910 1 70000 AllJ2 12519231 CUNNECTUR PC EDGE 10 CONT ROW RUwS 3vn10 1JV5 079 811 41 1251 2134 EDGE 16 CONT RO 2eRONS 252 18 30 340 4 1 1251 2134 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 189CONT RON 2 0 5 252 18 50 340 1 1251 2134 CONNECTORePC EDGE 1B8 CONT ROm 2 0 5 2520718930340 A11xAd 125141513 CUNNECTOR PC EDGE 16 CONT RUr 1 ROY 143 018 07 1158 Atixas 1251 1513 CONNECTURePC EDGE 186 CONT RUs 1 80 143 018 07 1158 A11XA6 1251 2134 EDGE amp 5 252 1 50 340 11 47 1251 2134 EDGE 18 CONT ROn 2eROKS 252 18 30 340 A11xAB 1251 1513 EDGE 18 CONT RON 19RGO v 143 0 8 07 1158 11 MISCELLANEOUS 0356 0111 STANDOFFeRVTeON 25LC 2 2500 BRS 93800111 12 085620960118 BOARDO ASSEMBLY MP IB INTERFACE 08620960118 OPTION 011 41201 7160 0575 CAPACITOR FXD 0470 50wvoC CER 016090575 Ai2Ce 0160 3879 CAPACITOReFXD 01UF 100nVDC CER 0160293879 41205 0120 0570 220PF 20 100wVDC CER v16090570 12 4 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF lt 20 100nVOC CER 016023879 41205 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FxD 1000PF 20 100 0 CER 0160 3878 AY2CRI 190190539 DICOE SCHOTTKY 190190539 81241 9100 1627 COIL9 LD 39UH 5X 6520 1550 3756 15 392 128 9698 7229 RESISTOR 511 1 05 F 20 1
247. r Assembly Component Locations 1 of 2 A1 Sweep Generator Assembly Schematic 1012 A1 Sweep Generator Assembly Component Locations 2 of 2 A1 Sweep Generator Assembly Schematic 2 of 2 A2 Frequency Control Assembly Component Locations A2 Frequency Control Assembly Schematic Logic Assembly Component Locations A3 Logic Assembly Schematic A4 20V and 5V Regulator Assembly Component Locations A4 20V and 5V Regulator Assembly Schematic A5 10V and 40V Regulator Assembly Component Locations A5 10V and 40V Regulator Assembly Schematic A6 BCD Programming Assembly Component Locations Option 001 A6 BCD Programming Assembly Schematic Option 001 A12 HP IB Interface Assembly Component Locations Option 011 A12 HP IB Interface Assembly Schematic Option 011 Hall Effect Generator Description Operations Control Assembly Component Locations Operations Control Assembly Schematic 8 Rectifier Assembly Component Locations 8 Rectifier Assembly Schematic A9 Switch Assembly Component Locations A9 Switch and A10 Front Interconnect Assembly Schematic 1 of 2 A10 Front Interconnect Assembly Component Locations A9 Switch and A10 Front Interconnect Assembly Schematic 2 of 2 A11 Motherboard Component Locations A11 Motherboard Interconnect Diagram Rear Panel Wiring Diagram s a w e lt lt c e 9
248. r MARKER SWEEP belt line new belt pointer up with left hand edge mark of scale so point er covers end mark 4 If it is a CW belt line new belt pointer up so that it is offset to left about 1 64th of an inch from left hand edge mark of scale 5 Restring belt as shown in Figure 8 5 and tighten belt with adjustment idler 6 Recheck belt pointer at fully counter clockwise position of drive sprocket FULL Service SWEEP or MARKER SWEEP pointer should cover end mark on scale and CW pointer should be 1 64th of an inch to left of end mark For CW VERNIER belt 1 Place belt in slot and move left edge of pointer body 1 16th inch past edge of pointer guide slot 2 Restring belt as shown in Figure 8 5 and tighten belt with adjustment idler 3 Recheck that at fully counterclockwise position of drive sprocket the left edge of pointer body goes approximately 1 16th inch beyond white metal guide f Make adjustments in circuit that had belt re strung as outlined in Section V Reassemble front panel 8 31 MAINTENANCE 8 32 Fuses 8 33 There are five fuses in the 8620C Replace ment of the AC line fuse is covered in Section III Operator s Maintenance There are four other fuses inside the instrument Access to these fuses re quires removing the instrument top cover WARNING To avoid personal injury set LINE switch to OFF and remove AC line cord from rear of instrument before removing t
249. r with Accessories Supplied Model 8620C 2042735 E 7 01 16 3 pm e w w w w an a T TE 2415236451 2 u LULU U a tn HEWLETT PACKARD 0960 0447 t 3 gt E oe hd ao sg ns i tea siida nataas jg peru i BCD PROGRAMMING ASSEMBLY 08620 60116 Figure 1 2 Model 8620C Option 001 Equipment Supplied General Information 1 1 General Information Model 8620C D 0 1 4 gt i HP IB INTERFACE ASSEMBLY 08620 60118 HP IB CONNECTOR ADAPTER HP IB INTERCONNECT CABLE 08620 60130 HP 10631B Figure 1 3 Model 8620C Option 011 Equipment Supplied Model 8620C 1 1 General Information SECTION GENERAL INFORMATION INTRODUCTION 1 2 This Operating and Service manual contains information required to install operate test adjust and service the Hewlett Packard Model 8620C Sweep Oscillator mainframe See Figure 1 1 An electronically tuned sweep signal source is made up either by the combination of the Model 8620C and an RF Plug in or the combination of the Model 8620C with an RF Section and appro priate oscillator modules Operating and Service information for the RF Plug ins RF Sections and oscillator modules 15 contained in separate manuals 1 3 This manual is divided into eight sections
250. re 2 18 whichever applies 2 43 STORAGE AND SHIPMENT 2 44 Environment 2 45 The instrument may be stored or shipped in environments within the following limits Temperature 40 C to 75 C Humidity 5 to 95 at 0 to 40 C uu ia eee es Sula s Up to 15240 metres 50000 feet The instrument should also be protected from temperature extremes which cause condensation within the instrument 2 46 Packaging 2 47 Original Packaging Containers and materi als identical to those used in factory packaging are available through Hewlett Packard offices If the instrument is being returned to Hewlett Packard for servicing attach a tag indicating the type of 2 9 Installation Model 8620C CONNECTOR CABLE ADAPTER 1251 0086 8120 2207 CABLE FOR HP IB ADDITIONAL CONNECTOR APPLICATIONS Figure 2 10 Installation for Additional Interface Capabilities service required retum address model number b Usea strong shipping container and full serial number Also mark the container FRAGILE to assure careful handling In any cor c Use enough shock absorbing material around respondence refer t the instrument by model all sides of instrument to provide firm cushion number and full seria number and prevent movement inside container Protect control panel with cardboard 2 48 Other Packaging The following general instructions should be used for re packaging with d
251. referenced to assemblies is given in Table 8 1 8 5 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION 8 6 Circuit Description 8 7 Detailed circuit description for each indi vidual schematic diagram is placed on the facing left hand foldout page This places material needed for printed circuit level diagnosis in one location and allows easy correlation between function and specific circuitry 8 8 SERVICE 8 9 Safety 8 10 The information cautions and warnings in this manual must be followed to ensure safe opera tion and to keep the instrument safe SERVICE AND ADJUSTMENTS SHOULD BE PER FORMED ONLY BY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL 8 11 Adjustment or repair of the opened instru ment with the ac power connected should be avoided as much as possible but when unavoidable should be performed only by qualified service per sonnel who are aware of the hazard involved 8 12 Capacitors inside the instrument may still be charged even though the instrument has been disconnected from its source of supply WARNING Servicing this instrument often requires working with the instrument s protective covers removed and ac power connected Extreme caution should be exercised since energy available at many points in the instrument may if contacted result in personal injury WARNING BEFORE SWITCHING THE INSTRU MENT ON ensure that all ac line pow ered devices connected to the instru ment are connected to the protective earth ground WARNI
252. release Repeat this to obtain each single sweep External EXT trigger mode is available by setting TRIGGER switch to EXT and applying external trigger pulse to rear panel EXT TRIGGER Sweep may be triggered from ac line by setting TRIGGER switch to LINE Figure 3 5 Full Sweep Mode 2 of 2 3 22 Model 8620C Operation MARKER SWEEP MODE FRONT t 4 200 SWEEP ATOR LECT wt fog 2 gt f 3 H P REAR maw OFF Mamet 697 Ext 7 TROGER PEM ET lo ON LONE 10h 4t MAI 21 20 19 18 Figure 8 6 Marker Sweep Mode 1 of 2 3 23 Operation Model 8620C MARKER SWEEP MODE l Connect sweep oscillator as shown in Figure 3 4 test setup 2 Set 8620C controls as follows BAND o pub NE qaid M ILE Depress to select frequency band START MARKER pointer oot Left hand end mark on scale CW MARKER pointer Middle mark on scale STOP MARKER POINTER Right hand end mark on scale AF Control Fully clockwise CW VERNIER control Fully clockwise MARKERS ua rete tene e e ati INTEN MODE MAINE AUTO TRIGGER INT TIME SECONDS 1 01 TIME SECONDS Vernier Q Fully clockwise 1 kHz SQ WV OFF Rear Panel OFF RF BLANKING OFF Rear Panel
253. ription Mfr Part Number 214020312 LAMPeINCAND 76834515 SVDC Te BULR 7 70834815 214090312 LAMP 72834515 SVOC 60 Te1 BULS CM7 7683AS15 2140 0312 LAMPeINCAND 76834815 SVDC 60MA Teo BuLB 7 7583 815 0149 0312 LAMPEINCANO 706834515 SVDC 60MA 7 8018 M7 7683A8S15 2140 0312 LAMFeINCAND 76834515 5VDC Te eBuLB 7 72834815 2140 0244 LAMPeGLOn 65 105 1 4 Te2ebuLB 2140 0245 312003 31201 5 3 FUSE 34 250v FAST eBLO 1 25x 25 uL IEC FUSE 1 52 250v FASTeBLO 1 25 25 uL FUSE 125V NORMeBLO 25 27 211020003 2110 0043 2110 0352 0950 0448 LINE MOCULE 0960 0448 1251 0118 CONNECTOR amp ePIN CIRC K 25 12514222 CONNECTOR 1251 4222 1250 0118 CONNECTOR RF BNC SGLenDLEeFR 50 0 28 9 12 1 1250 0118 BNC FEM SGLeHDLEeFK 50 0 28JR12b 1 1250 0118 FEM SGLeMOLE FR 50 0 128 1 222 42 36 058 125123066 CONNECTOR 3e sPIN MICRO RIBBON 1251 2447 CONNECTORePC EDGE 4 2eRONS 3 1 7 5 1250 0118 CONNECTOReRF BNC FEM 50 50 28 28 1 1251 0198 CONNECTOB PC EDGE e CONT ROw eROKS 251 05 30 261 50400327 CONNECTOR 504090327 2200 0109 SCREneMACM 4 4
254. rom U1B sets the F F and clears the 4 digit shift register The shift register consists of A12U8 013 and U18 When any numeric character is transmitted on the bus the output of strobes the clock inputs shift line on the positive edge This shifts the first four bits of the numberic character into the first digit of the shift register Up to four digits can be shifted into the shift register When E is transmitted on HP IB A12U24 decodes it and store a high on U16D 12 The Data Strobe is NANDed with this high and causes the output of the Shift Registers to be clocked into the 4 digt Storage Registers U7 U12 017 by UI1C which also clears the F F USB Shift Register Storage Register and D A Converter The 4 digit Shift register consists of 1208 013 U18 When or M is received at a time when F F is set the output of U16D and the resulting high from UIC pin 8 clears the flip flop The high from UIC is also the clock line for the 4 digit storage register A clock pulse to the storage register shifts the stored data to drive the D A converter A12U23 to the desired voltage Model 8620C GND 218 e CEN cos GELCOAZ i Viwn x 4 i ASSY A12 REAR 2 i LE k e DL 9 om Ll LLL q ub 3 A E SM I et 3 at gt
255. rts st POSN position POT 2522 potentiometer DD peak to peak PP peak to peak used in parts list PPM pulse position modulation PREAMPL preamplifier PRF pulse repetition frequency PRR pulse repetition Fate picosecond n Sat PPP TEM point PTM pulse time modulation PWM pulse width modulation Keplaceable Parts PWV peak working time delav voltage TERM terminal HC Ls resistance thin film transistor Capacitance TGL toggle RECT rectifier THEE o uri ege thread REF reference THRU through REG regulated titanium REPL ce replaceable TOL tolerance RF radio frequency TRIM trimmer radio frequency TSTR 2d transistor interference TTL transistor transistor RH round head right logic hand CS television RLC ke resistance TVI television interference inductance TWT traveling wave tube capacitance U micro 109 used RMO lt rack mount only in parts list rms root mean square UF microfarad used in RND round parts list ROM read only memory UHF ultrahigh frequency R amp P rack and panel UNREG unregulated RWV reverse working acc volt voltage 29 voltampere S Scattering parameter volts ac S second time WAR variable second plane angle voltage controlled
256. ru ment always selects FULL SWEEP mode Line on side of pushbutton indicates ON and OFF position Figure 3 1 Front Panel Controls Connectors and Indicators 2 of 2 3 3 Operation Model 8620C REAR PANEL FEATURES Serial Number and Option Label See Paragraph 1 12 1 SO WV OFF Slide Switch S8 Selects type of amplitude modulation of signal In OFF posi tion an external modulation signal may be applied through EXT AM connector below switch In 1 kHz SQ WV position a 1 kHz internal oscillator modulates RF output signal RF BLANKING OFF Slide Switch S10 Selects type of blanking In RF BLANKING position the RF signal is turned off during retrace portion of sweep This mode of blanking should not be selected when sweeper is used with a phase lock system For example Model 8410B 8411A Net work Analyzer requires the system to regain phase lock at beginning of each sweep rather than stay in continuous phase lock For phase lock operation use OFF position In OFF position no blanking is selected PROGRAMMING Connector J2 Provides means to connect remote programming signals for stan dard instrument or when Options 001 or 011 are used This input is also for programming remote manual commands and attenuation commands Various outputs are available such as marker blanking and pen lift DISPLAY BLANKING OFF Siide Swith 511 Selects blanking for Z AXIS of display equipment during retrace I
257. s However in the schematics and other parts of the manual other abbreviation forms are used with both lower case and upper case letters 6 5 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST 6 6 Table 6 2 is the list of replaceable parts and is organized as follows a Electrical assemblies and their compo nents in alpha numerical order by reference desig nation b Chassis mounted parts in alpha numeric order by reference designation c Miscellaneous parts d Illustrated parts breakdown if appro priate 6 7 The information given for each part consists of the following a The Hewlett Packard part number b The total quantity Qty in the instru ment c The description of the part d The typical manufacturer of the part in a five digit code Manufacturer code number for the part NOTE The total quantity for each part is given only once at the first appearance of the part number in the list 6 8 ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 To order a part listed in the replaceable parts table quote the Hewlett Packard part number indicate quantity required and address the order to the nearest Hewlett Packard office 6 10 To order a part that is not listed in the replaceable parts table include the instrument model number instrument serial number the description and function of the part and the number of parts required Address the order to the nearest Hewlett Packard office 6 1 Replaceable Parts Model 8620C
258. s System Analyzer Troubleshoots hardware and software prob lems on HP IB HP 8620C Cable Adapter 8120 2207 See Figure 2 11 Connects to 50 pin PROGRAMMING con nector and has feed through pins for troubleshooting and additional interfacing 1 47 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT 1 48 Equipment required to maintain the Model 8620C is listed in Table 1 2 Other equipment may be substituted if it meets or exceeds the critical specifications listed in the table 1 49 8620C OPTION 011 DESCRIPTION 1 50 The Model 8620C Option 011 provides a remote programming capability for the 8620C sweeper with the Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB as the common link between instruments It provides remote programming of the sweep modes band selection frequency and a remote marker The sweep functions may be digitally pro grammed and the frequency endpoints set by an internal remote control voltage Sweep functions may also be programmed for local control with frequency endpoints set by front panel controls and with a digitally controlled marker All pro gramming is routed through a rear panel fifity pin connector from either a computer or calculator 1 51 General Information 1 52 The Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB is an instrumentation interface for integrating in struments calculators and computers into systems The Bus uses sixteen signal lines to effect transfer of data and commands to interconnect up to 15 instru
259. s and dis able the programmable marker output the ASCII character L This places the markers into totally local control 3 47 FORMAT STATEMENTS 3 48 In order to program the frequency with vanables a format statement is required to insure the proper characters and sequence are used on the HP IB For the Band and Mode information sup pression of leading zeros is required With the frequency information in volts three digits are required after the decimal point and again it is desirable to suppress leading zeros 3 49 EXAMPLE In this example the variable B is defined as the band number X is defined as the voltage required and mode 1 is used to output a CW frequency The following program steps would output the proper frequency Operation 9825A 0 7 208 fmt1 M 1 10 V f 3 2 1 wrt 706 1 9830A 10 CMD 720 20 OUTPUT 13 30 B X 30 FORMAT M1B F 1000 0 V F1000 3 E 3 50 There are two ways to handle 210 volts when programming in variables If is desired to the accuracy of the sweeper a conditional state ment resetting X to 9 999 whenever it is greater than or equal to 9 9995 will produce virtually 10 volts and a frequency within 0 005 of that produced with 10 000 volts For frequency cor rection see example below or where frequencies 2 F are required a conditional output statement may be used If X is 29 9995 then the program would branch to the
260. s follows Set MODE switch QD to AUTO Press TRIGGER switch to SINGLE position and release Repeat this to obtain each single sweep External EXT trigger mode is available by setting TRIGGER switch to EXT and applying external trigger pulse to rear panel EXT TRIGGER input Sweep may be triggered from ac line by setting TRIGGER switch to LINE Figure 3 8 Sweep Mode 2 of 2 3 28 Model 8620C Performance Tests SECTION IV PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 1 INTRODUCTION fications and a circuit malfunction is not sus pected refer to 8620C Adjustments Section V in this manual If after 8620C Adjustments have been performed the instrument combination still falls to meet specifications refer to RF Unit Adjustments in the applicable RF Unit manual If a circuit malfunction is suspected refer to trouble shooting section of this manual or applicable RF Unit manual 4 2 The procedures in this section test the elec trical performance of the 8620C Sweep Oscillator RF Unit combination The performance standards are the specifications in Section I of the applicable RF Unit manual All tests can be performed with out access to the interior of the instruments 4 3 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 4 4 Equipment required for the performance tests NOTE is listed in the Recommended Test Equipment To avoid parallax when setting a pointer table in Section I of this manual and the applicable to a graticule mark view the pointer and RF Unit manual Any equ
261. same as in local operation AF AF control operates same as in local operation MARKER SWEEP MARKER SWEEP control operates same as in local operation Band 1 select Band 2 select Band 3 select Band 4 select Local Control Front panel BAND lever selects the band LOCAL MARKERS only Markers selected in Sweep Modes M5 M6 and M8 REMOTE MARKERS only Model 8620C the calculator or computer is in control Three conditions of Local Remote Retum to Local are explained below 3 55 Power On Conditions When the 8620C is first turned on it is in Local Control 3 56 Remote Control To set the 8620C to Re mote the HP IB must be in remote REN true and the 8620C must receive its listen address REN must be held true continuously to remain in remote control When set to Remote control the programming and conditions will be as follows Mode Determined by mode set on front panel Codes M5 M6 7 or M8 Band Set by front panel lever switch Code BQ Control Voltage V is undefined Marker Set to local Code L 3 57 Return to Local The 8620C may be re turned to local control by setting REN false turn ing the 8620C or controller power OFF or remov ing the HP IB cable from either the 8620C or controller 3 58 ADDRESSING 3 59 All instruments using the HP IB share a common set of data and control lines Since the controller must communicate with indi
262. sasterous effect on the 8620C For this reason the fan fail ure warning has been added to the fan control cir cuitry Its operation is as follows If the fan should fail to tum on for any reason when the 8620C is turned on the following se quence occurs With the fan not turning no back EMF occurs and subsequently the voltage present at the base of Q1 is O This voltage tums Q1 off and forward biases Q19 base emitter junction positive voltage is then applied to Q20 tuming it ON This provides a conduction path to ground for HALL EFFECT SEMICONDUCTOR a f t B sing Model 8620C C1 to discharge C1 had been charged to 5 7 volts while 919 was off C1 will discharge to 2 5 volts and 917 will then turn ON Q17 turning ON puts 5 volts on the control of SCR 018 The SCR con ducts and blows the 5 volt regulated power supply fuse turning the front panel lights OFF warning the operator of a fan failure If a failure should occur in the Fan Driver Circuit such as an open driver transistor the speed will drop The dropping of the fan speed will cause the rectified back EMF to drop substantiall with respect to the voltage at the emitters of Q1 and Q19 When this voltage drops to the point that the bases of Q1 and Q19 become more negative than the emitter voltage by 0 7 volts Q19 conducts and the above shutdown sequence is repeated STATOR WINDINGS b PERMANENT MAGNET ROTOR 1 HG Figure 8 26
263. sing 8620C Option 001 2 of 2 RF Output Attenuation Programming 10 dB line 20 dB line 40 dB line REMOTE ATTN SELECT RF Output Attenuation J2 Pin 38 J2 Pin 37 J2 Pin 36 J2 Pin 41 d O o0 O O O O O Manual Remote Programming Mode Selected J2 Pin 29 J2 Pin 31 J2 Pin 32 FULL SWEEP MARKER SWEEP CW AF NOTES Analog and digital sweep modes are available The digital sweep mode is provided when the digital to analog converter is enabled The bandwidth is dependent upon the front panel control when the digital to analog converter is enabled Each mode is selected by a momentary or steady state closure to ground D 1 indicates no closure to ground Ground is pin 42 43 NOTES 1 Open or 2 2 0 0 Closure to ground pin J2 43 0 8 Vdc 3 16 _ Model 8620C Operation Table 3 8 Programming Connector Commands and Signals Available for Additional Interface Capabilitie Pin on 42 36 40 dB 20 dB Pen Lift Common Z Axis Mkr Pen Lift 37 x 420V 38 10 dB 5 utputs RF Blanking Output Remote Attn Enable Input Sequential Sync Ground Marker 10 Onisuts External Sweep 40V Stop Sweep Pulse Inputs External Trig 8410B Input Pins and functions shown are only lines available for extended capabilities when using cable adapter HP 8120 2207 See paragraph 2 39 for installation 8621B Option 0
264. spacing Installation instructions are also given in Figure 2 3 A Rack Mounting Kit for the 8620C may be obtained from Hewlett Packard by ordering HP Part Number 5060 8740 2 26 Frequency Scale Installation 2 27 instal frequency scale proceed as follows Table 2 1 Model 8620C Mating Connectors BNC Ji SWEEP OUT J2 PROGRAMMING and Panel Piug J3 EXT AM BNC J4 EXT TRIGGER BNC 45 NEGATIVE BNC BLANKING J6 RF Plug in Interface and Panel Plug J8 Z AXIS MKR BNC PEN LIFT Micro Ribbon 50 Contact Rack Micro Ribbon 36 Contact Rack 1250 0256 Specialty Connector 25 118 1 1251 0086 TRW Cinch Div 57 30500 375 1250 0256 Specialty Connector 25 118 1 1250 0256 Specialty Connector 29 P118 1 1250 0256 Specialty Connector 25 118 1 1251 3066 Amphenol 222 42 36 058 1251 0256 Specialty Connector 25 118 1 Model 8620C STAND FOOT RELEASE BUTTON LARGER TRIM STRIP ADHESIVE BACKED FILLER STRIP BOTTOM COVER INSTRUCTIONS REMOVETILT STAND PLASTIC FEET AND TRIM STRIPS 2 ATTACH FILLER STRIP AND RACK MOUNTING FLANGES KEEPING LARGE NOTCH ON FLANGES TO INSTRUMENT BOTTOM Figure 2 3 Preparation for Rack Mounting NOTE If RF Plug in is installed in mainframe it must be removed to install frequency scale See RF Plug in removal instruc tions in Operating and Service Manual for RF Plug in a Disengage mainframe front panel latch handle shown in
265. sponse is compatible with the selected sweep rate Display and Negative Blanking Outputs Direct coupied rectangular pulses of approximately 5 Display Blanking and approximately 5V Negative Blank ing into 2500 ohms available at rear panel Z AXIS MKR PEN LIFT and NEGATIVE BLANKING con nectors respectively Both pulses are coincident with RF Blanking pulse Pen Lift For use with X Y graphic recorders having positive power supplies only Pen lift terminals avail able at rear panel PROGRAMMING connector or Z AXIS MKR PEN LIFT connector Available only on slowest sweep speed Furnished 229 em 7 4 foot power cable with NEMA plug and accessory kit Power 100 120 220 and 240 Vac 5 10 50 to 400 Hz Approximately 140 watts Dimensions 425 mm wide 132 6 mm high 33 7 mm deep 16 4 x 5 1 8 x 1314 Weight not including RF unit Net 11 1 kg 24 Ib Shipping 13 4 kg 30 Ib OPTION 001 and OPTION 011 REMOTE FREQUENCY PROGRAMMING Functions Band Manual enable or remote control of four bands Mode Seven modes including digital frequency control in three modes with resolution of 10 000 points across full band or between START MARKER and STOP MARKER as set by front panel controls or across AF as set by front panel AF and CW controls or selection of any of four analog sweep functions or MARKER SWEEP with end points set by appropriate front panel con trols CW as set b
266. t 100 seconds per sweep slide switch to left posi tion and vernier control counterclockwise to 0 01 seconds per sweep slide switch to right position and vernier control clockwise TRIGGER Slide Switch A9S2 Selects source of sweep trigger pulse Switch has spring return in SINGLE sweep mode position Each time switch is pressed into SINGLE position a single sweep is initiated when released switch returns to EXT In EXT position an external trigger pulse may be applied through EXT TRIGGER con nector In INT position sweep trigger pulse is derived from internal sweep oscillator and system is free running In LINE position sweep is trig gered by power line sine wave peaks MODE Slide Switch A9S1 Selects source of sweep signal In MANUAL position the control at left of MODE switch controls sweep manually In EXT position an external sweep signal may be applied through rear panel PROGRAMMING con nector In AUTO position sweep signal is obtained from internal sweep oscillator producing continu ous sweep signal Q MANUAL MODE Control R7 Aliows manual sweep of frequency range selected by FULL SWEEP MARKER SWEEP or AF controls Selects start frequency in full counterclockwise position selects stop frequency in full clockwise position No markers are available LINE OFF ON Switch 1 Pressing LINE switch applies power to mainframe and plug in and switch illuminates DS6 Applying power to inst
267. ta a comparator checks the Tuning Voltage and if the tuning voltage exceeds 1 volt or 11 volts will provide a blanking signal for use with a display Mode Select Decoder The Mode Select Decoder is comprised of U12A through D through D and U7A and B U6 and U11C Depressing the full sweep pushbutton on the front panel will hold the FULL SWEEP mode line low The low at U12A Pin 2 and U12C Pin 9 makes the two outputs high The high is applied to U13A Pin 2 and U13C Pin 10 Their outputs go low causing flip flops U7A and UTB to reset With U7A and U7B reset their Q outputs are low and Q outputs high The high at is applied to 01 Pin 12 and UIC Pin 10 U7B Q is low and applied to U1C Pin 9 holding its output low U7B Q output is tied to UID Pin 13 With both inputs high U1D output Pin 11 is high and Q15 turns ON lighting the front panel full lamp The high at UID Pin 11 is also tied to U11E Pin 13 inverter This de energizes Q14 and thus turns AZK4 off and the output of Ramp Amplifier 201 is applied directly to the RF Plug in via Assembly Only the FULL mode of operation is discussed here The operation of the mode select circuit 15 identical for all other modes of operation U6 is a J K flip flop with the J and inputs wired high In this con dition the flip flop will change output states each time a clock pulse is applied This clock appears when the CW Vernier front panel push button is pressed The circu
268. ted by A12U2B and applied to the F F clock input On the negative positive transition of the data strobe trailing edge the F F triggers and Q is set high The Q output is ANDed with the next data strobe at A12U2D to drive A12U9B The output of NAND gate U9B enables the remote band latch 8 28 Model 8620C on the A7 operations control assembly to accept a band number Immediately after the code is received the desired band number is trans mitted on the HP IB The band number is decoded by the ROM A12U24 which applies drive to one of the NAND gates U9D U9C or U9A Theoutput of the gate drives the band decoder on the A7 assembly Voltage Decoder The voltage decoder consists of a controller circuit 4 digit shift register 4 digit storage register and digital to analog converter When a frequency is required from the sweeper four digits 16 bits representing that frequency are transmitted on the HP IB The four digits are loaded one digit at a time into the 4 digit shift register With proper signals from the system controller a clock pulse is generated which loads in parallel the four digits into a storage register The output of the storage register drives tbe D A converter The D A con verter provides a zero to ten volt analog output with 10 000 points Controller The Controller is comprised of flip flop A12US3B gates A12U1 and A12U16D When V is trans mitted on the HP IB an output f
269. ter input of Z Axis Intensifier Q4 The markers are amplified and inverted by Q6 and direct coupled to the base of Blanking and Marker Driver 910 If 955 marker switch is in the OFF or AMP position Q4 is biased OFF Switching to INTEN grounds the base of Q4 and a positive signal on the emitter will cause Q4 to turn ON The markers at the rear panel Z AXIS MKR PEN LIFT connector J8 are used to intensity modulate a marker spot on a scope trace or other display Pen Lift When an X Y recording instrument is connected to the 8620C Sweep Oscillator the recorder supplies a 50V operating voltage through J8 for the Pen Lift Driver circuit 8 14 Model 8620C The following conditions are required to obtain pen lift drive to an X Y recorder 1 An X Y recorder connected to J8 2 MODE switch in AUTO 3 TIME SECONDS switch in 100 to 10 The positions of the MODE switch A9S1 and TIME SECONDS switch 953 control the ON OFF operation of Q22 Q21 and Q20 provide drive to an X Y recorder only when Q22 is OFF The operation of Q22 is as follows Conduction of Q22 places ground on the base of Q21 keeping the Darlington pair Q21 and Q20 cutoff With the TIME SECONDS switch 953 in 10 to 1 1 to 1 or 1 to 01 position a 5 15 applied to Q22 base permitting conduction When the TIME SECONDS switch is in the 100 to 10 position the square wave from F F to 3 4V is applied to the base of Q22 The square wave turns
270. th the CW volt age from CW Offset Amplifier U7 and the CW Vernier offset if selected Marker Reference Amplifier The 8620C has three markers available for use in the FULL sweep mode CW START and STOP Markers The START STOP and CW offset amplifiers are used as Marker Reference amplifiers when AMP or INTEN markers are selected at the front panel A 10 volts is applied to the amplifiers and inverted and routed to the Marker trigger generator on the A3 assembly If the 8620C is in MARKER SWEEP mode only the CW marker is available for use In AF mode only the START and the STOP markers are available Model 8620C lt mp ODS _ 4 ond n hund xT 2 gt 4 74 490 0 3 77 776 ode RUE om ELEC TROL 2490 1613 ELEC TROL 34124 1 2490 1012 44174 t Aes hn se c 44174 JO BLEC TROL Figure 8 14 A2 Frequency Control Assembly Component Locations p A EELA BORED 22277626 4556 mBLY 08622 6072 Cu rt Comma pM Sn FULL D SABLE DIS MARKER i SWEEP lt 5 _ SWEEP ENABLE w Cu lt EN SW RAMP FROM vn i CLAIMPER EXT 2
271. the Hewlett Packard office Keep the shipping materials for carrier s inspection The HP office will arrange for repair or replacement without wait ing for claim settlement 2 b PREPARATION FOR USE 2 6 Power Requirements 2 1 The Model 8620C requires a power source of 100 120 220 or 240 Vac 5 10 50 to 400 Hz single phase Power consumption is approxi mately 140 watts with RF Section and oscillator module s installed 2 8 Line Voltage Selection CAUTION BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS IN STRUMENT make sure the instrument 1 set to the voltage of the power source 2 9 Figure 2 1 provides instructions for line volt age and fuse selection The line voltage selection card and the proper fuse are factory installed for 120 Vac operation 2 10 Power Cable 2 11 In accordance with international safety standards this instrument is equipped with a three wire power cable When connected to an appro priate power line outlet this cable grounds the Instrument cabinet Figure 2 2 shows the styles of mains plugs available on power cables supplied with HP instruments The numbers under the plugs are part numbers for complete power cables The types of power cable plug shipped depends on the country of destination WARNING BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS IN STRUMENT be sure only the specified power cord is used The instument is provided with a 3 wire power cord which grounds the instrument cabinet This power cord should onl
272. the line cord jack The ac line cord must be removed to gain access to the fuse compartment The fuse may be removed by pulling the lever inside the fuse compartment See Figure 2 1 For the 100 or 120 Vac supply source use a 3 amp line fuse for the 220 or 240 Vac supply use a 1 5 amp line fuse There are four other fuses inside the instrument Access to these requires removing instrument top cover These fuses should be re placed only by qualified service personnel who are aware of the hazard involved Replacement of these fuses is covered in Section VIII 3 76 Air Filter WARNING To avoid personal injury set LINE switch to OFF and remove AC line cord from rear of instrument before remov ing fan filter 3 77 The fan has a filter attached from the outside for ease of cleaning or replacement To service the filter remove the four screws holding filter to rear panel and either replace it with the appropriate part listed in Section VI or clean it using a solution of warm water and soap 3 78 Lamp Replacement 3 79 The five front panel lamps located in the mode selector pushbutton switches and the LINE lamp are replaceable from the front See Figure 3 3 for procedure 3 80 Frequency Scale Installation 3 81 See procedure in Paragraph 2 26 Mode 8620C Operation Table 3 6 Remote Programming Using Standard 8620C 1 of 2 Programming Connector Input Commands and Output Signals Input Commands or Input Comm
273. this part is necessary for operation of HP IB instruments CHANGE F Page 6 9 Table 6 2 after last A3 entry Add HP Part Number 8159 0005 WIRE 22AWG PVC 1 22 80C NOTE This wire jumper switches in the CW Filter in Remote D A Tuning Mode It was deleted as an instrument improvement modification It is recommended that this wire jumper not be installed Page 6 11 Table 6 2 Add after 602 A6U3 and A6U4 1200 0508 SOCKET IC 14 CONT Page 6 14 Table 6 2 Change J2MP1 HP Part Number to 08620 00073 CHANGE G Page 5 2 Figure 5 1 Replace Figure 5 1 with Figure 7 5 Page 5 6 Paragraph 5 16 Change Procedure Step a to read Connect oscilloscope Channel A to A7TP6 Q5 collector and Channel B to Q7 collector Connect oscilloscope ground lead to A7TP7 Page 5 7 Figure 5 4 Change title on bottom waveform to read CHANNEL B Q7 COLLECTOR Page 8 31 SERVICE SHEET 10 Replace Figure 8 27 with Figure 7 6 In Figure 8 28 change A7TP8 to A7TP7 and delete A7TP7 at 97 collector Manual Backdating Changes Model 8620C A1 VK 51 swe RANGE OFFSET 77 SI Muy MP1 MP2 MP3 MP4 JUMPER Figure 7 1 A1 Sweep Generator Assem bly Component Locations CHANGE C 1 of 2 1 4 Model 8620C Manual Backdating Changes A1 Uu XD S x gt N e 2 IM EORR gt ILL MM utut Vet vant gt e Ael D
274. to scale mark loosen set screws in collar and realign pointer Repeat this process until pointer is aligned to scale mark Alignment is complete when DVM indicates minimum voltage 0 500 0 005 for CW VERNIER Model 8620C Adjustments START MARKER AF CW MARKER CW VERNIER STOP MARKER CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL SHAFT COLLAR TYPICAL Figure 5 5 Mechanical Zero Adjustment Locations 5 13 5 14 2 1 GND D A VOLTS OPT 001 7 8 001 ATTP7 ATTP6 7 4 ATTP3 5 40 5 GND 5 16 2 5 9 D 5 16 2 5 2 5 10 x m 4 d 5 lt Piu a E PD Ted 4 Ie 4 es 2 4 Tae Bm j EN E NE E 1 E gt 4 Pe d d P u os x ie r er 4 lt 2 52 E ira a L 2 A4F2 sn m A L 09 5 9 o5 9 39 5 9 E a 5 NE A4 5 EN AED 1 E PR TAY d za A4 GND A4 124 A2TP1 A2TP2 A2TP3 x 47 1 2 a w A1TP12 1 10 1 8 A1TP6 A1TP4 11 AITP9 1 1 5 A1TP3 Figure 5 6 Location of Test Points A6TP2 1 GND D A VOLTS OPT 001 ATTP8 OPT 001 7 7 A7TP6 AT7TP5 ATTP4 A
275. to the newer instrument 1 15 In addition to change information the sup plement may contain information for correcting errors in the manual To keep this manual as cur rent and accurate as possible Hewlett Packard recommends that you periodically request the latest Manual Changes supplement The supple ment for this manual is identified with this manual s print date and part number both of which appear on the manual s title page Compli mentary copies of the supplement are available from Hewlett Packard 1 16 For information concerning a serial num ber prefix that is not listed on the title page or in the manual Changes supplement contact your nearest Hewlett Packard office 1 6 Model 8620C 1 17 DESCRIPTION 1 18 The Hewlett Packard Model 8620C Sweep Oscillator together with either an RF Section and oscillator modules or an RF plug in forms a com pletely solid state self contained multiband swept signal source The Model 8620C is designed for use with network analyzer systems such as the 8410B 8411A to provide a complete microwave measurement system Other systems can also be built using the Model 8620C as a swept signal source 1 19 The front panel is designed for simplicity and ease of operation It is hinged to the main frame to facilitate changing of the frequency dial Pressing a mode control selects the mode and causes the lamp in the control to light providing a positive identification of the mode se
276. vered by this warranty NO OTHER WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE HEWLETT PACKARD 15 NOT LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMA GES Service contracts or customer assistance agreements are available for Hewlett Packard products that require maintenance and repair on site A A AS nr For any assistance contact your nearest Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office Addresses are provided at the back of this manual HEWLETT PACKARD HEWLETT PACKARD OPERATING AND SERVICE MANUAL 66206 SWEEP OSCILLATOR INCLUDES OPTION 001 OPTION 011 AND OPTION 908 SERIAL NUMBERS This manual applies directly to instruments with serial numbers prefixed 17164A With changes described in Section VII this manual also applies to instruments with serial numbers prefixed 1645A 1641A 16264 16044 15424 and 15374A For additional important information about serial numbers see INSTRUMENT COVERED BY MANUAL in Section I O Copyright HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY 1977 1400 FOUNTAIN GROVE PARKWAY SANTA ROSA CALIFORNIA 95404 U S A MANUAL PART NO 08620 90093 Microfiche Part No 08620 90094 Operating Information Supplement Part No 08620 90093 Printed OCTOBER 1977 Contents Model 8620C CONTENTS Section Page Section Page I GENERAL INFORMATION 1 3 2 44 Environment 2 9 1 1 Intro
277. verses the in put voltage applied to U2 and supplies a 5 volts to Pin 2 of Current Source U4 This again starts the ramp developed by Integrating Amplifier U1 ina positive direction starting from the lower limit of 0 6 Vdc and going toward the upper limit The output of the ramp generator is taken from 01 and is routed through the MODE switch in the AUTO position to the clamper circuit The repeti tion rate is dependent upon the feedback capacitor selected by the TIME SECONDS switch and TIME SECONDS Vernier across the inputs to D4 Current Source Clamper The Clamper consists of U8A through U8D with the combiantion of U8A U8B providing a reference voltage level for U8C and U8D The sawtooth waveform from the ramp genrator through MODE switch A9S1 AUTO is applied to the emitter input of U8D The top of the sawtooth is clamped at 6V and the bottom is clamped at Clamping the top and bottom of the sawtooth waveform allows the oscillator in the RF Plug In to stabilize before starting the frequency sweep This also allows time for peripheral equipment to phase lock to the signal before the frequency sweep begins The clamped sweep ramp voltage is routed to the 2 Frequency Control Assembly SERVICE SHEETS 2 AND 3 Cont d Fast Retrace Transistors Q11 and Q9 and associated components provide a fast retrace on all sweep speeds except 1 01 fastest speed During retrace time positive pulses from the Q output of U3B are appl
278. vidual in struments on the bus each instrument is given a unique address The address is a seven bit ASCII character American Standard Code for Informa tion Interchange that the instrument recognizes and responds to 3 60 Before addressing an instrument the con troller first pulls the ATN attention control line low true and then during Command Mode the address code is transmitted When the instrument acknowledges receipt of the address through the handshake lines the controller releases the ATN line and clears the address code The 8620C can be addressed or unaddressed in both local and re mote control modes 3 61 Listen Address Codes 3 62 In an HP IB system the 8620C Option 011 functions as a Listener A listener is a device Operation capable only of receiving data or commands from other instruments The 8620C is enabled as a listener when the controller transmits the correct listen address code The 8620C HP IB interface ignores all commands addresses relating to talkers or controllers 3 63 The seven bit codes reserved for listen ad dresses and the corresponding ASCII character are listed in Table 3 5 A total of 31 addresses is available Bits one through five of the data DIO lines are set either high or low to select the ad dress The address code is set with five address switches A12SW1 1 125 1 5 on the A12 HP IB Interface Assembly contact to ground low indicates a true state
279. voltmeter to 20 test point on A4 Assembly J6 34 and connect ground lead to GND b Adjust 20 ADJ A4R5 for 20 000 0 006 Vdc 40 Volt Supply c Connect digital voltmeter to 40 test point on A5 Assembly 46 29 and connect ground lead to GND d Adjust 40 ADJ 5 9 for 40 000 0 020 10 Volt Supply e Connect digital voltmeter to 10 test point on A5 Assembly J6 31 verify ground lead connected to GND f Adjust 10 ADJ A5R12 for 10 000 0 004 Vdc 5 Volt Supply g Connect digital voltmeter to 5 test point on A4 Assembly J6 33 and connect ground lead to GND h Adjust 5 ADJ A4R32 for 5 000 0 005 Vac 5 16 FAN ADJUSTMENTS REFERENCE DESCRIPTION EQUIPMENT PROCEDURE Service Sheet 7 OPERATIONS CONTROL ASSEMBLY Fan Speed and ON OFF ratio are adjusted for maximum efficiency see Figure 5 1 for test setup Oscilloscope with 10 1 probes 181A 1801A 1820C a Connect oscilloscope Channel to A7TP6 Q5 collector and oscilloscope Chan nel B to A7TP 97 collector Connect oscilloscope ground lead to A7TP8 b Adjust FAN SPEED A7R10 for a 20 ms period on oscilloscope This corresponds to 3000 RPM c Adjust BAL A7R35 to balance ON time of Channel A waveform to ON time of Channel B and OFF time of Channel A to OFF time of Channel B Model 8620C Adjustments ADJUSTMENTS 5 16 FAN ADJUSTMENTS Cont d CHANN
280. y CW MARKER control or FULL SWEEP of band selected Frequency Resolution of 10 000 points per band Marker Option 011 only With analog sweeps FULL SWEEP or MARKER SWEEP a programma ble marker is available in either amplitude AMPL or intensity INTEN as selected with front panel switch 1 5 General Information 1 12 INSTRUMENTS COVERED BY MANUAL 1 13 Attached to the instrument is a serial number plate A typical serial number plate is shown in Figure 1 4 The serial number is in two parts The first four digits and letter are the serial number prefix the last five digits are the suffix The prefix is the same for all identical instruments it changes only when a change is made to the instrument The suffix however is assigned se quentially and is different for each instrument The contents of the manual apply to instruments with the seria number prefix es listed under SERIAL NUMBERS on the title page SERIAL NUMBER PREFIX SUFFIX Figure 1 4 Typical Serial Number Plate 1 14 An instrument manufactured after the printing of this manual may have a serial number prefix that is not listed on the title page This unlisted serial number prefix indicates the instru ment is different from those described in this man ual The manual for this newer instrument is ac companied by a yellow Manual Changes supple ment This supplement contains change informa tion that explains how to adapt the manual
281. y be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact This protective action should not be negated by the use of an extension cord power cable without a protective conductor ground Ground ing one conductor of a two conductor outlet is not sufficient protection 2 12 Interconnections 2 13 For the Model 8620C Sweep Oscillator to operate an RF Plug in or an RF Section with an oscillator module installed must be plugged into the 8620C mainframe Refer to RF Plug in manual for RF Plug in installation instructions 2 1 installation Model 8620C RECEPTACLE FOR PRIMARY POWER CORD PC SELECTOR BOARD SHOWN POSITIONED FOR 115 120 POWER LINE SELECTION OF OPERATING VOLTAGE SLIDE OPEN POWER MODULE COVER DOOR AND PUSH FUSE PULL LEVER TO LEFT TO REMOVE FUSE 2 PULL OUT VOLTAGE SELECTOR PC BOARD POSITION PC BOARD SO THAT VOLTAGE NEAREST ACTUAL LINE VOLTAGE LEVEL WILL APPEAR IN MODULE WINDOW PUSH BOARD BACK INTO ITS SLOT 3 PUSH FUSE PULL LEVER INTO ITS NORMAL RIGHT HAND POSITION 4 CHECK FUSE TO MAKE SURE IT IS OF COR RECT RATING AND TYPE FOR INPUT AC LINE VOLTAGE FUSE RATINGS FOR DIF FERENT LINE VOLTAGES ARE INDICATED BELOW POWER MODULE 5 INSERT CORRECT FUSE IN FUSEHOLDER OPERATING VOLTAGE APPEARS IN MODULE WINDOW Figure 2 1 Line Voltage Selection with Power Module PC Board Model 8620C Installation Plug Type 250V Cable Cable HP
282. y consisting of eight bits COMMAND MODE In this mode devices on the HP IB can be addressed or unaddressed as talkers or listeners Bus commands are also issued in this mode CONTROLLER Any device on the which is capable of setting the line and addressing instruments on the Bus as talkers and listeners Also see System Controller DATA MODE The HP IB is in this mode when the control line is high false In this mode data or in structions are transferred between instruments on the HP IB DAV Mnemonic referring to the Data Valid control line on the HP IB This line is used in the HP IB Handshake sequence DIO Mnemonic referring to the eight Data Input Output lines of the HP IB EU Mnemonic referring to the End or Identify line on the HP IB HANDSHAKE Refers to the sequence of events on the HP IB during which each data byte is transferred be tween addressed devices The conditions of the HP IB handshake sequence are as follows a NRFD when false indicates that a device is ready to receive data b DAV when true indicates that data on the DIO lines is stable and available to be accepted by the re ceiving device c NDAC when false indicates to the transmitting device that data has been accepted by the receiver An abbreviation that refers to the Hewlett Packard Interface Bus IFC Mnemonic referring to the Interface Clear control line on the HP IB Only the syst
283. y rotating MANUAL control between full clockwise and full counterclockwise positions set adjustment J AF SYM A2R49 for symmetry Rotate MANUAL control continually between full clockwise position and full counterclockwise position and set adjustment E AF AMPLITUDE A2R42 for 0 000 0 001 Vdc at clockwise position and 10 000 Vdc 0 0001 Vdc at counterclockwise position 5 25 DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER ADJUSTMENT Option 001 Only REFERENCE Service Sheet 6 DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION Sets calibration adjustment for A6 Assembly refer to Figure 5 1 for test setup EQUIPMENT Digital Multimeter HP 3490A PROCEDURE a Connect DVM to 36 pin service board HP Part No 08620 60037 pin 1 tuning voltage output 6 1 and connect ground lead to ground pin on service board 46 10 Install 50 pin service board HP Part 08620 60125 rear panel PROGRAM MING connector J2 Set remote D A enable switch R D A to GND Set all BCD input switches 8V 4V 2V 1V etc to GND Adjust OFFSET A6R1 for 0 0000 0 0005 Vdc indication on DVM Set 8V and 2V BCD switches to OPEN Adjust REF A6R2 for 10 0000 Vdc 0 0005 indication on DVM 5 26 DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER ADJUSTMENT Option 011 Only REFERENCE Service Sheet 6A 12 HP IB Interface Assembly DESCRIPTION Assures that the programmed digital control voltage input is converted to the correct anal

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Unitron Hearing - Next E BTE - Specification Sheet - A4  Origin Storage KB-9PR5P  LEDsライナーK_取説 Model (1)  Samsung ES73 Užívateľská príručka    Cowon Z2 16GB  5. Wartung - MHG (Schweiz)  Jasco 99004 User's Manual  Mode d`emploi Reciproc  Progress Lighting P8820-01 Instructions / Assembly  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file